2017 Infiniti QX70Owner's Manual and Maintenance Information

2017 Infiniti QX70 Owner’s Manual and Maintenance Information

Prin

ting

: Jun

e 20

16 (1

7) /

OM

17E0

0S

51U

0 /

Pri

nted

in U

.S.A

.

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.2017 Infiniti QX70

(3,1)

[ Edit: 2016/ 4/ 28 Model: 2017MY INFINITI QX70(S51) OM17E00S51U0 ]

GUID-2A3E000D-12ED-4DE3-A596-A8B7048A6C6C

Your INFINITI represents a new way ofthinking about vehicle design. It integratesadvanced engineering and superior crafts-manship with a simple, refined aestheticsensitivity associated with traditional Ja-panese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxuryand beauty. The car itself is important, butso is the sense of harmony that the vehicleevokes in its driver, and the sense ofsatisfaction you feel with the INFINITI —from the way it looks and drives to the highlevel of retailer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI tothe fullest, we encourage you to read thisOwner’s Manual immediately. It explainsall of the features, controls and perfor-mance characteristics of your INFINITI; italso provides important instructions andsafety information.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletis included in your Owner’s literatureportfolio. Always carry it with you whenyou take your vehicle to an INFINITIretailer. The Warranty Information Bookletcontents provide complete informationabout all warranties covering this vehicle,the requirements to keep the warranties ineffect as well as the INFINITI Roadside

Assistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Careand Lemon Law Information Booklet willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’slemon law.

In addition to factory installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed by INFINITIor by your INFINITI retailer prior to delivery.It is important that you familiarize yourselfwith all disclosures, warnings, cautionsand instructions concerning proper use ofsuch accessories prior to operating thevehicle and/or accessory. See an INFINITIretailer for details concerning the particu-lar accessories with which your vehicle isequipped.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYGUID-052B6E2D-6336-4EC4-9EBE-86A419A6E972

Before driving your vehicle, read yourOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safeoperation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMIN-DERS!

Follow these important driving rules to helpensure a safe and comfortable trip for youand your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle featuresor taking other actions that coulddistract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Pre-teenchildren should be seated in the rearseat.

. ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual forimportant safety information.

Foreword

Condition:

(4,1)


ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity. As with other vehicles withfeatures of this type, failure to operatethis vehicle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident. Be sure to read“On-pavement and off-road driving pre-cautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-over” and “Driving safety precautions” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification will not be coveredunder the INFINITI warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diagnos-tic (OBD) plug-in device that uses the portduring normal driving, for example remoteinsurance company monitoring, remote ve-hicle diagnostics, telematics or enginereprogramming, may cause interference ordamage to vehicle systems. We do notrecommend or endorse the use of anyaftermarket OBD plug-in devices, unlessspecifically approved by INFINITI. The vehi-cle warranty may not cover damage causedby any aftermarket plug-in device.

WHEN READING THE MANUALGUID-C811BE6E-DC07-41D4-BDB5-6BCFE759DC24

This manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in yourvehicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date ofproduction, region or availability. There-fore, you may find information aboutfeatures or equipment that are not in-cluded or installed on your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. INFINITI reserves the

right to change specifications, perfor-mance, design or component supplierswithout notice and without obligation.From time to time, INFINITI may update orrevise this manual to provide Owners withthe most accurate information currentlyavailable. Please carefully read and retainwith this manual all revision updates sentto you by INFINITI to ensure you haveaccess to accurate and up-to-date informa-tion regarding your vehicle. Current ver-sions of vehicle Owner’s Manuals and anyupdates can also be found in the Ownersection of the INFINITI website at https://owners.infinitiusa.com/iowners. If youhave questions concerning any informationin your Owner’s Manual, contact INFINITIConsumer Affairs. See the INFINITI CUSTO-MER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner’sManual for contact information.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

GUID-38C0EEE2-47DE-43B3-A98F-B834B4F7DAEA

You will see various symbols in thismanual. They are used in the followingways:

Condition:

(5,1)


WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moderatepersonal injury or damage to your vehicle. Toavoid or reduce the risk, the proceduresmust be followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Donot do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

NOS1274

If you see a symbol similar to those abovein an illustration, it means the arrow pointsto the front of the vehicle.

NOS1275

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above indicate movement or action.

NOS1276

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to

those above call attention to an item in theillustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

GUID-B3DA6D95-2E90-4903-97DE-D000056F1E22

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constituents,and certain vehicle components contain oremit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm. In addition,certain fluids contained in vehicles andcertain products of component wear containor emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

Condition:

(6,1)


CANADA’S PRODUCTS CONTAININGMERCURY REGULATIONS

GUID-1091BB34-8D4E-4AB1-A0EB-A99CABC8EF7D

The xenon headlights and displayscreen (models without navigationsystem) on your vehicle containmercury. If these parts require dis-posal, the repair facility vehicle dis-mantler or recycler should make surethey are recycled or disposed of ashazardous waste in accordance withapplicable laws. For information onsafe handling procedures, disposaland recycling options in accordancewith Canada’s Products ContainingMercury Regulations, go to http://www.ec.gc.ca/mercure-mercury/.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORY

GUID-67AA153D-436A-4075-AF4E-9B7251600F30

Some vehicle parts, such as lithiumbatteries, may contain perchlorate materi-al. The following advisory is provided:“Perchlorate Material - special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.and licensed to Visteon Corpora-tion and Clarion Co., Ltd.

SiriusXM® services require asubscription after trial periodand are sold separately or as apackage. The satellite service isavailable only in the 48 contig-uous USA and DC. SiriusXM®

satellite service is also availablein Canada: see www.siriusxm.ca.

INFINITI-13P

© 2016 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, mechan-ical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,without the prior written permission ofNissan Motor Co., Ltd.

Condition:

(7,1)


INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMGUID-393471D7-DDC7-432D-AF47-304A23653BB2

INFINITI CARES ...

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourINFINITI retailer are our primary concerns.Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.

However, if there is something that yourINFINITI retailer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide INFINITI directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact our (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs De-partment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

. Your name, address, and telephonenumber

. Vehicle identification number (on dashpanel)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your INFINITI retailer’s name

. Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to INFINITI with the informa-tion on the left at:

For U.S. customersINFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersINFINITI DivisionNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you perfer, visit us at:

www.infinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customers)or

www.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in INFINITI andthank you for buying a quality INFINITIvehicle.

Condition:

(8,1)

[ Edit: 2016/ 4/ 28 Model: 2017MY INFINITI QX70(S51) OM17E00S51U0 ]Condition:

(1,1)

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

11Index

[ Edit: 2016/ 4/ 28 Model: 2017MY INFINITI QX70(S51) OM17E00S51U0 ]Condition:

(2,1)

(9,1)


0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem (SRS) ......................................................... 0-2Exterior front ......................................................... 0-3Exterior rear ........................................................... 0-4Passenger compartment ........................................ 0-5Cockpit .................................................................. 0-6

Instrument panel ................................................... 0-8Meters and gauges ................................................ 0-9Engine compartment ........................................... 0-10

VQ37VHR engine ............................................ 0-10Warning and indicator lights ............................... 0-11

Condition:

(10,1)


0-2 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-794FCEB3-93FF-4004-9F1C-E3D1BA4A5BDF

JVC0316X

1. Child restraint anchor points (for toptether strap child restraint) (Page 1-26, P.1-38)

2. Seat belts (P.1-12)3. Front-seat Active Head Restraint

(P.1-8)

4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bags(P.1-42)

5. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P.1-42)

6. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system (P.1-24)7. Rear armrest (P.1-7)8. Rear seats (P.1-6)

— Child restraints (P.1-22)9. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-

plemental air bags (P.1-42)10. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-56)11. Front seats (P.1-4)

— Occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) (P.1-47)

12. Front passenger air bag status light(P.1-49)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

Condition:

(11,1)


GUID-3F190944-B4F9-4F55-848C-0ACF5C43E6FF

JVC0966X

1. Hood (P.3-18)2. Headlight and turn signal (P.2-38)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-23)— Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped) (P.2-42)

3. Windshield wiper and washer (P.2-34)

— Maintenance (P.8-16)4. Moonroof (P.2-62)5. Roof rack (if so equipped) (P.2-58)6. Power windows (P.2-59)7. Outside mirrors (P.3-30)

— Side view camera (if so equipped)(P.4-31)— Welcome light (P.2-64)

8. Doors— Keys (P.3-2)— Door locks (P.3-4)— Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-14)

9. Front view camera (if so equipped)(P.4-31)

10. Fog light (except for LIMITED FINALPACKAGE models) (P.2-44) or Daytimerunning light (for LIMITED FINAL PACK-AGE models) (P.2-42)

11. Sonar sensor (if so equipped)— Around View® Monitor (P.4-31)— Camera aiding corner sonar func-tion (models with Around View®

Monitor) (P.4-43)12. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-26, P.10-9)— Flat tire (P.6-3)— Tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) (P.2-16, P.5-4)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT

Condition:

(12,1)



GUID-97B05AAC-BA66-4C07-A532-03341EAF4772

SSI0446

1. Rear view camera (P.4-24, P.4-31)2. Lift gate (P.3-18)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-14)

3. Rear window defroster (P.2-38)

4. High-mounted stop light (Bulb repla-cement) (P.8-23)

5. Rear window wiper and washer(P.2-37)— Maintenance (P.8-17)

6. Antenna (P.4-93)

7. Sonar sensor (if so equipped)— Around View® Monitor (P.4-31)— Camera aiding corner sonar func-tion (models with Around View®

Monitor) (P.4-43)8. Rear combination light (Bulb replace-

ment) (P.8-23)9. Fuel-filler door (P.3-24)

— Fuel information (P.10-4)10. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-6)

EXTERIOR REAR

Condition:

(13,1)


GUID-194C4A6B-A471-4092-BEDF-EF4C2DBD74AF

JVC0315X

1. Coat hooks (P.2-54)2. Rear personal light (P.2-65)3. Power window controls (P.2-59)4. Automatic drive positioner switch (if

so equipped) (P.3-32)5. Sun visors (P.3-28)

6. Moonroof switch (P.2-62)7. Map light (P.2-64)8. Sunglasses holder (P.2-52)9. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-29)

— HomeLink® (P.2-67)— Compass (if so equipped) (P.2-10)

10. Cargo cover (if so equipped) (P.2-56)11. Rear cup holders (P.2-51)12. Console box

— Power outlet (P.2-50)— USB memory operation (P.4-79) oriPod® player operation (P.4-88)

13. Front cup holders (P.2-51)


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Condition:

(14,1)



GUID-D9E4FAA2-776C-401D-BFFC-C90DAAA337CA

SIC4246

1. Outside mirror remote control switch(P.3-30)

2. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) offswitch (if so equipped) (P.2-48)

3. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-43)

4. Headlight, fog light (except for LIM-ITED FINAL PACKAGE models) and turnsignal switch (P.2-38)

5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)— For audio system (P.4-58)

— For Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (with navigation system)(P.4-95)— For Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (without navigation system)(P.4-106)— For INFINITI Voice Recognition Sys-tem (with navigation system)(P.4-121)

6. Trip computer switch (P.2-29)7. Windshield wiper and washer switch

(P.2-34)8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls

(right side)— Cruise control switches (if soequipped) (P.5-30)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P.5-32)— Dynamic Driver Assistance switch(if so equipped) (P.5-21)

9. Warning systems switch (if soequipped)— Forward Collision Warning (FCW)(P.2-47, P.5-56)— Lane Departure Warning (LDW)(P.2-47, P.5-21)

9. Headlight aiming control (if soequipped) (P.2-41)

COCKPIT

Condition:

(15,1)


10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P.5-77)

11. Intelligent Key port (P.5-13)12. Power lift gate switch (P.3-18)13. Power lift gate main switch (P.3-18)14. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-

ometer (P.2-7)15. Electric tilting/telescopic steering

wheel lever (if so equipped) (P.3-27)16. Manual tilting/telescopic steering

wheel lever (if so equipped) (P.3-27)17. Center-console-mounted controls

— Climate controlled seat switches(P.2-46) or Seat heater switches(P.2-45)— SNOW mode switch (P.2-48)


Condition:

(16,1)



GUID-64430E38-4D64-41A9-9A8D-212C3600A5A4

JVC0209X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-53)2. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-18)3. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)4. Center ventilator (P.4-53)5. Center multi-function control panel

— Nav iga t ion sys tem* ( i f so

equipped)— Vehicle information and settingbuttons (P.4-9)— RearView Monitor (if so equipped)(P.4-24)

— Around View® Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-31)

6. Center display (P.4-3)7. Clock (P.2-49)8. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)9. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P.1-42)10. Hood release handle (P.3-18)11. Fuse box cover (P.8-18)12. Parking brake (P.5-21)13. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-44)— Driver supplement air bag (P.1-42)

14. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-11)15. Front passenger air bag status light

(P.1-47)16. Rear window defroster switch (P.2-38)17. Power outlet (P.2-50)18. Automatic climate control system

(P.4-54)19. Audio system (P.4-58)20. Glove box lid release handle (P.2-53)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Condition:

(17,1)


GUID-E66B4AB4-D34D-4D06-BEFF-25AE613A9BDC

SIC3825

1. Tachometer (P.2-8)2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-13)3. Speedometer (P.2-7)4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

(P.2-8)5. Vehicle information display/Od-

ometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-22)6. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)


METERS AND GAUGES

Condition:

(18,1)



GUID-0E9F7C61-12C7-4359-B3A7-F2B6A5B2D72A

SDI2262

VQ37VHR ENGINEGUID-E1D33D79-85C2-48D3-81C3-5821CAFCD554

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-18)2. Battery (P.8-11)3. Radiator filler cap (P.8-4)4. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6)5. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-6)

6. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-9)7. Window washer fluid reservoir

(P.8-10)8. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-9)9. Air cleaner (P.8-15)10. Drive belts (P.8-13)

11. Coolant reservoir (P.8-4)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Condition:

(19,1)


GUID-B9B205DD-BA4F-46E1-BDB8-CF9F6E9167BE

Warninglight Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models) (if soequipped)

2-13

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light

2-14

Automatic Transmission checkwarning light

2-14

Brake warning light 2-14

Charge warning light 2-15

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-15

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system warning light (orange)(if so equipped)

2-16

Intelligent Key warning light 2-16

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light (orange) (if soequipped)

2-16

Low tire pressure warning light 2-16

Master warning light 2-18

Preview Function warning light(orange) (if so equipped)

2-18

Warninglight Name Page

Seat belt warning light 2-18

Supplemental air bag warninglight

2-18

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

2-19

Indicatorlight Name Page

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) indicator light (if soequipped)

2-19

Automatic Transmission posi-tion indicator light

2-19

Exterior light indicator 2-19

Front passenger air bag statuslight

2-19

High beam indicator light 2-20

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) offindicator light (if so equipped)

2-20

Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) ON indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

2-20

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-20

Security indicator light 2-21

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-21

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

2-21


WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Condition:

(20,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(21,1)


1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats ..................................................................... 1-3Front seats ........................................................ 1-4Rear seats ......................................................... 1-6Armrest ............................................................ 1-7

Head restraints/headrests ..................................... 1-8Adjustable headrestraint/headrest components .......................... 1-9Non-adjustable headrestraint/headrest components .......................... 1-9Remove ............................................................. 1-9Install .............................................................. 1-10Adjust ............................................................. 1-10Front-seat Active Head Restraint ...................... 1-11

Seat belts ............................................................ 1-12Precautions on seat belt usage ........................ 1-12Pregnant women ............................................. 1-15Injured persons ............................................... 1-15Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function(front seats) (if so equipped) ........................... 1-15Three-point type seat belt ................................ 1-15Seat belt extenders ......................................... 1-19Seat belt maintenance ..................................... 1-19

Child safety ......................................................... 1-20Infants ........................................................... 1-20Small children ................................................ 1-21Larger children ............................................... 1-21

Child restraints ................................................... 1-22Precautions on child restraints ....................... 1-23Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren(LATCH) System .............................................. 1-24Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ................................................... 1-27Rear-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts ................................................ 1-29Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ................................................... 1-31Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ....................................... 1-34Booster seats ................................................. 1-39

Supplemental restraint system ............................ 1-42Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ............................................. 1-42INFINITI advanced air bag system(front seats) ................................................... 1-47

Condition:

(22,1)


Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag systems ....... 1-55Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ....... 1-56

Supplemental air bag warning labels ............. 1-57Supplemental air bag warning light ............... 1-58Repair and replacement procedure ................. 1-58

Condition:

(23,1)


GUID-9CBF711E-59D2-407E-A401-0C8522180508

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be danger-ous. The shoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, you could bethrown into it and receive neck or otherserious injuries. You could also slideunder the lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back and

upright in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat belt properly.See “Precautions on seat belt usage”(P.1-12).

. After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

. Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowinglyactivate switches or controls. Unat-tended children could become involvedin serious accidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the

vehicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

. The seatback should not be reclined anymore than needed for comfort. Seat beltsare most effective when the passengersits well back and straight up in the seat.If the seatback is reclined, the risk ofsliding under the lap belt and beinginjured is increased.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

SEATS

Condition:

(24,1)


1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

FRONT SEATSGUID-678B214B-76A0-4F26-9669-C3D23626B7A7

Front power seat adjustmentGUID-B3E66E69-74EF-49BA-B3BC-0170A0521FE7

Operating tips:GUID-A5E814DB-7946-4322-857F-FA8F7E5A7E93

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 sec-onds, then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switchfor a long period of time when theengine is off. This will discharge thebattery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” (P.3-32)for the seat position memory function (if soequipped).

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be surenot to contact any moving parts to avoidpossible injuries and/or damages.

SSS1051

Forward and backward:GUID-E47DC082-DDC1-4BDF-A7EE-95771A0B2BC7

Moving the switch *1 forward or backwardwill slide the seat forward or backward tothe desired position.

Reclining:GUID-5AC6BC3B-BC31-441E-AFAB-5219825F87D0

Move the recline switch *2 backward untilthe desired angle is obtained. To bring theseatback forward again, move the switch*2 forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions onseat belt usage” (P.1-12).) Also, the seat-

back can be reclined to allow occupants torest when the vehicle is stopped and thetransmission is in the P (Park) position.

Condition:

(25,1)


SSS1052

Seat lifter:GUID-A9A4E178-699D-4EDB-9267-FB5FFAC8EAA5

Push the front or rear end of the switch upor down to adjust the angle or height of theseat.

SSS1053

Lumbar support:GUID-F01E1DD0-A8B7-44F7-83AE-1972681F8C4B

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver.

Push the front or back end of the switch toadjust the seatback lumbar area.

SSS0685

Side support (if so equipped):GUID-73F58E8F-C7A9-4132-801D-ADBFB476062F

The side support feature provides thighand torso supports. Push the switch inside*1 or outside *2 to adjust the thigh area.Push the switch inside *3 or outside *4 toadjust the torso area.


Condition:

(26,1)



SSS0893

Thigh extension (if so equipped):GUID-3DFF4AD2-E61F-431D-9BD9-81D63CD15AE2

The front portion of the front seats can beextended forward for seating comfort. Pullup and hold the lever *1 to extend thefront portion to the desired position.

REAR SEATSGUID-E9A94074-F1D8-46EB-848A-2D085AB19299

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in an

accident or sudden stop.

. When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched posi-tion. If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. In asudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

SSS0894

RecliningGUID-008537FC-B2CF-4301-A95F-8510D8AC6D59

Pull the reclining lever *A and position theseatback at the desired angle. Release thereclining lever after positioning the seat atthe desired angle.

To return the seatback, pull the lever.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit.(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-12).) The seatback may also be reclined toallow occupants to rest when the vehicle isparked.

Condition:

(27,1)


WARNING


. For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back andupright in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat belt properly.See “Precautions on seat belt usage”(P.1-12).

. After adjustment, check to be sure theseat is securely locked.

SSS0895

FoldingGUID-5F745FD9-429E-47A7-8B24-2876B259F16F

Before folding the rear seats:GUID-A28880D5-B210-4A9F-8276-D43D3CAF0C59

Remove drink containers from the rear cupholder.

To fold down the seatbacks:GUID-26ADE9FB-A19D-4B98-BA47-043A549973E2

Pull the lever *A or *B and fold theseatback.

Return the rear seatback manually until itsecurely locks in position.

SSS0901

ARMRESTGUID-796B28EC-E3F5-48D8-8713-16D5DDA3C317

Rear armrestGUID-D83510AB-0635-4587-B091-5BFBE7542958

Pull the tab and draw the armrest forwarduntil it is horizontal.


Condition:

(28,1)



GUID-8F58192F-E0AD-4A79-A263-2FFDBCA36632

WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplement theother vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection against injuryin certain rear end collisions. Adjustablehead restraint/headrest must be adjustedproperly, as specified in this section. Checkthe adjustment after someone else uses theseat. Do not attach anything to the headrestraint/headrest stalks or remove thehead restraint/headrest. Do not use theseat if the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved. If the head restraint/headrest wasremoved, reinstall and properly adjust thehead restraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position. Failure to followthese instructions can reduce the effective-ness of the head restraint/headrest. Thismay increase the risk of serious injury ordeath in a collision.

JVR0140X

The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with head restraint/head-rest.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest(if applicable).

. Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

. Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalksto lock them in a desired adjustmentposition.

. The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notchto secure them to the seat frame.

. Proper Adjustment:— For the adjustable type, align the

head restraint/headrest so the cen-ter of your ear is approximately levelwith the center of the head re-straint/headrest.

— If your ear position is still higherthan the recommended alignment,place the head restraint/headrest atthe highest position.

. If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalledand locked in place before riding in thatdesignated seating position.

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

Condition:

(29,1)


SSS0992

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

GUID-B760D026-BA55-4DD2-A3AD-F67CD7F33F79

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

JVR0203X

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE-STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

GUID-D898BDC9-C867-438C-9F5C-5780965E596B

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS1037

REMOVEGUID-B30C0D05-F799-4C44-9CF0-9C9E2A7ADD31

Use the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest.

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loosein the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.


Condition:

(30,1)



SSS1038

INSTALLGUID-2CB87255-008D-4C17-8007-A2FE6393CF70

1. Align the head restraint/headreststalks with the holes in the seat. Makesure that the head restraint/headrest isfacing the correct direction. The stalkwith the adjustment notch *1 must beinstalled in the hole with the lock knob*2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses theseating position.

SSS0997

ADJUSTGUID-C9EBA4E5-3CE0-492A-AF1F-F0A6F23F7957

For adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears.If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

JVR0259X

For non-adjustable head restraint/head-rest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

Condition:

(31,1)


SSS1035

RaiseGUID-BBA12536-FC67-4757-81E3-79FE69337AEB

To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.


SSS1036

LowerGUID-4893D99B-121C-4449-ABC6-D05EA94372FD

To lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.


SSS0508

FRONT-SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RE-STRAINT

GUID-2B501DCB-E143-4918-9D15-CD67C382E68F

The Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback re-ceives from the occupant in a rear-endcollision. The movement of the headrestraint helps support the occupant’shead by reducing its backward movementand helping absorb some of the forces thatmay lead to whiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective forcollisions at low to medium speeds inwhich it is said that whiplash injury occursmost.


Condition:

(32,1)



Active Head Restraints operate only incertain rear-end collisions. After the colli-sion, the head restraints return to theiroriginal position.

Adjust the Active Head Restraints properlyas described earlier in this section.

GUID-93F549EC-455F-4396-93E6-EF14CE69CD19

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGEGUID-1DE9A315-F8DA-49DB-BCFE-8A2E0B64BF49

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet on thefloor, your chances of being injured orkilled in an accident and/or the severity ofinjury may be greatly reduced. INFINITIstrongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SEAT BELTS

Condition:

(33,1)


SSS0136A

SSS0134A

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat and, if appro-priate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase the chanceor severity of injury in an accident.Serious injury or death can occur if theseat belt is not worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Neverput the belt behind your back, underyour arm or across your neck. The beltshould be away from your face and neck,but not falling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries in anaccident.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.


Condition:

(34,1)



. Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its effec-tiveness.

. Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition is turnedON with all doors closed and all seatbelts fastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

. No changes should be made to the seatbelt system. For example, do not modifythe seat belt, add material, or installdevices that may change the seat beltrouting or tension. Doing so may affectthe operation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with the seatbelt system may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused and mustbe replaced together with the retractor.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware, shouldbe inspected after any collision. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service. INFINITI recom-mends that all seat belt assemblies inuse during a collision be replaced unlessthe collision was minor and the beltsshow no damage and continue to oper-ate properly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if either damageor improper operation is noted.

. All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after anycollision. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s inspection instructionsand replacement recommendations. Thechild restraints should be replaced ifthey are damaged.

SSS0016

SSS0014

Condition:

(35,1)


PREGNANT WOMENGUID-D69B412B-40FA-43AC-A545-A3C5EF5BE114

INFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should beworn snug, and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips,not the waist, and place the shoulder beltover your shoulder and across your chest.Never run the lap/shoulder belt over yourabdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSGUID-BD6DC6F7-1917-446D-A050-C0282024CEE5

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

PRE-CRASH SEAT BELTS WITH COM-FORT FUNCTION (front seats) (if soequipped)

GUID-77D6DDD6-546A-4770-B8AA-123F2D0DD8C8

The pre-crash seat belt tightens the seatbelt with a motor to help restrain front seatoccupants. This helps reduce the risk ofinjury in a collision.

The motor retracts the seat belt under thefollowing emergency conditions:

. During emergency braking

. During sudden steering maneuvers

. Activation of the Intelligent Brake Assist(IBA) system. (See “Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA)” (P.5-61).)

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen:

. the seat belt is not fastened

. the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH (15km/h) during emergency braking

. the vehicle speed is under 16 MPH (30km/h) during sudden steering maneu-vers.

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen the brake pedal is not depressedexcept when sudden steering maneuversoccur and the Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)system activates.

The motor also retracts the seat belt whenthe seat belt is fastened or unfastened.When the seat belt is fastened, the motortightens the seat belt for a snug fit. Whenthe seat belt is unfastened, the motorretracts the seat belt. If the seat belt is notfully retracted, the motor retracts the seatbelt when the door is opened.

Always wear your seat belt correctly and situpright and well back.

If the motor cannot retract the seat beltwhen the seat belt is fastened or unfas-

tened, it may indicate the pre-crash seatbelt system has a malfunction. It isrecommended you have your INFINITIretailer check and repair the system.

When the seat belt is retracted repeatedlyin a short period of time, the motor may notbe able to retract the seat belt. After 30seconds, the motor reactivates and retractsthe seat belt. If the seat belt still cannot beretracted by the motor, the pre-crash seatbelt system has a malfunction. It isrecommended you have your INFINITIretailer check and repair the system.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTGUID-27BE5348-3550-4E1B-8D3E-838AD33B9CF2

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.



Condition:

(36,1)



. For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back andupright in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat belt properly.

. Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt to releasethe child. If the seat belt can not beunbuckled or is already unbuckled,release the child by cutting the seat beltwith a suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

SSS0292

Fastening the seat beltsGUID-686CB8C1-4494-42D6-B01F-BD04C634E6F2

1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-3).)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact. Aslow pulling motion permits the beltto move, and allows you some free-dom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmlypull the belt and release it. Then

smoothly pull the belt out of theretractor.

Condition:

(37,1)


SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger and rear passengerseating positions’ three-point seat beltshave two modes of operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengers

some freedom of movement in the seat.The ELR locks the seat belt when thevehicle slows down rapidly or duringimpacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode) locks the seatbelt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat beltreturns to the ELR mode after the seat beltfully retracts. For additional information,see “Child restraints” (P.1-22).

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by a passenger, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat seatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position. If they are not com-pletely secured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsGUID-9AD4A09B-1DA1-410A-88F0-CD89BE9FE3DC

To unfasten the seat belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operationGUID-7265E255-B734-4199-9891-8C2FA133E60D

Seat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.


Condition:

(38,1)



To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-ward quickly. The retractor should lockand restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service, or to learn more about seatbelt operation.

SSS0896

Shoulder belt height adjustment(for front seats)

GUID-EC065789-925E-47E7-B024-F8016F9D4B0C

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-12).)

To adjust, push the button *A , and thenmove the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position, so that the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The beltshould be away from your face and neck,but not falling off of your shoulder. Releasethe adjustment button to lock the shoulderbelt anchor into position.

WARNING

. After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed in position.

. The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effec-tiveness of the entire restraint systemand increase the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

Condition:

(39,1)


SSS0671

Rear center seat beltGUID-786C0AFD-3EEA-4482-BCCE-6D6346F79E68

The center seat belt buckle is identified bythe CENTER mark. The center seat belttongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt buckle.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSGUID-07884235-1E64-4150-8449-09AD1949522A

If, because of body size or driving position,it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available that can be purchased.The extender adds approximately 8 in (200mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seating

position. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for assistance with pur-chasing an extender if an extender isrequired.

WARNING

. It is recommended only INFINITI seat beltextenders, made by the same companywhich made the original equipment seatbelts, be used with the INFINITI seatbelts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured or killed in a collisionor a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCEGUID-970E5376-F226-4376-A145-12FB30649944

. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solutionrecommended for cleaning upholsteryor carpets. Then, wipe with a cloth andallow the seat belts to dry in the shade.Do not allow the seat belts to retractuntil they are completely dry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, theentire seat belt assembly should bereplaced.


Condition:

(40,1)



GUID-FA1D1829-C309-4510-8618-F48D1D554AE1

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seatbelts. Most seating positions are equippedwith Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomeswrapped around a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the seat belt retracts andbecomes tight. This can occur even if thevehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. If the seat belt can not beunbuckled or is already unbuckled, releasethe child by cutting the seat belt with asuitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) torelease the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, includ-ing doctors, teachers, government trafficsafety offices, and community organiza-tions. Every child is different, so be sure tolearn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of childrestraint systems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Forward-facing child restraint

. Booster seatThe proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should beplaced in rear-facing child restraints. For-ward-facing child restraints are availablefor children who outgrow rear-facing childrestraints and are at least 1 year old.Booster seats are used to help position avehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child whocan no longer use a forward-facing childrestraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protection.The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit themproperly. The shoulder belt may come tooclose to the face or neck. The lap belt maynot fit over their small hip bones. In anaccident, an improperly fitting seat beltcould cause serious or fatal injury. Alwaysuse appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approvedchild restraints for infants and small

children. See “Child restraints” (P.1-22).

A child restraint may be secured in thevehicle by using either the LATCH (LowerAnchor and Tethers for CHildren) system orwith the vehicle seat belt. See “Childrestraints” (P.1-22) for more information.

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”(P.1-42).

INFANTSGUID-2A50A59D-9607-4421-98CF-F35931EE4085

Infants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

CHILD SAFETY

Condition:

(41,1)


SMALL CHILDRENGUID-F382AC55-409F-4B30-A21C-AA6822D1BBBB

Children that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in arear-facing child restraint as long aspossible up to the height or weight limitof the child restraint. Children who outgrowthe height or weight limit of the rear-facingchild restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness. Refer to themanufacturer’s instructions for minimumand maximum weight and height recom-mendations. INFINITI recommends thatsmall children be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehi-cle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle andalways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENGUID-D7227B97-482B-4296-A910-F734AE7136BB

Children should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until theyreach the maximum height or weight limitallowed by the child restraint manufac-turer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-

facing child restraint, INFINITI recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain properseat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly,the booster seat should raise the child sothat the shoulder belt is properly posi-tioned across the chest and the top, middleportion of the shoulder. The shoulder beltshould not cross the neck or face andshould not fall off the shoulder. The lap beltshould lie snugly across the lower hips orupper thighs, not the abdomen. A boosterseat can only be used in seating positionsthat have a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:

. Are the child’s back and hips againstthe vehicle seatback?

. Is the child able to sit without slouch-ing?

. Do the child’s knees bend easily overthe front edge of the seat with feet flaton the floor?

. Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hips

and shoulder belt across mid-chest andshoulder)?

. Is the child able to use the properlyadjusted head restraint/headrest?

. Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?


Condition:

(42,1)



JVR0473X

If you answered no to any of thesequestions, the child should remain in abooster seat using a three-point type seatbelt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local and stateregulations to confirm your child is usingthe correct restraint system before travel-ing.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo area.The child could be seriously injured or killedin a sudden stop or collision.

GUID-2D9AAD53-E6B9-4AC7-B702-B89A978CB631

SSS0099

SSS0100

CHILD RESTRAINTS

Condition:

(43,1)


PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

GUID-073C4675-8E8E-42CC-8457-00D1388A6875

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child or otherpassengers in a sudden stop or collision:

— The child restraint must be used andinstalled properly. Always follow allof the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

— Infants and children should never beheld on anyone’s lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt around both achild and another passenger.

— INFINITI recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat. If youmust install a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, see “For-

ward-facing child restraint installa-tion using the seat belts” (P.1-34).

— Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating air bag couldseriously injure or kill a child. Arear-facing child restraint must onlybe used in the rear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a child restraintthat will fit the child and vehicle.Some child restraints may not fitproperly in your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loads fromchild restraints that are properlyfitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the child restraint.

— Infants and children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate childrestraint while in the vehicle.

. When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH system ora seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision,loose objects can injure occupants ordamage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seating surfaceand buckles before placing a child in thechild restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system. Some child restraintsinclude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to theseanchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren (LATCH) System” (P.1-24).

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can beused.


Condition:

(44,1)



Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and small children ofvarious sizes. When selecting any childrestraint, keep the following points inmind:

. Choose only a restraint with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with thevehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thechild restraint and check the variousadjustments to be sure the childrestraint is compatible with your child.Choose a child restraint that is de-signed for your child’s height andweight. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5kg), you may use either the LATCHanchors or the seat belt to install thechild restraint (not both at the sametime).

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt(not the lower anchors) to install thechild restraint.

. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on front-facing childrestraints to be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

SSS0904

LATCH system lower anchor locations

Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren (LATCH) SYSTEM

GUID-F386DD2F-53B1-4667-AD6F-8BF667FB4A76

Your vehicle is equipped with specialanchor points that are used with the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system compatible child restraints. Thissystem may also be referred to as theISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. Withthis system, you do not have to use avehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint unless the combined weight ofthe child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs(29.5 kg). If the combined weight of thechild and child restraint is greater than 65

Condition:

(45,1)


lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt(not the lower anchors) to install the childrestraint. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.

The LATCH anchor points are provided toinstall child restraints in the rear outboardseating positions only.

LATCH lower anchorGUID-A4FEBABC-61F4-4403-B1D2-A6D4AA130B9C

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use and installation of childrestraints could result in serious injury ordeath of a child or other passengers in asudden stop or collision:

. Attach LATCH system compatible childrestraints only at the locations shown inthe illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using theLATCH lower anchors. The child restraintwill not be secured properly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor area.Feel to make sure there are no obstruc-

tions over the anchors such as seat beltwebbing or seat cushion material. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly if the lower anchors are ob-structed.

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used for adultseat belts, harnesses or for attaching otheritems or equipment to the vehicle. Doing socould damage the child restraint an-chorages. The child restraint will not beproperly installed using the damaged an-chorage, and a child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

SSS0840

LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor locationGUID-FE6F392E-2C45-44EE-9302-77687870028B

The LATCH anchors are located at the rearof the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to helpyou locate the LATCH anchors.


Condition:

(46,1)



SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachments

GUID-93E34B42-CCE2-45A9-884B-299A11E654E9

LATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to two anchorslocated at certain seating positions in yourvehicle. With this system, you do not haveto use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint. Check your child restraintfor a label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in theinstructions provided by the child restraintmanufacturer.

SSS0644

LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraintwith the LATCH lower anchor attachmentsor seat belts.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

SSS0902

Top tether anchorGUID-C0ACE848-CD11-4901-95A2-9EBAAF867313

WARNING

. Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstances are they to be used foradult seat belts, harnesses or for attach-ing other items or equipment to thevehicle. Doing so could damage the childrestraint anchorages. The child restraintwill not be properly installed using thedamaged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a

Condition:

(47,1)


collision.

. If the cargo cover (if so equipped)contacts the top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from the vehicleor secure it on the cargo floor below itsattachment location. If the cargo cover isnot removed, it may damage the toptether strap during a collision. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.

. Do not allow cargo to contact the toptether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage the top tetherstrap during a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.

Top tether anchor point locations:GUID-D23160DB-AD2D-4DC2-80EF-9E626268D274

Anchor points are located on the back ofeach seatback for all three seating posi-tions of the rear seat as shown.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING LATCH

GUID-16583C25-E4FA-49ED-916E-665527B674F7

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-20) and “Child re-straints” (P.1-22) before installing a childrestraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg),use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the loweranchors) to install the child restraint. Besure to follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0648

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 22. Secure the child restraint anchor at-

tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.


Condition:

(48,1)



SSS0649

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 33. For child restraints that are equipped

with webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

SSS0650

Rear-facing — step 44. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, or putthe restraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint or try installing by usingthe vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not

Condition:

(49,1)


all child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeat steps1 through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

GUID-D3F4C3D8-8360-4708-B22B-29C7AB90AB54

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be used wheninstalling a child restraint. Failure to use theALR mode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and cause injury toa child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, itcan change the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front passengerair bag and status light” (P.1-49).

For additional information, refer to allWarnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” (P.1-20) and “Child restraints”(P.1-22) before installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and the child

restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg),use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the loweranchors) to install the child restraint. Besure to follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat beltsin the rear seats:

SSS0100

Rear-facing — step 11. Child restraints for infants must be

used in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on theseat. Always follow the restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.


Condition:

(50,1)



SSS0654

Rear-facing — step 22. Route the seat belt tongue through the

child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructionsfor belt routing.

SSS0655

Rear-facing — step 33. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode when the seat belt is fullyretracted.

SSS0656

Rear-facing — step 44. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on

the shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

Condition:

(51,1)


SSS0657

Rear-facing — step 55. Remove any additional slack from the

seat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling upon the seat belt.

SSS0658

Rear-facing — step 66. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior toeach use. If the seat belt is not locked,repeat steps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCH

GUID-7EBAF34F-5817-4D99-B91E-DABAC509F683

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-20) and “Child re-straints” (P.1-22) before installing a childrestraint.



Condition:

(52,1)



Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:


SSS0645

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 22. Secure the child restraint anchor at-

tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point. See “Installing toptether strap” in this section. Do notinstall child restraints that require theuse of a top tether strap in seatingpositions that do not have a top tetheranchor.

SSS0646

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 23. The back of the child restraint should

be secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraintwhen the child restraint is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjustment infor-mation.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is

Condition:

(53,1)


interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.

SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 44. For child restraints that are equipped

with webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

SSS0638

Forward-facing — step 66. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, or putthe restraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.


Condition:

(54,1)



7. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeat steps1 through 6.

SSS0902

Installing top tether strapGUID-7755B53E-DCD6-476C-A045-B33F4827B6DB

The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraintwith the LATCH lower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seat-ing positions only).

1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint to position the top tether strapover the top of the seatback. If the headrestraint is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint when the child restraint isremoved. See “Head restraints/head-

rests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjust-ment, removal and installationinformation.

2. Secure the top tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the back of seatbackbehind the child restraint.

3. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in thissection before tightening the tetherstrap.

If you have any questions when installinga top tether strap, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THESEAT BELTS

GUID-939323AA-D7EA-4146-8995-382D1986C0E1

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be used wheninstalling a child restraint. Failure to use theALR mode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and cause injury toa child in a sudden stop or collision.

Condition:

(55,1)


SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) —step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat

belt in the rear seats or in the frontpassenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and, there-fore, must not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraintwhen the child restraint is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it isinterfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position

or a different child restraint.


Condition:

(56,1)



SSS0360B

Forward-facing — step 33. Route the seat belt tongue through the

child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructionsfor belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point (rear seat installa-tion only). See “Installing top tetherstrap” (P.1-38). Do not install childrestraints that require the use of a toptether strap in seating positions that donot have a top tether anchor.

SSS0651

Forward-facing — step 44. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to EmergencyLocking Retractor (ELR) mode when theseat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0652

Forward-facing — step 55. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on

the shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

Condition:

(57,1)


SSS0653

Forward-facing — step 66. Remove any additional slack from the

seat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

SSS0641

Forward-facing — step 88. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe seat belt is not locked, repeat steps2 through 8.


Condition:

(58,1)



SSS0676

Forward-facing — step 1010.If the child restraint is installed in the

front passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status lightshould illuminate. If this light is notilluminated, see “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

SSS0902

Installing top tether strapGUID-2403892C-4B94-42B8-B13F-1D91A155DD29

The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraintswith the seat belts.

First, secure the child restraints with theseat belts.

1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint to position the top tether strapover the top of the seatback. If the headrestraint is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint when the child restraint isremoved. See “Head restraints/head-rests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjust-

ment, removal and installationinformation.

2. Secure the top tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the back of seatbackbehind the child restraint.

3. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in thissection before tightening the tetherstrap.

If you have any questions when installinga top tether strap, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Condition:

(59,1)


BOOSTER SEATSGUID-0BC37851-00DA-41A7-BC7E-F9DF996F1E58

Precautions on booster seatsGUID-452C1617-7CB4-4679-BE94-FDB49D01A01D

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injured in asudden stop or collision greatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion of thebelt is away from the child’s face andneck and the lap portion of the belt doesnot cross the stomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

. A booster seat must only be installed ina seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the following pointsin mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

LRS0453

. Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with thevehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

. Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the booster seator vehicle seat. The seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears.For example, if a low back booster seat*1 is chosen, the vehicle seatbackmust be at or above the center of thechild’s ears. If the seatback is lowerthan the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat *2 should beused.


Condition:

(60,1)



LRS0464

. If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the booster seatis compatible with your child. Alwaysfollow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installationGUID-40E07C14-FDFC-455A-BC3F-EBD09D23E55A

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode when using abooster seat with the seat belts.

Refer to all warnings and cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-20), “Child restraints”(P.1-22) and “Booster seats” (P.1-39) be-fore installing a booster seat.

Follow these steps to install a booster seatin the rear seat or in the front passengerseat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a forward-facing direc-tion. Always follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

Condition:

(61,1)


LRS0454

Front passenger position3. The booster seat should be positioned

on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct boosterseat fit. If the head restraint is re-moved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraintwhen the booster seat is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it isinterfering with the proper booster seat

fit, try another seating position or adifferent booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Besure to follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to take upextra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle por-tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions andinstructions for properly fastening aseat belt shown in the “Seat belts” (P.1-12).

SSS0676

7. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, push the ignitionswitch to the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status light mayor may not illuminate depending on thesize of the child and the type of boosterseat used. (See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49).)


Condition:

(62,1)



GUID-F6D913F1-B34B-47D6-B194-2620EAB92591

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

GUID-CE08E248-5EC8-462E-8397-4F3154CA92C6

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important informationconcerning the following systems.

. Driver and passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag (INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensionerSupplemental front-impact air bag system:The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system canhelp cushion the impact force to the chestand pelvis area of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side impact collisions.The side air bag is designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact force

to the head of occupants in front and rearoutboard seating positions in certain sideimpact or rollover collisions. In a sideimpact, the curtain air bags are designedto inflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bagson both sides are designed to inflate.Under both side-impact and rollover situa-tions, the curtain air bags will remaininflated for a short period of time.

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protec-tion provided by the driver and passengerseat belts and are not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated asuitable distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and door fin-ishers. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-12) forinstructions and precautions on seat beltusage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Condition:

(63,1)


SSS0131

SSS0132

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity frontalcollision. Always wear your seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity of injuryin various kinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit or if the front passenger seatis unoccupied. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49).

. The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. The front airbags inflate with great force. Even withthe INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, ifyou are unrestrained, leaning forward,sitting sideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may also receiveserious or fatal injuries from the front airbag if you are up against it when itinflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far-away as practicalfrom the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Always use the seat belts.


Condition:

(64,1)



. The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheAdvanced Air Bag System monitors theseverity of a collision and seat beltusage then inflates the air bags asneeded. Failure to properly wear seatbelts can increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.

. The front passenger seat is equippedwith occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) that turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF under someconditions. This sensor is only used inthis seat. Failure to be properly seatedand wearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” (P.1-49).

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk of injury if the front air bag inflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

Condition:

(65,1)


SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if they arenot properly restrained. Pre-teens andchildren should be properly restrained inthe rear seat, if possible.

. Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem, never install a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingfront air bag could seriously injure or killyour child. See “Child restraints” (P.1-22) for details.

SSS0832

SSS0833


Condition:

(66,1)



SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemen-tal air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags:

. The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the event of afrontal impact, rear impact or lowerseverity side collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

. The seat belts, the side air bags and

curtain air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat. The side air bags and curtain airbags inflate with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand, leg orface near the side air bags on the side ofthe seatback of the front seat or near theside roof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rear outboardseats to extend their hand out of thewindow or lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding positionsare shown in the previous illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do not holdonto the seatback of the front seat. If theside air bags inflates, you may beseriously injured. Be especially carefulwith children, who should always beproperly restrained. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere with sideair bags inflation.

Condition:

(67,1)


JVR0363X

1. Crash zone sensor2. Supplemental front-impact air bag

modules3. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-

plemental air bag modules4. Occupant classification sensors

(weight sensors)

5. Occupant classification system con-trol unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air baginflators

8. Door satellite sensors9. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)10. Satellite sensors11. Seat belt pretensioners

INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

GUID-894AF5B1-4C87-4697-A7FB-E0BA22FADE03

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s advanced air bag system, pleaseobserve the following items.

. Do not allow a passenger in the rear seatto push or pull on the seatback pocket.

. Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9lbs. (4kg) on the seatback, head re-straint or in the seatback pocket.

. Do not store luggage behind the seatthat can press into the seatback.

. Confirm the operating condition with thefront passenger air bag status light.

. If you notice that the front passenger airbag status light is not operating inaccordance with the above description,please take your vehicle to your INFINITIretailer to check the passenger seatadvanced air bag system.


Condition:

(68,1)



. Until you have confirmed with yourretailer that your passenger seat ad-vanced air bag is working properly,position the occupants in the rear seat-ing positions.

This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system isdesigned to meet certification require-ments under U.S. regulations. It is alsopermitted in Canada. All of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in this manualapply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instru-ment panel above the glove box. The frontair bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may notinflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper front air bag operation.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The system

monitors information from the Air bagControl Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sen-sors and the occupant classification sen-sors (weight sensors). Inflator operation isbased on the severity of a collision andseat belt usage for the driver. For the frontpassenger, the occupant classificationsensors are also monitored. Based oninformation from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash,depending on the crash severity andwhether the front occupants are belted orunbelted. Additionally, the front passengerair bag may be automatically turned OFFunder some conditions, depending on theinformation provided by the occupantclassification sensors. If the front passen-ger air bag is OFF, the front passenger airbag status light will be illuminated (if theseat is unoccupied, the light will not beilluminated, but the air bag will be off).(See “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-49) for further details.) One frontair bag inflating does not indicate improperperformance of the system.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer to obtain informationabout the system. If you are considering

modification of your vehicle due to adisability, you may also contact INFINITI.Contact information is contained in thefront of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be takennot to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe head and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduceserious injuries. However, an inflating frontair bag may cause facial abrasions or otherinjuries. Front air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

Even with INFINITI advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheelor instrument panel. The front air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect thefront occupants. Because of this, the forceof the front air bag inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too close

Condition:

(69,1)


to, or is against, the air bag module duringinflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

SSS0676

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and statuslight

GUID-8C4B2DA9-41B7-4E9B-9A84-5814B9442947

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some condi-tions. Read this section carefully to learnhow it operates. Proper use of the seat, seatbelt and child restraints is necessary formost effective protection. Failure to followall instructions in this manual concerningthe use of seats, seat belts and childrestraints can increase the risk or severity

of injury in an accident.

Status light:GUID-0AF64CB5-2B90-4B8C-AA71-D1A83C3F69C5

The front passenger seat is equipped withoccupant classification sensors (weightsensors) that turn the front passenger airbag on or off depending on the weightapplied to the front passenger seat. Thestatus of the front passenger air bag (ON orOFF) is indicated by the front passenger airbag status light which is located underthe climate controls. After the ignitionswitch is placed in the "ON" position, thefront passenger air bag status light on theinstrument panel illuminates for about 7seconds and then turns off or illuminatesdepending on the front passenger seatoccupied status. The light operates asfollows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: Thelight is OFF and the front passenger airbag is OFF and will not inflate in acrash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a smalladult, child or child restraint as out-lined in this section: The lightilluminates to indicate that the frontpassenger air bag is OFF and will not


Condition:

(70,1)



inflate in a crash.. Occupied passenger seat and the pas-

senger meets the conditions outlined inthis section: The light is OFF toindicate that the front passenger airbag is operational.

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat mayalso cause the light to operate as de-scribed above depending on their weight.

For additional information related to thenormal operation and troubleshooting ofthis occupant classification sensor system,please refer to “Normal operation” (P.1-51)and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-52) in thissection.

Front passenger air bag:GUID-4FB31F34-50AF-4E9E-8907-9C8CBBB2D6AB

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below as permitted by U.S. regula-tions. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,it will not inflate in a crash. The driver airbag and other air bags in your vehicle arenot part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passenger

seat occupants, such as children, byrequiring the air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF.

The occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) are on the seat cushionframe under the front passenger seat andare designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a childis in the front passenger seat, the Ad-vanced Air Bag System is designed to turnthe passenger air bag OFF in accordancewith the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in theregulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensors can detect it andcause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should notcause the passenger air bag to be auto-matically turned OFF. For small adults itmay be turned OFF, however, if theoccupant does not sit in the seat properly(for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or byotherwise being out of position), this couldcause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.Always be sure to be seated and wearingthe seat belt properly for the most effective

protection by the seat belt and supple-mental air bag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. INFINITI also recommends that appro-priate child restraints and booster seats beproperly installed in a rear seat. If this isnot possible, the occupant classificationsensors are designed to operate as de-scribed above to turn the front passengerair bag OFF for specified child restraints.Failing to properly secure child restrainsand to use the ALR mode may allow therestraint to tip or move in an accident orsudden stop. This can also result in thefront passenger air bag inflating in a crashinstead of being OFF. (See “Child re-straints” (P.1-22) for proper use andinstallation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the passenger air bag is designed not toinflate in a crash. However, heavy objectsplaced on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object beingdetected by the occupant classificationsensors. Other conditions could also resultin air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children areon the seat, contrary to the instructions in

Condition:

(71,1)


this manual. Always be sure that you andall vehicle occupants are seated andrestrained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the frontpassenger air bag is automatically turnedOFF with the seat occupied. The light willnot illuminate when the front passengerseat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light isilluminated (indicating that the air bag isOFF), it could be that the person is a smalladult, or is not sitting on the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag statuslight may or may not be illuminated,depending on the size of the child andthe type of child restraint being used. If thefront passenger air bag status light is notilluminated (indicating that the air bagmight inflate in a crash), it could be thatthe child restraint or seat belt is not beingused properly. Make sure that the childrestraint is installed properly, the seat beltis used properly and the occupant ispositioned properly. If the front passengerair bag status light is still not illuminated,reposition the occupant or child restraint in

a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status lightwill not illuminate even though you believethat the child restraint, the seat belts andthe occupant are properly positioned, thesystemmay be sensing an unoccupied seat(in which case the air bag is OFF). YourINFINITI retailer can check that the systemis OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your retailerthat your air bag is working properly,reposition the occupant or child restraintin a rear seat.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light willtake a few seconds to register a change inthe passenger seat status. However, if theseat becomes unoccupied, the front pas-senger air bag status light will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the front pas-senger air bag system, the supplementalair bag warning light , located in themeter and gauges area will blink. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operation:GUID-97D2D491-6ADF-4BFC-82C6-83949DDAA94D

In order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front passen-

ger based on weight, please follow theprecautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions:GUID-94F9FD4A-A03D-43CC-8192-8E4C0AFCD523

. Make sure that there are no objectsweighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatbackpocket.

. Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rearof the seatback.

. Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of thefront passenger seat.

. Make sure that the front passenger seator seatback is not forced back againstan object on the seat or floor behind it.

. Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

Steps:GUID-2B8C34B7-9BEC-4123-9EE9-3F76C1F5930A

1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See“Seats” (P.1-3).) Sit upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered onthe seat cushion with your feet comfor-tably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See


Condition:

(72,1)



“Seat belts” (P.1-12).)

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify the frontpassenger before the vehicle is put intomotion.

5. Ensure proper classification by check-ing the front passenger air bag statuslight.

NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classification sen-sor system locks the classification duringdriving so it is important that you confirmthat the front passenger is properlyclassified prior to driving. Also, the occu-pant classification sensor system mayrecalculate the weight of the occupantwhen the vehicle comes to a stop (i.e. stoplight, stop sign, etc.), so front passengerseat occupants should continue to remainseated as outlined above.Troubleshooting:

GUID-D45C1A88-6C48-48BA-B2BD-1E420F56D7FB

If you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:1. If the light is ON with no front

passenger and no objects on the frontpassenger seat:

This may be due to the following conditionsthat may be interfering with the weight

sensors:

. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.

. A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

. A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

. Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. An object placed under the front pas-senger seat.

. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or betweenthe seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Restartthe vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still ON after this, the vehicleshould be checked by an INFINITI retailer assoon as possible.

2. If the light is ON with an adultoccupying the front passenger seat:

. Occupant is a small adult — the air baglight is functioning as intended. Thefront passenger air bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a smalladult, then this may be due to the followingconditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

. Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered onthe seat cushion with his/her feetcomfortably extended to the floor.





. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or betweenthe seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Restart

Condition:

(73,1)


the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:


If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and the vehicle should bechecked by an INFINITI retailer as soon aspossible.3. If the light is OFF with a small adult,

child or child restraint occupying thefront passenger seat.This may be due to the followingconditions that may be interferingwith the weight sensors:

. Small adult or child is not sittingupright, leaning against the seatback,and centered on the seat cushion withhis/her feet comfortably extended tothe floor.

. The child restraint is not properlyinstalled as outlined. (See “Child re-straints” (P.1-22).)

. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.





. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Restartthe vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:


If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should berepositioned in the rear seat and thevehicle should be checked by an INFINITIretailer as soon as possible.

Other supplemental front-impactair bag precautions

GUID-5C2FA888-FA94-4BF5-A861-7D3C24A0D2DA

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bags inflate.

. Do not place objects with sharp edges onthe seat. Also, do not place heavyobjects on the seat that will leavepermanent impressions in the seat. Suchobjects can damage the seat or occupantclassification sensors (weight sensors).This can affect the operation of the airbag system and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensors. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.


Condition:

(74,1)



. Immediately after inflation, several frontair bag system components will be hot.Do not touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. This isto prevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

. Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or front end structure. Thiscould affect proper operation of the frontair bag system.

. Tampering with the air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury. Tamper-ing includes changes to the steeringwheel and the instrument panel assem-bly by placing material over the steeringwheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing mate-rial on the seat cushion or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, on the seat that is not specifi-cally designed to assure proper air bagoperation. Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classificationsensors.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affect thefront air bag system. Tampering with theseat belt system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

. It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for work on and around the frontair bag. It is also recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for installation ofelectrical equipment. The SupplementalRestraint System (SRS) wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devices

should not be used on the air bagsystem.

. A cracked windshield should be replacedimmediately by a qualified repair facility.A cracked windshield could affect thefunction of the supplemental air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

Condition:

(75,1)


SSS0521

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN-TAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

GUID-D2D3EDA5-D6D9-4889-8EE0-2C6045195C42

The side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. Thecurtain air bags are located in the side roofrails. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual apply and must befollowed. The side air bags and curtain airbags are designed to inflate in higherseverity side collisions, although they mayinflate if the forces in another type of

collision are similar to those of a higherseverity side impact. They are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certainside collisions on the side where thevehicle is impacted. Curtain air bags arealso designed to inflate in certain types ofrollover collisions or near rollovers.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper side air bag andcurtain air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smokeis not harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Thosewith a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest and pelvic area of the frontoccupants. Curtain air bags help to cushionthe impact force to the head of occupantsin the front and rear outboard seatingpositions. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, side airbags and curtain air bags may causeabrasions or other injuries. Side air bags

and curtain air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the side air bags.Rear seat passengers should be seated asfar away as practical from the doorfinishers and side roof rails. The side airbags and curtain air bags inflate quickly inorder to help protect the occupants.Because of this, the force of the side airbags and curtain air bags inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, these air bagmodules during inflation. In a rollover, thecurtain air bags on both sides are designedto inflate. Under both side-impact androllover situations, the curtain air bags willremain inflated for a short period of time.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds ifthe systems are operational.


Condition:

(76,1)



WARNING

. Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do notplace any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.)between the front door finisher and thefront seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifa side air bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several side air bagand curtain air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe side air bag and curtain air bags.This is to prevent damage to or acciden-tal inflation of the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or side panel. This couldaffect proper operation of the side airbag and curtain air bag systems.

. Tampering with the side air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the front seat byplacing material near the seatback or by

installing additional trim material, suchas seat covers, around the side air bag.

. It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for work on and around the sideair bag and curtain air bag. It is alsorecommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for installation of electrical equip-ment. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring harnesses* shouldnot be modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be used onthe side air bag or curtain air bagsystems.

* The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag systems and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

GUID-AC507754-C483-4F96-95C8-D85AF03F8C4A

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reused afteractivation. They must be replaced to-gether with the retractor and buckle as aunit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if necessary,replaced. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioner system. This is toprevent damage to or accidental activa-tion of the pretensioners. Tamperingwith the pretensioner system may resultin serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for work on and around thepretensioner system. It is also recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forinstallation of electrical equipment. Un-authorized electrical test equipment and

Condition:

(77,1)


probing devices should not be used onthe pretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of a pretensioneror scrap the vehicle, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. Correct pretensioner disposalprocedures are set forth in the appro-priate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could cause perso-nal injury.

The pretensioner system may activate withthe supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions. Working with the seatbelt retractor, it helps tighten the seat beltwhen the vehicle becomes involved incertain types of collisions, helping torestrain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor. These seat belts are used thesame way as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke isreleased and a loud noise may be heard.The smoke is not harmful, and it does notindicate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against thechest.

The supplemental air bag warning lightis used to indicate malfunctions in thepretensioner system. (See “Supplementalair bag warning light” (P.1-58) for moredetails.) If the operation of the supple-mental air bag warning light indicatesthere is a malfunction, have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

GUID-5A94D5D5-26FE-45B4-A114-8DC54271D69F

Warning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag system are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagGUID-30669307-8123-452C-8E73-07E48330A313

The warning labels *1 are located on thesurface of the sun visors.


Condition:

(78,1)



SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

GUID-48038CBC-E051-4310-B416-D7927C4C83A8

The supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bagsystems, pretensioners and all relatedwiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, theair bag and/or pretensioner systems need

servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bags and/or pretensioner systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked andrepaired. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensionersystems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle checked as soon as possible. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE-DURE

GUID-65A607FD-7F39-473E-80BF-B8024B3032F1

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags and pretensioners are designed toactivate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the sup-plemental air bag warning light will remainilluminated after inflation has occurred.These systems should be repaired and/orreplaced as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, pretensioners and relatedparts should be pointed out to the personconducting the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag orcurtain air bag has inflated, the air bagmodule will not function again and mustbe replaced. Additionally, the activatedpretensioners must also be replaced. The

Condition:

(79,1)


air bag module and pretensioner shouldbe replaced. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.However, the air bag module and pre-tensioner system cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag and the pretensioner should beinspected if there is any damage to thefront end or side portion of the vehicle. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. If you need to dispose of a supplementalair bag or pretensioner or scrap thevehicle, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer. Correct supplementalair bag and pretensioner system dispo-sal procedures are set forth in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.Incorrect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

. If there is an impact to your vehicle fromany direction, your Occupant Classifica-tion Sensor (OCS) should be checked. Itis recommended an INFINITI retailer per-forms this service to verify it is stillfunctioning correctly. The OCS should bechecked even if no air bags deploy as aresult of the impact. Failure to verifyproper OCS function may result in an

improper air bag deployment resulting ininjury or death.


Condition:

(80,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(81,1)


MEMO


Condition:

(82,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(83,1)


2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit .................................................................. 2-3Instrument panel ................................................... 2-5Meters and gauges ................................................ 2-6

Speedometer and odometer .............................. 2-7Tachometer ........................................................ 2-8Engine coolant temperature gauge .................... 2-8Fuel gauge ........................................................ 2-9Meter/ring illumination and needle sweep ......... 2-9

Compass (if so equipped) .................................... 2-10Zone variation change procedure ..................... 2-11

Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ................................................ 2-13

Checking lights ................................................ 2-13Warning lights ................................................. 2-13Indicator lights ................................................ 2-19Audible reminders ........................................... 2-21

Vehicle information display .................................. 2-22Indicators for operation ................................... 2-25Indicators for maintenance .............................. 2-27Trip computer .................................................. 2-29

Security systems ................................................. 2-31Vehicle security system ................................... 2-32INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system ................. 2-33

Windshield wiper and washer switch ................... 2-34Windshield wiper and washer operation ......... 2-35Rain-sensing auto wiper system (ifso equipped) ................................................. 2-36Rear window wiper and washer operation ....... 2-37

Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch .................................................. 2-38Headlight and turn signal switch ......................... 2-38

Xenon headlights ........................................... 2-38Headlight switch ............................................ 2-39Turn signal switch .......................................... 2-44Fog light switch (except for LIMITED FINALPACKAGE models) ......................................... 2-44

Horn .................................................................... 2-44Heated Seats (if so equipped) ............................. 2-45Climate controlled seats (if so equipped) ............. 2-46Warning systems switch (if so equipped) ............. 2-47Snow mode switch .............................................. 2-48Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) off switch (ifso equipped) ....................................................... 2-48Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ............. 2-49Clock ................................................................... 2-49

Adjusting the time ......................................... 2-49Power outlet ........................................................ 2-50

Condition:

(84,1)


Storage ............................................................... 2-51Cup holders ..................................................... 2-51Sunglasses holder ........................................... 2-52Glove box ........................................................ 2-53Console box .................................................... 2-53Card holder ..................................................... 2-54Coat hooks ...................................................... 2-54Cargo hooks (if so equipped) ........................... 2-55Cargo net (if so equipped) ............................... 2-55Cargo cover (if so equipped) ............................ 2-56Roof rack (if so equipped) ................................ 2-58

Windows .............................................................. 2-59Power windows ............................................... 2-59

Moonroof ............................................................. 2-62Power moonroof .............................................. 2-62

Welcome light ...................................................... 2-64Battery saver system ....................................... 2-64

Interior lights ...................................................... 2-64Map lights ..................................................... 2-64Personal lights ............................................... 2-65Interior light control switch ............................ 2-65

Vanity mirror lights ............................................. 2-66Cargo light .......................................................... 2-66HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........................ 2-67

Programming HomeLink® ............................... 2-67Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers .......................... 2-69Operating the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ..................................... 2-69Programming troubleshooting ........................ 2-70Clearing the programmed information ............ 2-70Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button ......................................... 2-70If your vehicle is stolen .................................. 2-70

Condition:

(85,1)


GUID-786704CA-5415-49E0-B051-5131386B6540

SIC4246

1. Outside mirror remote control switch2. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) off

switch (if so equipped)3. Instrument brightness control switch4. Headlight, fog light (except for LIM-

ITED FINAL PACKAGE models) and turn

signal switch5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left

side)— For audio system— For Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (with navigation system)

— For Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (without navigation system)— For INFINITI Voice Recognition Sys-tem (with navigation system)

6. Trip computer switch7. Windshield wiper and washer switch8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls

(right side)— Cruise control switches (if soequipped)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped)— Dynamic Driver Assistance switch(if so equipped)

9. Warning systems switch (if soequipped)— Forward Collision Warning (FCW)— Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

9. Headlight aiming control (if soequipped)

10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch

11. Intelligent Key port12. Power lift gate switch13. Power lift gate main switch14. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-

ometer

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

Condition:

(86,1)


2-4 Instruments and controls

15. Electric tilting/telescopic steeringwheel lever (if so equipped)

16. Manual tilting/telescopic steeringwheel lever (if so equipped)

17. Center-console-mounted controls— Climate controlled seat switches orSeat heater switches— SNOW mode switch

Condition:

(87,1)


GUID-7F14A382-7F82-4651-BDC7-0E12FD740023

JVC0209X

1. Side ventilator2. Paddle shifter (if so equipped)3. Meters and gauges4. Center ventilator5. Center multi-function control panel

— Nav iga t ion sys tem* ( i f so

equipped)— Vehicle information and settingbuttons— RearView Monitor (if so equipped)— Around View® Monitor (if soequipped)

6. Center display7. Clock8. Hazard warning flasher switch9. Front passenger supplemental air bag10. Hood release handle11. Fuse box cover12. Parking brake13. Steering wheel

— Horn— Driver supplement air bag

14. Push-button ignition switch15. Front passenger air bag status light16. Rear window defroster switch17. Power outlet18. Automatic climate control system19. Audio system20. Glove box lid release handle

*: Refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.


INSTRUMENT PANEL

Condition:

(88,1)



GUID-94EC96EF-E97F-4313-B5C0-FA082DDC3327

SIC3825

1. Tachometer2. Warning/Indicator lights3. Speedometer4. Engine coolant temperature gauge5. Vehicle information display/Od-

ometer/twin trip odometer

6. Fuel gauge

The needle indicators in the speedometer,tachometer, engine coolant temperaturegauge and fuel gauge may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position. This is not a malfunction.

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampenedwith water. Never use a rough cloth,alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratch orcause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as water onthe meter lens. Spraying liquid maycause the system to malfunction.

METERS AND GAUGES

Condition:

(89,1)


SIC4277

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERGUID-1F7C808F-253F-4AD2-A903-E48E6C10EDCB

SpeedometerGUID-F273D4A6-E7A5-42CD-9CCD-740E3A14ACFB

The speedometer indicates vehicle speedin miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers perhour (km/h).

JVI0971X

Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerGUID-4A477AE0-6265-4F69-A5BD-53A4E6F878EF

The odometer *1 and twin trip odometer*2 are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the display:GUID-1B271185-1C8B-4C3F-9338-858BDC5A99FD

Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET switch *3 atthe bottom left of the combination meterpanel changes the display as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:GUID-DFD69AF8-A340-4110-AC4E-E60898734F25

Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET switch *3 formore than 1 second resets the tripodometer to zero.

Average fuel economy and distance toempty information is also available. (See“Vehicle information display” (P.2-22) and“How to use STATUS button” (P.4-9).)


Condition:

(90,1)



SIC3828

TACHOMETERGUID-D69FE367-F27C-4496-AD03-6A1139B1EBBD

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not revthe engine into the red zone *1 .

The red zone varies with each models.

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduce enginespeed. Operating the engine in the red zonemay cause serious engine damage.

SIC3255

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

GUID-C761695C-D4AC-44B4-B7FE-BE6005727882

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is withinthe normal range when the gauge needlepoints within the zone *1 shown in theillustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and drivingconditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of thenormal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If gauge is over thenormal range, stop the vehicle as soon assafely possible and let the engine idle. If theengine is overheated, continued operationof the vehicle may seriously damage theengine. See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-11) for immediate action required.

Condition:

(91,1)


SIC3256

FUEL GAUGEGUID-83AC3537-5C99-4A52-B213-1CDEA27AB4FA

The gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly duringbraking, turning, acceleration, or going upor down hills.

The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “E” (Empty).

The low fuel warning appears on thevehicle information display when the fuellevel in the tank is getting low. Refuel as

soon as it is convenient, preferably beforethe gauge reaches “E”. There will be asmall reserve of fuel in the tank when thefuel gauge needle reaches “E”.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the passenger’s side of thevehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

. For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-20).

METER/RING ILLUMINATION ANDNEEDLE SWEEP

GUID-D0F27301-1C51-4506-B35F-EFD1CD4A9FD1

The ring illumination surrounding metersand gauges illuminates when the driver’sdoor is closed after getting into the vehiclewith the Intelligent Key carried in.

When the engine is started, the indicatorneedles will sweep in the speedometer andtachometer and the ring illumination willbe brightened gradually. This function canbe turned off. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-29).)


Condition:

(92,1)



GUID-3AF96F2F-5A12-46AE-8F89-742F0F1B456B

SIC3181

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the compass display *B willindicate the direction of the vehicle’sheading.

NOS1741

If the display reads “C”, calibrate thecompass by driving the vehicle in 3complete circles at less than 5 MPH (8

km/h). You can also calibrate the compassby driving your vehicle on your everydayroute. The compass will be calibrated onceit has tracked 3 complete circles.

To turn on and off the compass manually,push the switch *A while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

COMPASS (if so equipped)

Condition:

(93,1)


SIC0611B

Zone map

ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE-DURE

GUID-0746FCA1-9280-483C-9034-D395D046BED8

The difference between magnetic northand geographical north is known asvariance. In some areas, this differencecan sometimes be great enough to causefalse compass readings. Follow theseinstructions to set the variance for yourparticular location if this happens:

1. Push the switch for more than 3seconds. The current zone number willappear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variancenumber on the zone map.

NOTE:Use zone number 5 for Hawaii.

3. Push the switch repeatedly untilthe new zone number appears in thedisplay, then release the switch. Afteryou release the switch, the display willshow a compass direction within a fewseconds.. If the compass deviates from the

correct indication soon after re-peated adjustment, it is recom-mended you have the compasschecked at an INFINITI retailer.


Condition:

(94,1)



. The compass may not indicate thecorrect compass point in tunnels orwhile driving up or down a steep hill.

(The compass returns to the correctcompass point when the vehicle movesto an area where the geomagnetism isstabilized.)

CAUTION

. Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.,which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect theoperation of the compass.

. When cleaning the mirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampened withglass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleanerdirectly on the mirror as it may cause theliquid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-ing.

Condition:

(95,1)


GUID-3B7E2B79-E712-41D2-976D-4E1B161E68FC

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWDmodels) (if so equipped)

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicatorlight (orange) (if so equipped)

Front passenger air bag status light

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light

Master warning lightIntelligent Brake Assist (IBA) off indicatorlight (if so equipped)

Automatic transmission check warning light Preview Function warning light (orange) (ifso equipped)

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ON indica-tor light (green) (if so equipped)

Brake warning lightSeat belt warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light

Charge warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) indi-cator light (if so equipped)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemwarning light (orange) (if so equipped)

Automatic transmission position indicatorlight

Intelligent Key warning light Exterior light indicator

CHECKING LIGHTSGUID-FCD7FF45-DCC8-41AD-86CC-E12DA130279A

With all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

, or , , , , ,

The following lights (if so equipped) willcome on briefly and then go off:

, or , , , , , ,, ,

If any light does not come on or operates ina way other than described, it may indicatea burned-out bulb and/or a system mal-function. It is recommended you have thesystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.

Some indicators and warnings are alsodisplayed on the vehicle information dis-play between the speedometer and tach-ometer. (See “Vehicle information display”(P.2-22).)

WARNING LIGHTSGUID-CA89913F-D836-4B7B-A2FB-404499D455FD

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)

GUID-34B5C08F-9F8A-41FB-8888-5ADA4E0614B0

The warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to ON. It turns offsoon after the engine is started.

If the AWD system malfunctions, or thediameter of the front and the rear wheelsare different, the warning light will either


WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS

Condition:

(96,1)



remain illuminated or blink. (See “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” (P.5-70).)

CAUTION

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunction in theAWD system. Reduce the vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

. If the AWD warning light blinks on whenyou are driving:

— blinks rapidly (about twice a sec-ond):

Pull off the road in a safe area, andidle the engine. The driving mode willchange to 2WD to prevent the AWDsystem from malfunctioning. If thewarning light turns off, you can driveagain.

— blinks slowly (about once every 2seconds):

Pull off the road in a safe area, andidle the engine. Check that all tiresizes are the same, tire pressure iscorrect and tires are not worn.

. If the warning light is still on after theabove operations, have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warning light

GUID-68529AFA-E8CD-454B-94E5-DC063FB6B3A9

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminates and thenturns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.

If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running, or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake systemthen operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake system” (P.5-73).)

Automatic transmission checkwarning light

GUID-60799B3B-6B0F-4F32-8B2E-91DFF1BDB69B

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the light comes on for 2seconds. If the light comes on at any othertime, it may indicate the transmission isnot functioning properly. Have yourINFINITI retailer check and repair thetransmission.

or Brake warning lightGUID-E4C4A31D-A21C-45A9-A0DE-1E09CBCD04AE

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:GUID-70542DEE-E519-4B92-9FC1-AE19CC86C201

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:GUID-C2FD4A5A-389F-49AD-B121-4749A8D5E732

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brakefluid level. If the light comes on while theengine is running with the parking brakenot applied, stop the vehicle and performthe following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. If brakefluid is necessary, add fluid and havethe system checked. It is recommended

Condition:

(97,1)


you visit an INFINITI retailer. (See“Brake fluid” (P.8-9).)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked. It isrecommended you have this serviceperformed by an INFINITI retailer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

GUID-CF42C7EA-1B9B-4FBA-8A39-008420AD5C31

When the parking brake is released andthe brake fluid level is sufficient, if both thebrake warning light and the Anti-lockBraking System (ABS) warning light illumi-nate, it may indicate the ABS is notfunctioning properly. Have the brake sys-tem checked, and if necessary repaired. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. (See “Anti-lockBraking System (ABS) warning light” (P.2-14).)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If you judgeit to be safe, drive carefully to thenearest service station for repairs.Otherwise, have your vehicle towed

because driving it could be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with the enginestopped and/or low brake fluid level mayincrease your stopping distance andbraking will require greater pedal effortas well as pedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brake fluidreservoir, do not drive until the brakesystem has been checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

Charge warning lightGUID-FB48A30B-4322-4BA4-B1BA-16DF92F192F6

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turnthe engine off and check the alternatorbelt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing orif the light remains on, have your vehicleserviced immediately. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternator beltis loose, broken or missing.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

GUID-D5244852-2B71-4AD7-8006-9F05E302EAC7

This light warns of low engine oil pressure.If the light flickers or comes on duringnormal driving, pull off the road in a safearea, stop the engine immediately and callan INFINITI retailer or other authorizedrepair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See“Engine oil” (P.8-6).)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not coveredby warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as itis safe to do so.


Condition:

(98,1)



Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system warning light (orange; if soequipped)

GUID-8A8088B0-D52F-4F2D-9A30-A944A99D8FA4

This light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system.

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer.

Intelligent Key warning lightGUID-889E11EF-BF64-4F39-9B3D-9B97AA734596

After the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, this light comes on for about 2seconds and then turns off.

This light warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to start theengine. If the light comes on while the

engine is running, you can drive thevehicle. However in these cases, it isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor repair as soon as possible.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light (orange; if soequipped)

GUID-FA98E4AA-7153-4C9D-9AAF-E14A51588487

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the light will come on inorange, turn green, and then turn off. Thisindicates that the Lane Departure Warning(LDW) and Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)systems are operational.

While the LDW and/or LDP system is on,the light will blink in orange and a warningchime will sound if the vehicle is travelingclose to either the left or the right of atraveling lane with detectable lane mar-kers.

If the light comes on in orange and remainson, it may indicate that the LDW and LDPsystems are not functioning properly.Although the vehicle is still driveable, havethe systems checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer.

See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP)” (P.5-21).

Low tire pressure warninglight

GUID-DEB90009-D025-4784-B7BE-740045D48157

Your vehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) thatmonitors the tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is pushed ON, thislight illuminates for about 1 second andturns off.

Low tire pressure warning:GUID-3D3F5C53-31AE-481A-BA8F-3909F341A97E

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning alsoappears on the vehicle information display.If you select the tire pressure informationin the display, the LOW PRESSURE informa-tion will be displayed. The tire pressure foreach tire will also be displayed.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. The low tirepressure warning light does not automati-

Condition:

(99,1)


cally turn off when the tire pressure isadjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle mustbe driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off thelow tire pressure warning light. Use a tirepressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ap-pears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as thelow tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4)and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P.6-3). For the CHECK TIRE PRES-SURE warning, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P.2-22).

TPMS malfunction:GUID-3A620FEB-B657-45C0-A823-977C6A609B38

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is pushed ON. The light will remainon after 1 minute. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. The CHECKTIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear ifthe low tire pressure warning light illumi-nates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch pushed ON, have thevehicle checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

. If the light illuminates or LOW PRESSUREinformation is displayed on the monitorscreen while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personalinjury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjusting

the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or theTPMS may be malfunctioning. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible. If no tire is flatand all tires are properly inflated, havethe vehicle checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer.

. Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon as possible.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.

. Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.


Condition:

(100,1)



. If the vehicle is being driven at speeds ofless than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMSmay not operate correctly.

. Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Master warning lightGUID-CD915495-D673-4754-B2B9-9FC6949E20F2

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the master warning light illumi-nates if any of the following are displayedon the vehicle information display:

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/lift gate open warning

. Loose fuel cap warning

. Check tire pressure warningSee “Vehicle information display” (P.2-22).

Preview Function warning light(orange; if so equipped)

GUID-AFA514AE-F114-4D29-8E29-B2AF7E9C218D

The light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Brake Assist (with Preview Function)system.

If the warning light comes on, park the

vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, then resume driving.

If it is not possible to set the ICC system orthe Preview Function warning light re-mains on, it may indicate that the systemis malfunctioning. Although the vehicle isstill driveable under normal conditions,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer.

Seat belt warning light andchime

GUID-1597B4ED-A2EA-4D00-8CDC-EAC8280D87E0

The light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, and will remain illuminated untilthe driver’s seat belt is fastened. At thesame time, the chime will sound for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied. For about 5 seconds afterthe ignition switch is in the ON position,the system does not activate the warninglight for the front passenger.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-12) for precautions

on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglight

GUID-DE9DE567-7877-4536-B3D4-DF96485A455B

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight will illuminate. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the front-impact air bag and sideair bag, curtain air bag systems and/orpretensioner seat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand pretensioner systems needs servicing.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pretensioners may not functionproperly.

Condition:

(101,1)


For additional information, see “Supple-mental restraint system” (P.1-42).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the supplementalfront air bag, supplemental side air bag,curtain side-impact air bag systems and/orpretensioner seat belt will not operate in anaccident. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

GUID-777B731E-077B-4D33-8E48-6D3420047B40

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light illuminates and thenturns off.

The light will blink when the VDC system orthe traction control system is operating,thus alerting the driver that the vehicle isnearing its traction limits. The road surfacemay be slippery.

When the VDC warning light illuminates

when the VDC system is turned on, thislight alerts the driver to the fact that theVDC system’s fail-safe mode is operating,for example the VDC system may not befunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer. If a malfunction occurs inthe system, the VDC system function willbe canceled but the vehicle is still drive-able. For additional information, see “Ve-hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-77).

INDICATOR LIGHTSGUID-C1BA6C85-FDCB-4124-95BF-66EC9CD82141

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) indicator light (if soequipped)

GUID-7D3EB492-367C-414E-BC54-A96847251004

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the Adaptive Front lightingSystem (AFS) indicator light will illuminate.The light will turn off in about 1 second ifthe AFS is operational.

If the AFS indicator light blinks, it mayindicate the AFS is not functioning prop-erly. It is recommended you have thesystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.

See “Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)”(P.2-42).

Automatic transmission posi-tion indicator light

GUID-0101E3F5-6B82-47F9-8B09-04A266FA0814

When the ignition switch is pushed to the“ON” position, the indicator shows theautomatic shift position.

In the manual shift mode, when thetransmission does not shift to the selectedgear due to a transmission protectionmode, the AT position indicator light willblink and a buzzer will sound.

See “Automatic transmission” (P.5-15) forfurther details.

Exterior light indicatorGUID-3005C741-A5D2-4EF8-A422-AD79F2FE5467

This indicator illuminates when the head-light switch is turned to the AUTO, or

position and the front parking lights,instrument panel lights, tail lights, licenseplate lights or headlights are on. Theindicator turns off when these lights areturned off.

Front passenger air bag statuslight

GUID-97699D9A-5718-4CDB-8F49-0DAB2001A838

The front passenger air bag status light( ) will be lit and the passenger front airbag will be OFF depending on how the front


Condition:

(102,1)



passenger seat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status lightoperation, see “INFINITI advanced air bagsystem (front seats)” (P.1-47) of thismanual.

High beam indicator lightGUID-4A8E303E-085C-4B0D-8B61-3767312D72A7

This light comes on when the headlighthigh beam is on and goes out when the lowbeam is selected.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)off indicator light (if so equipped)

GUID-C6BA1CDF-24FF-4ECF-851C-58C05D4CE001

The light illuminates when the IntelligentBrake Assist (IBA) off switch is pushed toOFF. This indicates that the IntelligentBrake Assist (IBA) system is not operating.

When the IBA off indicator light illuminateswhile the system is turned on (without thewarning chime sound), this light indicatesthat the system control is temporarilyunavailable.

When the IBA off indicator light illuminateswith the warning chime sound while theIBA system is turned on, this light indicatesthat the system may not be functioningproperly. Park the vehicle in a safe place.Check to see if the laser sensor is clean.

Turn the engine off, then restart theengine.

If the IBA off indicator light illuminatesafter following the procedures above, itmay indicate that the system is malfunc-tioning. Although the vehicle is still drive-able under normal conditions, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer. (See “IntelligentBrake Assist (IBA)” (P.5-61).)

Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) ON indicator light (green; if soequipped)

GUID-D01A329C-20D9-4D3F-BDD9-467DA3A997BB

The light comes on in green when the LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) system isturned on. The light turns off when thesystem is turned off.

NOTE:

This light is common with the LDWindicator light (orange). (See “Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW) indicator light” (P.2-16).)

For more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention(LDP)” (P.5-21).

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

GUID-5513786D-455F-43AC-817A-BFC6297FF899

If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine isrunning, it may indicate a potential emis-sion control malfunction.

The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that thevehicle has at least 3 US gallons (14 liters)of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potentialemission control system malfunction ex-ists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for anemission control system inspection/main-tenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec-tion/Maintenance (I/M) test” (P.10-31).)

Operation:GUID-1D52BA95-BA47-47A8-AE26-5F417D89F59D

The malfunction indicator light will comeon in one of two ways:

Condition:

(103,1)


. Malfunction indicator light on steady —An emission control system malfunc-tion has been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn offafter a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the retailer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking —An engine misfire has been detectedwhich may damage the emission con-trol system.To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:1) Do not drive at speeds above 45

MPH (72 km/h).2) Avoid hard acceleration or decelera-

tion.3) Avoid steep uphill grades.4) If possible, reduce the amount of

cargo being hauled or towed.The malfunction indicator light may

stop blinking and remain on.Have the vehicle inspected. It is re-commended you visit an INFINITI retai-ler for this service. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the retailer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without havingthe emission control system checked andrepaired as necessary could lead to poordriveability, reduced fuel economy, andpossible damage to the emission controlsystem.

Security indicator lightGUID-E639064B-1196-400E-A57A-171D183D82AE

The light blinks when the ignition switch isin the ACC, OFF and LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemequipped on the vehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning,this light will remain on while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. For additionalinformation, see “Security systems” (P.2-31).

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

GUID-5A2A07A5-27A0-4237-B457-C459CC4E811A

The light flashes when the turn signalswitch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

GUID-18254326-0B58-4BEB-982E-B46B03A0F21B

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light illuminates andthen turns off.

The light comes on when the VDC off switchis pushed to OFF. This indicates that theVDC system and traction control systemare not operating.

AUDIBLE REMINDERSGUID-C0FA3258-142A-4A63-A081-BEA4082ED041

Key reminder chimeGUID-7EAF972B-8A01-4D33-A849-1927616D3747

A chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the ignition switch is pushedto the ACC position or pushed to the OFF orLOCK position with the Intelligent Key leftin the Intelligent Key port. Make sure theignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition, and take the Intelligent Key withyou when leaving the vehicle.


Condition:

(104,1)



Light reminder chimeGUID-EA3E1437-1FEE-43A5-AD87-955EE4BDFADE

A chime will sound when the driver sidedoor is opened with the light switch in the

or position and the ignition switchin the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeGUID-A8E0CFE9-4B3C-4682-9102-FA10802A7450

The chime will sound if the vehicle is drivenat more than 4 MPH (7 km/h) with theparking brake applied. Stop the vehicleand release the parking brake.

Brake pad wear warningGUID-2DC328A4-A19B-422A-8771-C4024443E5BA

The disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will first occuronly when the brake pedal is depressed.After more wear of the brake pad, thesound will always be heard even if thebrake pedal is not depressed. Have thebrakes checked as soon as possible if thewarning sound is heard.

Lane departure warning chime (if soequipped)

GUID-525ACC84-8D08-475D-80A9-76A77E0E4932

When the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) orLane Departure Prevention (LDP) system ison, the chime sounds if the vehicle istraveling close to either the left or the rightof a traveling lane with detectable lanemarkers.

See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP)” (P.5-21) formore details.

GUID-4AAC9BC1-B5DF-469F-AE93-DBABD4F1A42A

SIC3827

The vehicle information display *1 islocated between the tachometer and thespeedometer, and it displays the auto-matic transmission position indicator, theIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if soequipped) information, the Intelligent Keyoperation information and other warningsand information.

For detailed information about each sys-tem, see the following sections:

. Automatic Transmission (AT)— “Warning lights, indicator lights and

audible reminders” (P.2-13).— “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-15).

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

Condition:

(105,1)


. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system— “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

(FULL SPEED RANGE)” (P.5-32).. Intelligent Key system

— “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6).— “Push-button ignition switch” (P.5-

11).


Condition:

(106,1)



JVI1519X

Condition:

(107,1)


INDICATORS FOR OPERATIONGUID-B3F3B2EB-3CA7-4B53-8052-3948B1F3352B

1. Engine start operation indicatorGUID-EB500815-1102-428E-9A0D-6F81FA5B2E69

This indicator appears when the shift leveris in the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe brake pedal depressed.

2. Intelligent Key insertion indicatorGUID-98FDB05A-0D83-46A9-98B8-33C2502FAE4E

This indicator appears when the IntelligentKey needs to be inserted into the Intelli-gent Key port. (For example, the IntelligentKey battery is discharged.)

If this indicator appears, insert the Intelli-gent Key into the Intelligent Key port in thecorrect direction. (See “Push-button igni-tion switch” (P.5-11).)

3. Intelligent Key removal indicatorGUID-582390FD-45FD-4D06-8C9A-BA5519DFBAC4

This indicator appears when the driver’sdoor is opened with the ignition switch inthe ACC, OFF or LOCK position and theIntelligent Key placed in the Intelligent Keyport. A key reminder chime also sounds.

If this indicator appears, remove theIntelligent Key from the Intelligent Key portand take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

4. NO KEY warningGUID-E0AB1906-1D83-4E96-AA37-42D9B6691D10

This warning appears in either of thefollowing conditions.

No Intelligent Key inside the vehicle:GUID-24E7221F-BD3C-49FD-8510-C1D5B16891A0

The warning appears when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Make sure that theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent Key:GUID-EBB7AC6B-867B-4538-8519-241DE47D42B9

The warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed from the LOCK positionand the Intelligent Key cannot be recog-nized by the system. You cannot start theengine with an unregistered key. Use theregistered Intelligent Key.

See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6) formore details.

5. SHIFT “P” warningGUID-61AC61C9-9AD8-4241-872D-75286966115A

This warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine withthe shift lever in any position except the P(Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position or push theignition switch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound.(See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6).)

6. “PUSH” warningGUID-4956BA2C-3D9E-484C-BB6E-7B103969ADD9

This warning appears when the shift leveris moved to the P (Park) position with theignition switch in the ACC position after theSHIFT “P” warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFFposition, perform the following procedure:

SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the shift leverto “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push theignition switch ? ignition switch positionis turned to ON) ? PUSH warning ? (Pushthe ignition switch ? ignition switchposition is turned to OFF)

7. Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator

GUID-875C634B-E2A6-4A5A-91C2-B68613699FF8

This indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace thebattery with a new one. (See “IntelligentKey battery replacement” (P.8-20).)

8. Parking brake release warningGUID-46E56E81-8762-4383-8318-6E597A6B85D7

This warning appears when the vehiclespeed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and theparking brake is applied.


Condition:

(108,1)



9. Low fuel warningGUID-EA8889A1-61F8-403A-A526-34488D0E5188

This warning appears when the fuel level inthe tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as itis convenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches the empty (E) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remainingin the tank when the fuel gauge reachesthe empty (E) position.

10. Low washer fluid warningGUID-E4B4CAE2-8062-419C-B12A-36DF93FC20BA

This warning appears when the washertank fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluidas necessary. (See “Window washer fluid”(P.8-10).)

11. Door/lift gate open warning(ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion)

GUID-8FC58C62-76BE-4974-8346-85308B385325

This warning appears if any of the doorsand/or the lift gate are open or not closedsecurely. The vehicle icon indicates whichdoor or the lift gate is open on the display.

12. “Time to rest” indicatorGUID-4F60795D-4D26-40E1-97C7-7C97B91D655C

This indicator appears when the set “timeto rest” indicator activates. You can set thetime for up to 6 hours. (See “Trip compu-ter” (P.2-29).)

13. Loose fuel cap warningGUID-1C6C5584-0FBF-4D73-B1B2-8C015F279547

This warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. (See “Fuel-fillercap” (P.3-24).)

14. Check tire pressure warningGUID-78085BD6-D079-406C-8A0A-9160958121F0

This warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected. Thewarning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated. If this warning ap-pears, stop the vehicle and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. (See “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-16) and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).)

15. Low outside temperature warn-ing

GUID-201B285B-466D-4061-87BB-F7339FBF8993

This warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 378F (38C). The warningcan be set not to be displayed. (See “Tripcomputer” (P.2-29).)

16. Cruise indicator (if so equipped)GUID-C331C5D0-489E-4070-87A0-6E00B2E1802A

Cruise main switch indicator:GUID-2407257B-7766-4B2B-B3E8-46775937802D

The indicator is displayed when the cruisecontrol main switch is pushed. When themain switch is pushed again, the indicatordisappears. When the cruise control mainswitch indicator is displayed, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicator:GUID-3E38FBE1-A122-4C21-8754-50EE826C160D

The indicator is displayed while the vehiclespeed is controlled by the cruise controlsystem. If the indicator blinks while theengine is running, it may indicate that thecruise control system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

See “Cruise control” (P.5-30) for details.

17. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system MAIN switch indicator (if soequipped)

GUID-6251E732-770C-4901-A69A-FD30A56DA26E

The indicator is displayed when the In-telligent Cruise Control (ICC) system mainswitch is pushed. When the main switch ispushed again, the indicator disappears.While the main switch indicator is dis-played, the ICC system is operational. The

Condition:

(109,1)


cruise control set indicator (SET) is dis-played while the vehicle is controlled bythe conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode of the ICC system. (See “Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) (FULL SPEEDRANGE)” (P.5-32).)

SIC3281

INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCEGUID-1E75CBB4-79E6-499A-AACC-03BBC065F39F

1. Engine oil replacement indicatorGUID-4672A998-8264-469E-ABF9-AE792DD0A1F9

This indicator appears when the customerset time comes for changing the engine oil.You can set or reset the distance forchanging the engine oil. (See “Trip compu-ter” (P.2-29).)

2. Oil filter replacement indicatorGUID-2D51BCD1-9E57-4A24-A8E7-DED29A14DC4A

This indicator appears when the customerset time comes for replacing the oil filter.You can set or reset the distance forreplacing the oil filter. (See “Trip compu-ter” (P.2-29).)

3. Tire replacement indicatorGUID-E87E7A76-E544-4DD8-AA8A-64B971641F13

This indicator appears when the customerset distance comes for replacing tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingtires. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-29).)

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includingtire pressure checks. See “Changing wheelsand tires” (P.8-33). Many factors includingtire inflation, alignment, driving habits and


Condition:

(110,1)



road conditions affect tire wear and whentires should be replaced. Setting the tirereplacement indicator for a certain drivingdistance does not mean your tires will lastthat long. Use the tire replacement indicatoras a guide only and always perform regulartire checks. Failure to perform regular tirechecks, including tire pressure checks couldresult in tire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to a collision,which could result in serious personal injuryor death.

4. “OTHER” indicatorGUID-BDA1992C-045C-4710-88CF-3A3D162CA387

This indicator appears when the set timecomes for replacing items other than theengine oil, oil filter and tires. You can set orreset the distance for replacing the items.(See “Trip computer” (P.2-29).)

More maintenance reminders are alsoavailable on the center display. (See“How to use INFO button” (P.4-9).)

SIC3846

Condition:

(111,1)


SIC3829

TRIP COMPUTERGUID-F2A963CC-4D03-48BE-A02E-25C9710C30F3

Switches for the trip computer are locatedon the right side of the combination meterpanel. To operate the trip computer, pushthe switches as shown above.

*A switch*B switch

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, modes of the trip computercan be selected by pushing the switch*A .

Each time the switch *A is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:

Current fuel consumption ? Average fuel

consumption and speed ? Elapsed timeand trip odometer ? Distance to empty(dte) ? Outside air temperature (ICY) ?

Setting ? Warning check

1. Current fuel consumptionGUID-55CD9362-893F-4C68-BBFA-AB2E32D797BB

The current fuel consumption mode showsthe current fuel consumption.

2. Average fuel consumption (MPGor l (liter)/100 km) and speed (MPHor km/h)

GUID-201041D5-C1B6-475F-9878-B526C595A1E3

Fuel consumption:GUID-6C1FB19D-340F-460D-9E92-282EBF96C275

The average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since thelast reset. Resetting is done by pushing the

switch *B for longer than 1 second.(The average speed is also reset at thesame time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds.At about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after areset, the display shows “——”.

Speed:GUID-AC790D43-E2D2-4D98-96CB-D3298B732DBE

The average speed mode shows theaverage vehicle speed since the last reset.Resetting is done by pushing the

switch *B for longer than 1 second.(The average fuel consumption is also reset

at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds.The first 30 seconds after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

3. Elapsed time and trip odometer(mls or km)

GUID-8B894318-664F-467D-872E-2C525C28B711

Elapsed time:GUID-7C2D1AE3-E4D2-42DE-9B48-559DE3A4CA0C

The elapsed time mode shows the timesince the last reset. The displayed time canbe reset by pushing the switch *B forlonger than 1 second. (The trip odometer isalso reset at the same time.)

Trip odometer:GUID-95724840-8F53-4A61-81D2-42E46DFB8AD4

The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven sincethe last reset. Resetting is done by pushingthe switch *B for longer than 1second. (The elapsed time is also reset atthe same time.)

4. Distance to empty (dte — mls orkm)

GUID-D20266BD-76B4-43EB-8E13-0B526C7E8949

The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance thatcan be driven before refueling. The dte isconstantly being calculated, based on theamount of fuel in the fuel tank and the


Condition:

(112,1)



actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warningis displayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to “——”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switchis pushed to the OFF position maycontinue to be displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

5. Outside air temperature (ICY — 8For 8C)

GUID-F8C72220-1580-437E-AFFE-1295CF4765C9

The outside air temperature is displayed in8F or 8C in the range of −22 to 1318F (−30 to558C).

The outside air temperature mode includesa low temperature warning feature. If theoutside air temperature is below 378F(38C), the warning is displayed on thescreen.

The outside temperature sensor is locatedin front of the radiator. The sensor may beaffected by road or engine heat, wind

directions and other driving conditions.The display may differ from the actualoutside temperature or the temperaturedisplayed on various signs or billboards.

6. SettingGUID-10B4A2D1-B598-4E2F-8E3B-2DE5251F5AE0

Setting is available while the engine isrunning.

Setting cannot be made while driving. Amessage “Setting can only be operatedwhen stopped” is also displayed on thevehicle information display.

The switch *A and switch *B areused in the setting mode to select anddecide a menu.

SKIP:GUID-9FA9EF23-7B8A-49B9-9281-7049F35B1C08

Push the switch *A to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch *B to select othermenus.

ALERT:GUID-18A3A725-0194-435B-8805-FC3FB6F29F36

There are 3 submenus under the alertmenu.

. BACKSelect this submenu to return to the toppage of the setting mode.

. TIME TO RESTSelect this submenu to specify whenthe “TIME TO REST” indicator activates.

. ICYSelect this submenu to display the lowoutside temperature warning.

MAINTENANCE:GUID-401FC0EB-2DAA-43AC-A716-571693FF02FF

There are 5 submenus under the main-tenance menu.


. ENGINE OILSelect this submenu to set or reset thedistance for changing the engine oil.

. OIL FILTERSelect this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing the oil filter.

. TIRESelect this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. OTHERSelect this submenu and set or resetthe distance for replacing items otherthan the engine oil, oil filter and tires.

Condition:

(113,1)


CUSTOMIZE:GUID-3D76BEDF-AE7D-48CA-AFA2-E340DE93921D

There are 4 submenus under the displaymenu.


. LANGUAGESelect this submenu to choose lan-guage for display.

. UNITSelect this submenu to choose the unitfrom MPG or l/100 km.

. METER EFFECTSelect this submenu to turn on and offthe meter/ring illumination and needlesweep function when starting the en-gine.

7. Warning checkGUID-129FCDBB-1D5D-4522-9EE3-1C0F44C0C593

SKIP:GUID-76EA7207-0EF1-4A48-8E9F-151B6405646D

Push the switch *A to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch *B to select othermenu.

DETAIL:GUID-4CBBC846-03C1-411D-9F59-4A883DF8E040

This item is available only when a warningis displayed.

Select this menu to see the details ofwarnings.

GUID-5DB214B2-69FC-4442-B1FB-75EA25141A3E

SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems, as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer SystemThe security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.


SECURITY SYSTEMS

Condition:

(114,1)



VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMGUID-B3F5496A-376F-47AB-AE2C-0EDEA18F52E0

The vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if someone opensthe doors, hood, or lift gate when thesystem is armed. It is not, however, amotion detection type system that acti-vates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in thevehicle, and always lock it when unat-tended. Be aware of your surroundings,and park in secure, well-lit areas wheneverpossible.

Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and speci-alty shops. Your INFINITI retailer may alsooffer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may beeligible for discounts for various theftprotection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

GUID-CE21FC3E-1F08-4715-8A70-0B5193589812

1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and lift gate. Lockall doors. The doors can be locked withthe Intelligent Key, door handle requestswitch, power door lock switch ormechanical key.

5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator lightstays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 seconds thevehicle security system automaticallyshifts into the armed phase. Thesecurity light begins to flash once everyapproximately 3 seconds. If, during this30-second pre-arm time period, thedoor is unlocked, or the ignition switchis pushed to ACC or ON, the system willnot arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors, hood, and lift gate lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationGUID-15EF539E-E626-45ED-A256-0EFDB794E1E3

The vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the hornsounds intermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 50 seconds. However,the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is

Condition:

(115,1)


tampered with again.The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door or opening the liftgate without using the button on theIntelligent Key, the door handle requestswitch or the mechanical key. (Even ifthe door is opened by releasing thedoor inside lock knob, the alarm willactivate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmGUID-73B9E26C-D790-4C41-A310-04930B12DFA3

The alarm will stop when a door isunlocked by pushing the unlock button orpower lift gate button on the IntelligentKey, the door handle request switch orusing the mechanical key, or when theignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ONposition.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, it is recommended you haveit checked by an INFINITI retailer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

GUID-6E3959C6-6FF5-4CA8-81AC-A7E8C959A5CE

The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered Intelligent Key.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.


Condition:

(116,1)



SIC2045

Security indicator lightGUID-3E2918E8-E80B-4A5C-B1D7-ABFA814E2A80

The security indicator light is located onthe meter panel. It indicates the status ofthe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the ignition switchwas in the ACC, OFF and LOCK position.This function indicates the security sys-tems equipped on the vehicle are opera-tional.

If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemis malfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or the

engine will not start, seek service for theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System assoon as possible. Please bring all regis-tered keys that you have. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

GUID-12D5611F-AF2C-4D02-931F-68228D85405E

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the window and obscureyour vision which may lead to an accident.Warm the window with the defroster beforeyou wash the window.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not use the window washer reservoir

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

Condition:

(117,1)


tank to mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

If the windshield wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately 1minute, turn the switch on again tooperate the wiper.

JVI0737X

Type A (if so equipped)

JVI0738X

Type B (if so equipped)

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHEROPERATION

GUID-1CFF399F-D2ED-4A98-8171-56A0C8B75D99

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper atthe following speed:

*1 Intermittent — intermittent operationThe intermittent operation can beadjusted by turning the knob toward*A (Slower) or *B (Faster) (if soequipped).When the speed sensing wiper inter-val function is turned on, the inter-mittent operation speed varies inaccordance with the vehicle speed.(For example, when the vehicle speedis high, the intermittent operationspeed will be faster.) To turn thisfunction on and off, see “How to useSETTING button” (P.4-15).For models with the rain-sensing autowiper system, see “Rain-sensing autowiper system” (P.2-36).

*2 Low — continuous low speed opera-tion

*3 High — continuous high speed opera-tion


Condition:

(118,1)



Push the lever up *4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you *5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

JVI0739X

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS-TEM (if so equipped)

GUID-FD5F0307-6E94-49F6-969F-C30BB968717F

The rain-sensing auto wiper system canautomatically turn on the wipers and adjustthe wiper speed depending on the rainfalland the vehicle speed by using the rainsensor located on the upper part of thewindshield.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system,push the lever down to the AUTO position*1 . The wiper will sweep once while theignition switch is in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can beadjusted by turning the knob toward the

front *2 (High) or toward the rear *3(Low).

. High — High sensitive operation

. Low — Low sensitive operationTo turn the rain-sensing auto wiper systemoff, push up the lever to the OFF position,or pull down the lever to the LO or HIposition.

CAUTION

. Do not touch the rain sensor and aroundit when the wiper switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is in theON position. The wipers may operateunexpectedly and cause an injury or maydamage a wiper.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switchis left in the AUTO position, the wipersmay operate unexpectedly when dirt,fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuckon or around the sensor. The wipers mayalso operate when exhaust gas ormoisture affect the rain sensor.

. When the windshield glass is coatedwith water repellent, the speed of therain-sensing auto wipers may be higher

Condition:

(119,1)


even though the amount of the rainfall issmall.

. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing autowiper system when you use a car wash.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rainsensor even if it is raining.

. Using genuine wiper blades is recom-mended for proper operation of the rain-sensing auto wiper system. (See “Wind-shield wiper blades” (P.8-16) for wiperblade replacement.)

JVI0967X


JVI0972X


REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHEROPERATION

GUID-330441CC-6FCB-4178-A695-A658CFAFD0F9

If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow etc., the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF andremove the snow etc. on and around thewiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn theswitch ON again to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFFposition to operate the wiper.

*1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-tion (not adjustable)

*2 Low (ON) — continuous low speedoperation

Push the switch forward *3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.


Condition:

(120,1)



GUID-23B70835-37EA-4EFC-9B44-94B7D7487BE3

SIC3239

To defog/defrost the rear window glassand outside mirrors, start the engine andpush the switch *1 on. The indicator light*2 will come on. Push the switch again toturn the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or damagethe rear window defroster.

GUID-AAE3047B-0510-4871-B95C-8E645802C232

XENON HEADLIGHTSGUID-2C34F8A3-9AD6-4D30-991D-BEF904D3F050

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

. When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xenonheadlights replaced by a certified tech-nician.

. Xenon headlights provide considerablymore light than conventional headlights.If they are not correctly aimed, theymight temporarily blind an oncomingdriver or the driver ahead of you andcause a serious accident. If headlightsare not aimed correctly, immediatelytake your vehicle to have the headlightsadjusted correctly. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

When the xenon headlight is initiallyturned on, its brightness or color variesslightly. However, the color and brightnesswill soon stabilize.

. The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not toturn off the headlights for short inter-vals (for example, when the vehiclestops at a traffic signal). Even when thedaytime running lights are active (if soequipped), the xenon headlights donot turn on. This way the life of thexenon headlights is not reduced.

. If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will dras-tically decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, it is recommendedto contact an INFINITI retailer.

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRRORDEFROSTER SWITCH HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Condition:

(121,1)


SIC3267

HEADLIGHT SWITCHGUID-4CA3E024-3CD9-40EF-8AF7-D8DC4C22C37D

LightingGUID-E9226A64-35B4-4E40-9A1F-F3725405748F

*1 Turn the switch to the position:The front parking, side marker, tail,license plate and instrument lightswill come on.

*2 Turn the switch to the position:Headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

SIC3268

Autolight systemGUID-2ED3057E-F02A-4E5A-9456-69FF03ABE35C

The autolight system allows the headlightsto be set so they turn on and offautomatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position *1 .

2. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition.

3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on theheadlights automatically when it is darkand turn off the headlights when it is light.

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is openedand this condition is continued, the head-lights remain on for a specified period oftime.


Condition:

(122,1)



SIC2941

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor *A located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor con-trols the autolight; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.

Automatic headlights off delay:GUID-7E2154B3-1949-422A-9B3D-0DAE806AAB47

You can keep the headlights on for up to180 seconds after you push the ignitionswitch to OFF and open any door then closeall the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automaticheadlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF)to 180 seconds. The factory default settingis 45 seconds.

For automatic headlights off delay setting,see “Comfort settings” (P.4-20).

SIC3269

Headlight beam selectGUID-0984DF8F-E44E-4829-A38E-A0F35820F936

*1 To select the low beam, put the leverin the neutral position as shown.

*2 To select the high beam, push thelever forward while the switch is in the

position. Pull it back to select thelow beam.

*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam even whenthe headlight switch is in the OFFposition.

Condition:

(123,1)


Battery saver systemGUID-2697CA72-C2E4-4E8F-A093-1D2ACD8835B1

A chime will sound when the driver sidedoor is opened with the light switch in the

or position and the ignition switchin the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights will automati-cally turn off after a period of time whenthe ignition switch has been pushed to theOFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn onwhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlight switchagain after the lights automatically turnoff, the lights will not turn off automa-tically. Be sure to turn the light switch tothe OFF position when you leave thevehicle for extended periods of time,otherwise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch on when theengine is not running for extended

periods of time even if the headlightsturn off automatically.

SIC2275

Headlight aiming control (if soequipped)

GUID-980E128C-206E-49A3-8E40-A7785E7ED87C

Depending on the number of occupants inthe vehicle and the load it is carrying, theheadlight axis may be higher than desired.If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road,the headlights may directly hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind-shield of the oncoming vehicle. The lightaxis can be lowered with the operation ofthe switch.

The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.

When traveling with no heavy load or on a


Condition:

(124,1)



flat road, select position 0.

WARNING

Xenon headlights are extremely brightcompared to conventional headlights. Ifthe xenon headlights hit the rearview mirrorof the vehicle ahead or the windshield ofoncoming vehicle, the driver of thesevehicles may have difficulty driving becauseof the brightness. Use the headlight aimingcontrol switch to lower the light axis. See“Xenon headlights” (P.2-38) for additionalinformation.

Daytime running light system (if soequipped)

GUID-6BE117E5-533D-42FF-9E30-D7292D09AE24

The daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in theposition. Turn the headlight switch to the

position for full illumination whendriving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime runninglights do not illuminate. The daytime

running lights illuminate once the parkingbrake is released. The daytime runninglights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are not on.It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and others.

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped)

GUID-CC9669F2-A06F-4A8C-8372-7623264E84F3

The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)will automatically adjust the headlights(low beam) toward the turning direction toimprove the driver’s view. When the head-light switch is ON and the driver operatesthe steering wheel in a turn, the AFSsystem will be activated.

The AFS will operate:

. when the headlight switch is ON.

. when the shift lever is in any positionother than P (Park) or R (Reverse).

. when the vehicle is driven at above 16MPH (25 km/h) for the left-side head-light. Note that the right-side low beamheadlight will swivel but the left sidewill not swivel when the vehicle is at astop and the steering wheel is turned.The vehicle must attain a speed above16 MPH (25 km/h) before AFS activatesthe left-side headlight.

AFS will also adjust the headlight to aproper axis automatically, depending onthe number of occupants in the vehicle, theload the vehicle is carrying and the roadconditions.

If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks afterthe ignition switch has been pushed to theON position, this may indicate that the AFSis not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.When the engine is started, the headlightswill vibrate to check the system condition.This is not a malfunction.

Condition:

(125,1)


SIC3270

SIC3830

Instrument brightness controlGUID-DA7D700A-637F-42B7-B029-11B5F4818252

The instrument brightness control switchcan be operated when the ignition switch isin the ON position. When the switch isoperated, the vehicle information displayswitches to the brightness adjustmentmode.

Push the upper switch *A to brighten theinstrument panel lights. The bar *1 movesto the + side. When reaching the maximumbrightness, “MAX” appears on the display*2 .

Push the lower switch *B to dim theinstrument panel lights. The bar *1 moves

to the − side. When reaching the minimumbrightness, “MIN” appears on the display*3 . However, “MIN” does not appearduring the nighttime.

The vehicle information display returns tothe normal display under the followingconditions:

. when the instrument brightness controlswitch is not operated for more than 5seconds.

. when the or switch on the rightside of the combination meter panel ispushed.


Condition:

(126,1)



SIC3271

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHGUID-5CD678F5-CEC4-4661-8AD6-6562E7CCDAD1

*1 Turn signalGUID-54EDA984-40D8-4149-B4C5-B4E943272D02

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

*2 Lane change signalGUID-077416A9-6CB3-47AC-8CDE-5DB044D02568

To indicate a lane change, move the leverup or down to the point where lights beginflashing.

SIC3272

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (except forLIMITED FINAL PACKAGE models)

GUID-7C40B8ED-E7B4-4FFF-853D-2184E65B51DC

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the foglights to operate.

GUID-968A83E9-A8C5-453D-88B2-4441E889A01A

SIC3831

To sound the horn, push the center padarea of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so couldaffect proper operation of the supplementalfront air bag system. Tampering with thesupplemental front air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury.

HORN

Condition:

(127,1)


GUID-00DFCACE-2206-4FDD-877E-00B1DA043944

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupants cannotmonitor elevated seat temperatures or havean inability to feel pain in body parts thatcontact the seat. Use of the seat heater bysuch people could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

. Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, theseat may become overheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with a

dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar materi-als.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checked.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

SSS0911

The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters. The switches located on the centerconsole can be operated independently ofeach other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Turn the control knob *A to the right *1and select the desired heat range.. For high heat, turn the knob to the

right *1 .. For low heat, turn the knob to the left

*2 .. The indicator light *B will illuminate

when the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, return the knob


HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

Condition:

(128,1)



to the OFF position *3 . Make sure thatthe indicator light turns off.

The heater is controlled by a thermis-tor, automatically turning the heater onand off. The indicator light will remainon as long as the switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed,or before you leave the vehicle, be sureto turn off the switch.

GUID-BD684AC9-DBD2-48B2-9F6C-A381DF2E81D5

SSS0905

The climate controlled seat warms up orcools down the front seats by blowingwarm or cool air from the surface of theseat. The switches located on the centerconsole can be operated independently ofeach other.


2. Turn the control knob *A to the H (Heat)side *1 or to the C (Cool) side *2 . Theindicator light *B on the control knobwill illuminate.

3. Adjust the desired amount of the airusing the control knob *A .

The climate controlled seat blower

remains on low speed for approxi-mately 60 seconds after turning theswitch on or selecting the desiredtemperature.

4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmedor cooled, and/or before you leave thevehicle, be sure to turn the control knobto the OFF position (center). The in-dicator light *B on the control knobgoes off at the OFF position.

To check the air filter for the climatecontrolled seat, it is recommended tocontact an INFINITI retailer.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theclimate control seats if you or the occupantscannot monitor seat temperatures or havean inability to feel pain in those body partsin contact with the seat. Use of the climatecontrol seats by such people could result inserious injury.

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS (if soequipped)

Condition:

(129,1)


CAUTION

. The battery could run down if the climatecontrolled seat is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the climate controlled seat forextended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, theseat may become overheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theclimate controlled seat.

. Any liquid spilled on the seat should beremoved immediately with a dry cloth.

. The climate controlled seat has an airfilter. Do not operate climate controlledseat without an air filter. This may resultin damage to the system.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar materi-als.

. If any malfunctions are found or theclimate controlled seat does not operate,

turn the switch off. It is recommendedyou have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

GUID-69520B0F-8E6D-49B3-BB99-A8A7C9D2E6D9

SSD1156

The warning systems switch will turn onand off the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system and the Forward Collision Warning(FCW) system at the same time.

The LDW system will sound a warningchime and blink the LDW indicator light(orange) to alert the driver if the vehicle istraveling close to either the left or the rightof a traveling lane with detectable lanemarkers. (See “Lane Departure Warning(LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)”(P.5-21).)

The FCW system will sound a warningchime and the vehicle ahead detectionindicator light blinks to alert the driver if


WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH (if soequipped)

Condition:

(130,1)



the vehicle is traveling close to the vehicleahead. (See “Forward Collision Warning(FCW)” (P.5-56).)

The warning systems switch is automati-cally turned on when the engine is started,and the warning systems ON indicator *1on the switch illuminates.

To cancel the warning systems, push thewarning systems switch to turn off thesystem. The warning systems ON indicatorwill turn off.

NOTE:

If you continue to push the warningsystems switch from off to on for over 4seconds, a chime will sound. This willchange the default status of the LDW andFCW systems to OFF so that these systemswill not automatically turn on when theengine is started. If this procedure isrepeated, the default status will return toON.

GUID-B4FC340E-572F-4017-AB0F-18864F086100

SIC3602

For driving or starting the vehicle on snowyroads or slippery areas, turn on the SNOWmode switch. The indicator light *1 on theswitch will illuminate. When the SNOWmode is activated, engine output is con-trolled to avoid wheel spin.

Turn off the SNOWmode for normal driving.

GUID-737068A6-79F1-4242-A5D8-DD8B33CBC7DE

SIC3844

The vehicle should be driven with theIntelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system onfor most driving conditions.

The Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) systemwill sound a warning chime to alert thedriver when the vehicle is traveling tooclose to the vehicle ahead and will applythe brake control if necessary.

To turn off the system, push the IBA OFFswitch. The indicator light will illumi-nate.

The IBA system will remain in the last ON orOFF state it was left in until it is manuallychanged by pushing the IBA OFF switch.

SNOW MODE SWITCH INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST (IBA) OFFSWITCH (if so equipped)

Condition:

(131,1)


GUID-0E75EF3A-E6E0-4B47-9774-CB5CF10EBEA4

JVS0033X

The vehicle should be driven with theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system onfor most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator isdepressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator light willilluminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart

the engine to turn on the system. (See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P.5-77).)

GUID-BB3EAA65-63CC-4F32-9A1D-5C8D3DCEDC45

SIC3325

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIMEGUID-74DEF1C7-F832-4803-9312-6291A6683AFA

1. To set the clock forward, push thebutton *1 .

2. To set the clock backward, push thebutton *2 .

3. To move forward or backward faster,push and hold the button more than 5seconds.

For details about display clock adjustment(if so equipped), see “How to use SETTINGbutton” (P.4-15).


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFFSWITCH CLOCK

Condition:

(132,1)



GUID-0D47D8B1-75C2-462A-AE78-C31F77B07718

SIC3631

Front

JVI1246X

Center console

SIC3835

Rear console

SIC3836

Cargo area

The power outlet is used for poweringelectrical accessories such as cellulartelephones.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hot during orimmediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories that exceeda 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Donot use double adapters or more thanone electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

. Avoid using power outlet when the airconditioner, headlights or rear windowdefroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designed for usewith a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug mayoverheat or the internal temperaturefuse may blow.

. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug,be sure the electrical accessory beingused is turned OFF.

POWER OUTLET

Condition:

(133,1)


. When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.

GUID-8EEEA6B4-CDF3-4FBB-B8B5-B29FAB461BC4

CUP HOLDERSGUID-36924EE1-CA72-472A-8420-EFDBB58A8A97

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

. Do not recline the rear seatback whenyou use the cup holders on the reararmrest. Doing so may cause the bev-erages to spill over, and if they are hot,they may scald the passengers.

SIC3118

FrontTo open the cup holder, push the lid *1 .

The flap will be folded down when insertinga large container.

To close, lower the cup holder lid and pushit down lightly.

To clean the front cup holder, pull up theinside tray *2 and remove it.

The cup holder is not designed to storepersonal effects.


STORAGE

Condition:

(134,1)



SIC3837

RearThe cup holders for rear passengers arelocated on the rear center armrest.

SIC3246

SUNGLASSES HOLDERGUID-ED11D39F-61D6-4423-8E63-1F922C77C8FF

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to avoid obstructing the driver’sview and to help prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push *1 .

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

. Do not leave glasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sunlight.The heat may damage the glasses.

Condition:

(135,1)


SIC3838

GLOVE BOXGUID-E830851B-9B72-4851-862E-E49D0F8A1F76

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle *1 .

To close, push the lid in until the locklatches.

To lock *2 /unlock *3 the glove box, usethe mechanical key. For the mechanical keyusage, see “Keys” (P.3-2).

SIC3839

FrontCONSOLE BOX

GUID-2C46B8EF-112D-4A24-8DD9-A5076B9AE729

FrontGUID-7C361A46-BF70-4DB1-BF9F-5A133A5A63E6

When the lever *A (front passenger’s seatside) is pulled, the upper case is availablefor storing some small items. When thelever *B (driver’s seat side) is pulled, thebottom case is available for storing somelarger ones.


Condition:

(136,1)



SIC3840

RearGUID-0A5AA4FA-91C3-4C9E-9569-64B962ECDD48

To open the lid, push the button *A andpull up the lid.

To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

SIC3663

CARD HOLDERGUID-97E6647C-8807-49DC-AE40-3C99461021B5

Pull the sun visor down *1 and slide a cardin the card holder *A .

SIC3248

COAT HOOKSGUID-025674FB-C7C6-4974-9A2C-ACBAA5885EC5

The coat hooks are equipped beside therear personal lights.

CAUTION

Do not place items which are more than 2 lb(1 kg) on the hook.

Condition:

(137,1)


SIC3849

CARGO HOOKS (if so equipped)GUID-96EA5D34-5C09-4FA4-AE6D-9E194BEEC79A

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargo isproperly secured. Use the suitable ropesand hooks.

. Unsecured cargo can become dangerousin an accident or sudden stop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb(10 kg) to a single hook.

SIC3850

CARGO NET (if so equipped)GUID-8A451884-6108-427F-B920-2C513E2E942C

The cargo net helps keep packages in thecargo area from moving around while yourvehicle is driven.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks tothe retainers.

WARNING



Condition:

(138,1)



. Be sure to secure all four hooks into theretainers. The cargo restrained in the netmust not exceed 30 lb (13.6 kg) or thenet may not stay secured.

SIC3841

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)GUID-3D58369F-9794-4024-BE01-0266F164705F

The cargo cover keeps the contents in thecargo area hidden from the outside.

To use the cargo cover, unfold the flap asillustrated.

SIC3842

Condition:

(139,1)


To remove the cargo cover,

1. Return the rear seatback to the fullupright position.

2. Fold the flap *1 .

3. Lift up the rear side of the cargo cover*2 to unlatch the rear side of the cargocover *A from the hanger bars.

4. Then, tilt up the cargo cover andslightly slide it forward *3 to unhookthe front side of the cargo cover *Bfrom the hanger bars.

5. Incline the cargo cover above thehanger bars towards the front of thevehicle *4 and lower the cargo cover.

6. Pull either side of the cargo cover andremove the cargo cover *5 .

When attaching the cargo cover, be sure toreturn the rear seatback to the uprightposition and make sure that the cargocover is latched securely.

SIC3865

The rear cargo cover *1 can be removedfrom the lift gate.

To remove the rear cargo cover, open thelift gate then remove the clips *2 with asuitable tool.

WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargo cover,no matter how small. Any object on itcould cause an injury in an accident orsudden stop.

. Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from the

holder.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

. Properly secure cargo and do not allow itto contact the top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether anchor. Cargothat is not properly secured or cargo thatcontacts the top tether strap may da-mage the top tether strap during acollision. If the cargo cover contactsthe top tether strap when it is attachedto the top tether anchor, remove thecargo cover from the vehicle or secure iton the cargo floor below its attachmentlocation. If the cargo cover is notremoved, it may damage the top tetherstrap during a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.

. Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with the rear half of the flapfolded up while driving. You may not beable to see out the rear window, whichmay cause an accident.


Condition:

(140,1)



. Do not use the cargo cover if the rearseats are folded down.

SIC3845

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)GUID-68C936C7-4F37-45FB-BD69-9A545EE27DEA

Always distribute the luggage evenly onthe roof rack. Do not load more than 99 lb(45 kg) on the roof rails. Observe themaximum load limit shown on the cross-bars or roof carriers when you attach themon the roof rails. It is recommended youcontact an INFINITI retailer for crossbar orother equipment information.

Be careful that your vehicle does notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR front and rear). The GVWR andGAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (located on the

driver’s door pillar). For more informationregarding GVWR and GAWR, see “Vehicleloading information” (P.10-15).

WARNING

. Drive extra carefully when the vehicle isloaded at or near the cargo carryingcapacity, especially if the significantportion of that load is carried on theroof rack.

. Heavy loading of the roof rack has thepotential to affect the vehicle stabilityand handling during sudden or unusualhandling maneuvers.

. Roof rack load should be evenly dis-tributed.

. Do not exceed maximum roof rack loadweight capacity.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause personalinjury.

Condition:

(141,1)


CAUTION

Use care when placing or removing itemsfrom the roof rack. If you cannot comfortablylift the items onto the roof rack from theground, use a ladder or stool.

GUID-F2B513F0-C5CA-4602-990F-EB320D693D5A

POWER WINDOWSGUID-6BC632B6-9662-4E86-B386-6BD43E9ADE31

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers have theirhands, etc. inside the vehicle while it isin motion and before closing the win-dows. Use the window lock switch toprevent unexpected use of the powerwindows.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in yourvehicle. Additionally, the temperatureinside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

The power windows operate when theignition switch is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition switchis pushed to the OFF position. If the driver’sor front passenger’s door is opened duringthis period of about 45 seconds, power to

the windows is canceled.


WINDOWS

Condition:

(142,1)



SIC3640

1. Driver side window2. Front passenger side window3. Rear left passenger side window4. Rear right passenger side window5. Window lock button

Main power window switch (driver’sside)

GUID-2A50DF3B-1016-4951-849E-2963D98443A6

To open or close the window, push down *Aor pull up *B the switch and hold it. Themain switch (driver side switches) will openor close all the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsGUID-119E3EBA-1712-456B-B5FC-314E60575911

When the lock button *C is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.

SIC3241

Passenger side power windowswitch

GUID-B51E7521-24F7-4258-90F3-91DEADADEE74

The passenger side switch will open orclose only the corresponding window. Toopen or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it.

Condition:

(143,1)


SIC3285

Automatic operationGUID-F04D318A-DC16-48DA-A6E5-2A2F6C0FBC1E

The automatic function is available for theswitch that has an mark on its surface.

To fully open or close the window, com-pletely push down or pull up the switchand release it; it need not be held. Thewindow will automatically open or close allthe way. To stop the window, just push orlift the switch in the opposite direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will causethe window to open or close until theswitch is released.

Auto reverse functionGUID-F3457513-D4E9-4D42-8FC6-81FE07ABE22F

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc., inside the vehiclebefore closing the window.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the window as it is closing, thewindow will be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for 45 seconds after theignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

If the windows do not close auto-matically

GUID-BEB4F124-A4F8-4D29-BAB0-A1F127A5F338

If the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initi-alize the power window system.


2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by oper-ating the power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and holdit to close the window, and then holdthe switch more than 3 seconds afterthe window is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch.Operate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above forother windows.

If the power window automatic functiondoes not operate properly after performingthe procedure above, have your vehiclechecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.


Condition:

(144,1)



GUID-614EBDFD-6558-4707-B43E-D90728735967

WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open moonroof.Always use seat belts and child re-straints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body out ofthe moonroof opening while the vehicleis in motion or while the moonroof isclosing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the moonroof before opening.

. Do not place any heavy object on themoonroof or surrounding area.

POWER MOONROOFGUID-82B6DF18-BA0F-494F-81A9-A6D72932D3A4

The moonroof only operates when theignition switch is in the ON position.

The moonroof is operational for about 45seconds, even if the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. If the driver’sdoor or the passenger’s door is openedduring this period of about 45 seconds,power to the moonroof is canceled.

SIC3243

SunshadeGUID-654A9C45-DBB8-4D8E-877C-EE7D24836BA2

The sunshade will open automaticallywhen the moonroof is opened. However,it must be closed manually.

Tilting the moonroofGUID-6F79D1C9-5296-4099-86C1-2F86D148F4B6

To tilt up, first close the moonroof, thenpush the UP *1 side of the moonroofswitch and release it; it need not be held.To tilt down the moonroof, push the DOWN*2 side.

Sliding the moonroofGUID-51196ADE-B0DE-4C43-B85B-90308CC84098

To fully open or close the moonroof, pushthe OPEN *2 or CLOSE *1 side of the

MOONROOF

Condition:

(145,1)


moonroof switch and release it; it need notbe held. The roof will automatically open orclose all the way. To stop the roof, push theswitch once more while it is opening orclosing.

Auto reverse functionGUID-F72E8E14-12B4-49C6-86B1-0F1839FF9097

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc., inside the vehiclebefore closing the moonroof.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the moonroof when it is closing,the moonroof will be immediately opened.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the moonroof is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

If the moonroof cannot be closed auto-matically when the auto reverse functionactivates due to a malfunction, push andhold the CLOSE *1 side of the moonroof

switch.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

If the moonroof does not operateGUID-342B3C9C-800B-481A-B27E-952321426663

If the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initi-alize the moonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the CLOSE *1 sideof the moonroof switch.

2. Push and hold the CLOSE *1 side of themoonroof switch to tilt the moonroofup.

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the OPEN *2 side of themoonroof switch to fully tilt the moon-roof down.

5. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above,have your vehicle checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for

this service.


Condition:

(146,1)



GUID-6FD80748-9586-4C48-AB1E-B9A2EC82667D

SIC3642

To activate or deactivate the welcome lightfunction, perform the following procedure.


2. Open the driver’s side door.

3. Push the door handle request switch onthe driver’s side door handle for morethan 5 seconds with the driver’s dooropen.

4. A chime sounds when the setting iscompleted.

Once the welcome light function is active,the puddle light *A and the passengercabin illumination will illuminate when you

approach the vehicle with the IntelligentKey (within approximately 3.3 feet (1 m) ofthe antenna built inside the door handles)and the following conditions are met.

. All doors are closed and locked.

. The ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFFposition.

. The Intelligent Key is outside thevehicle.

. The puddle light operates within a setduration.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMGUID-712F9156-BC02-4594-B993-5BDABDCC4D1F

The welcome light function will be deacti-vated automatically to prevent batterydischarge under the following conditions.

. If the welcome light function does notoperate within a set duration. Note thatthe duration is set to 14 days as thefactory default setting. To activate thewelcome light function again, start theengine.

. If the welcome light function is acti-vated 15 consecutive times when youapproach and leave the vehicle with theIntelligent Key without the doors beingunlocked. To activate the welcome lightfunction again, unlock any door.

GUID-AE67C9A9-471A-40D6-B204-7FAAE38B3994

SIC3249

MAP LIGHTSGUID-C9EC00C8-0559-4418-BB16-A1849077A148

Push the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

WELCOME LIGHT INTERIOR LIGHTS

Condition:

(147,1)


SIC3250

PERSONAL LIGHTSGUID-0C0F640C-E28C-4C80-A359-ED9156EF8799

RearGUID-DE748F3D-E993-465D-8864-C0F70AE4E8D1

Push the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

SIC3251

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCHGUID-5472874C-63B7-4BAB-B073-477FF060309D

The interior light control switch has threepositions: ON, DOOR and OFF.

ON positionGUID-04C519DC-B063-4C85-BC2F-4C69DEC80F98

When the switch is in the ON position *1the map lights and rear personal lights willilluminate.

DOOR positionGUID-F33FEE2A-D6F4-486D-8241-22CB4069E490

When the switch is in the DOOR position*2 , the map lights and rear personal lightswill illuminate for a period of time underthe following conditions:

. ignition switch is switched to the LOCKposition

. doors are unlocked by pushing theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyor door handle request switch with theignition switch in the LOCK position

. any door is opened and then closedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition

. any door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or ON position— remain on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the lightsgo off.

The lights will also turn off after a period oftime when the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF or LOCK position toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

When the auto interior illumination is set tothe OFF position (see “Vehicle informationand settings” (P.4-9)), the lights willilluminate under the following condition:

. any door is opened with the ignitionswitch in any position— remain on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the lightsgo off.


Condition:

(148,1)



OFF positionGUID-0848C0A2-C26A-4618-85A5-C154CB2100FD

When the switch is in the OFF position *3 ,the lights will not illuminate, regardless ofthe condition.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time withthe engine stopped. This could result in adischarged battery.

GUID-EA8F0FF8-ECD8-4ABD-96D8-9478339E89CB

SIC3869

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror isopened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turnoff.

The lights will also turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

GUID-393CF4A3-A8FF-45FD-9DF7-2C6830877CC8

SIC2925

When the switch is in the DOOR position*A , the light illuminates while the lift gateis opened. When the lift gate is closed, thelight will turn off.

When the switch is in the OFF position *B ,the light will turn off.

The light will turn off after a period of timewhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO LIGHT

Condition:

(149,1)


GUID-250D58C4-A60D-4350-82C0-40723C71E6FC

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming proce-dures (Example: new vehicle purchases).Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes.For additional information, refer to “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” (P.2-67).

WARNING

. Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage door openerthat lacks safety stop and reverse

features as required by federal safetystandards. (These standards becameeffective for opener models manufac-tured after April 1, 1982). A garage dooropener which cannot detect an object inthe path of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases the riskof serious injury or death.

. During the programming procedure yourgarage door or security gate will openand close (if the transmitter is withinrange). Make sure that people or objectsare clear of the garage door, gate, etc.that you are programming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver. Do not breatheexhaust gases; they contain colorlessand odorless carbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can causeunconsciousness or death.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®GUID-1E166DDD-D901-4582-8FD8-D51031B3F404

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

It is also recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmitter ofthe device being programmed toHomeLink® for quicker programming andaccurate transmission of the radio-fre-quency.

1. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) awayfrom the HomeLink® surface, keepingthe HomeLink® indicator light *1 inview.


HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

Condition:

(150,1)



JVI0428X

2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and handheld transmitter but-ton. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light *1 flashesslowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, bothbuttons may be released. (The rapidflashing indicates successful program-ming.)

NOTE:Some devices to be programmed mayrequire you to replace Step 2 with thecycling procedure noted in the “Pro-gramming HomeLink® for Canadian

customers and gate openers” (P.2-69).

JVI0429X

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe theindicator light.. If the indicator light *1 is solid/

continuous, programming is com-plete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

. If the indicator light *1 blinksrapidly for two seconds and thenturns to a solid/continuous light,continue with Steps 4-6 for a rollingcode device. A second person maymake the following steps easier. Usea ladder or other device. Do not

Condition:

(151,1)


stand on your vehicle to perform thenext steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button (thename and color of the button may varyby manufacturer but it is usuallylocated near where the hanging anten-na wire is attached to the unit). If thereis difficulty locating the button, refer-ence the garage door opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or“smart” button.

NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiatethe next step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®

button for two seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to 3 times to complete theprogramming process. HomeLink®

should now activate your rolling codeequipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingd i f f i c u l t y p r o g r amm i n g y o u rHomeLink® buttons, refer to the

HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATEOPENERS

GUID-66AFE992-B3A8-46E0-800D-EC1F3FF943F8

Canadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators are de-signed to “time-out” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operator orgarage door opener by using the “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” procedures, re-place “Programming HomeLink®” Step 2with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cy-cling” process to prevent possible damageto the garage door opener components.

Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and the hand-held transmitter

button. During programming, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press and holdthe desired HomeLink® button while youpress and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter every two seconds untilthe frequency signal has been learned. TheHomeLink® indicator light will flash slowlyand then rapidly after several secondsupon successful programming. DO NOTrelease until the HomeLink® indicator lightflashes slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both but-tons may be released. The rapid flashingindicates successful programming.

Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.

Remember to plug the device back in whenprogramming is completed.

OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI-VERSAL TRANSCEIVER

GUID-3D99DB9A-3143-4FB6-8D82-7970062B46DE

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activatethe programmed device. To operate, simplypress and release the appropriate pro-grammed HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver button. The amber indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being trans-


Condition:

(152,1)



mitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitterof the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT-ING

GUID-0C0B41AE-D602-46C7-AA98-C2CB74E99831

If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

. press and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons withoutinterruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3in (26-76 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro-grammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position -keeping the indicator light in view at alltimes.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-

3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATION

GUID-A20782B0-994E-4DB7-9781-F29E4D93FE4F

The following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared.However, individual buttons can be repro-grammed, see “Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button” (P.2-70).

To clear all programmingGUID-7E6B07C8-270E-4F4F-BA76-4B0CD3CCBA4B

1. Press and hold the two outerHomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in approximately10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode and can be programmed at any timebeginning with “Programming HomeLink®”- Step 1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTON

GUID-D0258E64-748F-4379-8343-D67CD31F0D4E

To reprogram a HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pushing theHomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affectany other programmed HomeLink® but-tons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENGUID-81C8826C-700F-49BE-B891-7F7DF8D9011A

If your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code devicethat has been programmed intoHomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manualof each device or call the manufacturer orretailer of those devices for additionalinformation.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with your new transmit-ter information.

Condition:

(153,1)


FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.


Condition:

(154,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(155,1)


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ...................................................................... 3-2Intelligent Key ................................................... 3-2Valet hand-off .................................................... 3-3

Doors .................................................................... 3-4Locking with mechanical key ............................. 3-4Opening and closing windows with themechanical key .................................................. 3-4Locking with inside lock knob ............................ 3-5Locking with power door lock switch ................. 3-5Automatic door locks ......................................... 3-5Child safety rear door lock ................................. 3-6

Intelligent Key system ............................................ 3-6Intelligent Key operating range .......................... 3-8Door locks/unlocks precaution .......................... 3-9Intelligent Key operation .................................... 3-9Battery saver system ....................................... 3-12Warning signals ............................................... 3-12Troubleshooting guide ..................................... 3-13

Remote keyless entry system ............................... 3-14How to use remote keyless entry system ......... 3-14

Hood ................................................................... 3-18

Lift gate .............................................................. 3-18Operating power lift gate ............................... 3-19Auto closure .................................................. 3-23Lift gate release lever .................................... 3-24

Fuel-filler door ..................................................... 3-24Opening the fuel-filler door ............................ 3-24Fuel-filler cap ................................................. 3-24

Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................ 3-27Manual operation (if so equipped) ................. 3-27Electric operation (if so equipped) .................. 3-27

Sun visors ........................................................... 3-28Mirrors ................................................................ 3-29

Inside mirror .................................................. 3-29Outside mirrors .............................................. 3-30Vanity mirror .................................................. 3-32

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ......... 3-32Entry/exit function ......................................... 3-32Seat synchronization function ........................ 3-33Memory storage ............................................. 3-33System operation ........................................... 3-34

Condition:

(156,1)


3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

GUID-94E843C0-8427-4D89-B6DF-18D25D089B3C

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not inthe vehicle. If you lose your keys, it isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor duplicates by using the key number.INFINITI does not record any key numbersso it is very important to keep track of yourkey number plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it canbe duplicated without knowing the keynumber.

SPA2431

1. Intelligent Key (2)2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent

Key) (2)3. Key number plate (1)

INTELLIGENT KEYGUID-86048983-4EC4-44A7-9897-308F9D4A0C7F

Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com-ponents and INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components. As many as 4 Intelli-gent Keys can be registered and used withone vehicle. The new keys must beregistered by an INFINITI retailer prior touse with the Intelligent Key system andINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of your

vehicle. Since the registration processrequires erasing all memory in the Intelli-gent Key components when registeringnew keys, be sure to take all IntelligentKeys that you have to the INFINITI retailer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when driving. The Intelligent Key is aprecision device with a built-in transmit-ter. To avoid damaging it, please note thefollowing.

— The Intelligent Key is water resis-tant; however, wetting may damagethe Intelligent Key. If the IntelligentKey gets wet, immediately wipe untilit is completely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature is below148F (−108C) degrees, the battery ofthe Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in a place wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

KEYS

Condition:

(157,1)


— Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key nearan electric appliance such as atelevision set or personal computer.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Key tocome into contact with water or saltwater, and do not wash it in awashing machine. This could affectthe system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key. This will preventthe Intelligent Key from unauthorizeduse to unlock the vehicle. For informa-tion regarding the erasing procedure, itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer.

SPA2033

Mechanical keyGUID-2A454315-7DC0-4DFC-8E5E-D25254045972

To remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insertit into the Intelligent Key until the lockknob returns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe doors and the glove box if they areequipped with a key cylinder.

See “Doors” (P.3-4) and “Storage” (P.2-51).

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key installed inthe Intelligent Key.

VALET HAND-OFFGUID-A722005A-6639-4D5F-B67D-EDDC260A1F06

When you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself andkeep the mechanical key with you toprotect your belongings.

To prevent the glove box from beingopened during valet hand-off, follow theprocedures below.

1. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechanicalkey.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet,keeping the mechanical key in yourpocket or bag for insertion into theIntelligent Key when you retrieve yourvehicle.

See “Storage” (P.2-51).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Condition:

(158,1)



GUID-42F0E4A6-FA32-4223-BC12-35C12246924D

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seat belts,this provides greater safety in the eventof an accident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown from thevehicle. This also helps keep childrenand others from unintentionally openingthe doors, and will help keep outintruders.

. Before opening any door, always look forand avoid oncoming traffic.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in yourvehicle. Additionally, the temperatureinside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

SPA2457B

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEYGUID-9FEE2B70-3744-4B47-8E20-FA87C03E7460

The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneouslyusing the mechanical key.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder tothe front of the vehicle *1 will lock alldoors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinderonce to the rear of the vehicle *2 willunlock the driver’s door. After returningthe key to the neutral position *3 ,turning it to the rear again within 60seconds will unlock all doors.

. You can switch the lock system to themode that allows you to open all thedoors when the key is turned once. (See“How to use SETTING button” (P.4-15).)

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH THE MECHANICAL KEY

GUID-7CF9DFA0-D25F-4CF1-92C9-3BC5FC3526CE

The driver’s door key operation also allowsyou to open and close the window that isequipped with the automatic open/closefunction. (See “Power windows” (P.2-59).)

To open the window, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the rear of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is unlockedand the window keeps opening whileturning the key.

This function can also be performed bypushing and holding the door UNLOCKbutton of the Intelligent Key. (See “Remotekeyless entry system” (P.3-14).)

To close the window, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the front of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is lockedand the window keeps closing while turn-ing the key.

DOORS

Condition:

(159,1)


SPA1814

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBGUID-638A341C-9915-43A6-92C9-E0267232AFCA

To lock the door individually, move theinside lock knob to the lock position *1 .

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position *2 .

Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle.

SPA2300

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

GUID-D3825552-B753-42A7-8784-6E8FE1DFBBE8

Operating the power door lock switch willlock or unlock all the doors. The switchesare located on the driver’s and frontpassenger’s door armrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position *1 .

Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle.

To unlock the doors including the fuel-fillerdoor, push the power door lock switch tothe unlock position *2 .

Lockout protectionGUID-600B95AC-F681-4E58-9CF3-84550796266B

When the power door lock switch (driver orfront passenger) is moved to the lockposition with the Intelligent Key in the portand any door open, all doors will lock andunlock automatically. With the IntelligentKey left in the vehicle (not in the IntelligentKey port) and any door open, all doors willunlock automatically and a chime willsound after the door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the In-telligent Key from being accidentallylocked inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKSGUID-65042BFC-4A3C-44E4-B0DC-66CF0FCDE408

. All doors will be locked automaticallywhen the vehicle speed reaches 15MPH (24 km/h).

. All doors will be unlocked automaticallywhen the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.


Condition:

(160,1)



3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step2, push and hold the power door lockswitch to the position (UNLOCK) formore than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicatorwill flash twice. When deactivated, thehazard indicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed inthe OFF and ON position again betweeneach setting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition. To unlock the door manually, usethe inside lock knob or the power door lockswitch (driver’s or front passenger’s side).

SPA2528

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKGUID-F725FE82-FC76-4F5A-97F1-EC80C2874E3A

Child safety rear door locks help preventdoors from being opened accidentally,especially when small children are in thevehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position*1 , the rear doors can be opened onlyfrom the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to theunlock position *2 .

GUID-FE158A8C-9076-41F0-869D-CF4E0A33487A

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufac-turer for the possible influences beforeuse.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that the radio wavesmay affect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are not operatedunintentionally when the unit is storedduring a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate alldoors and the lift gate using the remotecontroller function or pushing the requestswitch on the vehicle without taking thekey out from a pocket or purse. Theoperating environment and/or conditionsmay affect the Intelligent Key systemoperation.

Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key system.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Condition:

(161,1)


CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when operating the vehicle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicat-ing with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key system trans-mits weak radio waves. Environmentalconditions may interfere with the operationof the Intelligent Key system under thefollowing operating conditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted,such as a TV tower, power station andbroadcasting station.

. When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver, and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a personal

computer.. When the vehicle is parked near a

parking meter.In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Keyfunction or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating conditions,the battery’s life is approximately 2 years.If the battery is discharged, replace it witha new one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged, insert the Intelligent Key intothe Intelligent Key port to start the engine.Replace the discharged battery with a newone as soon as possible. For more details,see “Push-button ignition switch” (P.5-11).

Since the Intelligent Key is continuouslyreceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV andpersonal computer, the battery life maybecome shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “Intelligent Key battery repla-cement” (P.8-20).

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. For

information about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, contact anINFINITI retailer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, to comeinto contact with water or salt water. Thiscould affect the system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.

. Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

. Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key.If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completely dry.

. If the outside temperature is below 148F(−108C) degrees, the battery of theIntelligent Key may not function prop-erly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 1408F (608C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.


Condition:

(162,1)



. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. Thismay prevent the unauthorized use of theIntelligent Key to operate the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the erasing proce-dure, contact an INFINITI retailer.

SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

GUID-E2EFB4CC-CB07-4E8F-AD42-4F970A728CED

The Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the requestswitch *1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey system’s operating range becomesnarrower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80cm) from each request switch *1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper the requestswitches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within theoperating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key topush the request switch to lock/unlock thedoors, including the lift gate.

Condition:

(163,1)


SPA2326

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION

GUID-B00D3208-6D21-48F7-BDBA-06C2F22EF1B8

. Do not push the door handle requestswitch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The closedistance to the door handle will causethe Intelligent Key system to havedifficulty recognizing that the Intelli-gent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handlerequest switch, verify the doors aresecurely locked by testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left inside the vehicle, make sure

you carry the key with you and thenlock the doors.

. Do not pull the door handle beforepushing the door handle requestswitch. The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open the door.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doors with the door handlerequest switch) can be set to remaininactive. (See “Vehicle information andsettings” (P.4-9).)

SPA2408

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONGUID-DFA14F27-C61A-4F3A-B14F-0A02387307A5

You can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket or bag.


Condition:

(164,1)



SPA2779

JVP0388X

When you carry the Intelligent Key withyou, you can lock or unlock all doors bypushing the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) *A or the liftgate request switch *B within the range ofoperation.

When you lock or unlock the doors or thelift gate, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will soundas a confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-16).

Locking doors and fuel-filler doorGUID-1A5AE574-3586-43B9-8397-41A9B9CD59ED

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position, push the ignition switch to theOFF position and make sure you carrythe Intelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) *A or thelift gate request switch *B while carry-ing the Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door willlock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe outside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACC

or ON position.*2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent

Key while any door (including the liftgate) is open.

*3: Doors will not lock by pushing thedoor handle request switch with theIntelligent Key inside the vehicle.However, when an Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle, doors can belocked with another registered Intelli-gent Key.

CAUTION

. After locking the doors using the requestswitch, make sure that the doors havebeen securely locked by operating thedoor handles.

. When locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possession beforeoperating the request switch to preventthe Intelligent Key from being left in thevehicle.

. The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has beendetected by the Intelligent Key system.

Condition:

(165,1)


Lockout protection:GUID-0188AB57-5173-425A-8E51-1F6C147C6BEA

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When the driver’s side door is open, thedoors are locked, and then the IntelligentKey is put inside the vehicle and all thedoors are closed; the lock will automati-cally unlock and the door buzzer sounds.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that isoperating the request switch to lock thedoor. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse,pocket or your other hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:

. When the Intelligent Key is placed on topof the instrument panel.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed insidethe glove box or a storage bin.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed insidethe door pockets.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed insideor near metallic materials.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler doorGUID-76026624-B48B-448D-BEB3-F130261B25A2

1. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) *A or thelift gate request switch *B once whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

When you approach the vehicle withthe Intelligent Key, the puddle light andthe passenger cabin illumination willilluminate and stay on for a shortperiod of time. (See “Welcome light”(P.2-64).)

2. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once. The corre-sponding door will unlock.

The fuel-filler door will also unlockwhen the driver’s door handle requestswitch is pushed.

3. Push the door handle request or the liftgate request switch again within 60seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once again. Allthe doors will unlock.

The fuel-filler door will also unlock

when the front passenger’s door han-dle or lift gate request switch ispushed.

The lift gate can be unlocked and openedby pushing the lift gate opener switch. See“Lift gate” (P.3-18).

All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushingthe request switch while the doors arelocked. If during this 1-minute time period,the request switch is pushed, all doors willbe locked automatically after another 1minute.

. Opening any door (including the liftgate)

. Pushing the ignition switch

Power lift gate openGUID-77610D8E-BDC5-4F5E-9CA2-D96609418387

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the power lift gate opener switch.

3. The lift gate will unlock and automati-cally open.

4. The hazard indicator flashes 4 timesand the outside chime sounds.

To close the lift gate, push the power liftgate button on the Intelligent Key or powerlift gate switch on the instrument panel or


Condition:

(166,1)



lower part of the lift gate. See “Lift gate”(P.3-18).

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMGUID-786D2EEA-5854-4E6B-9C0A-3296C3FF1B0A

When all the following conditions are metfor a period of time, the battery saversystem will cut off the power supply toprevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACCposition, and

. All doors are closed, and

. The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING SIGNALSGUID-0E1E81A1-8164-48BC-804C-E40A3666A86D

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key listed on the followingchart or to help prevent the vehicle frombeing stolen, chime or beep sounds insideand outside the vehicle and a warningdisplays in the vehicle information display.

When a chime or beep sounds or thewarning displays, be sure to check thevehicle and Intelligent Key.

See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13) and“Vehicle information display” (P.2-22).

Condition:

(167,1)


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-71D02555-16BF-4091-AA2F-FBA43C0FB588

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switchto stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the inside warning chime sounds con-tinuously or for a few seconds.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

When shifting the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

When opening the driver’s door toget out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC posi-tion.The Intelligent Key is in the IntelligentKey port.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli-gent Key port.

When closing the door after get-ting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on the display,the outside chime sounds 3 times and theinside warning chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the outside chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition and the shift lever is not in theP (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) positionand push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for a few secondsand all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleor cargo area.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the request switchor the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleor cargo area.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When pushing the ignition switchto start the engine

The Intelligent Key system warning light in themeter blinks in green. The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one. (See“Battery” (P.8-11).)

The Intelligent Key system warning light in themeter blinks in yellow and the inside warningchime sounds for a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

The Intelligent Key system warning light in themeter illuminates in yellow.

It warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

It is recommended you contact an INFINITIretailer.


Condition:

(168,1)



GUID-DE778BCF-B99A-4DA7-94C5-DF2F772B0219

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radio waveswhen the buttons are pushed. The FAAadvises that radio waves may affect aircraftnavigation and communication systems. Donot operate the Intelligent Key while on anairplane. Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when the unit isstored for a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, thelift gate, fuel-filler door, activate the panicalarm and open the windows by pushingthe buttons on the Intelligent Key fromoutside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from thevehicle. (The effective distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.)

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information concern-ing the purchase and use of additionalIntelligent Keys, contact an INFINITI retai-ler.

The lock and unlock buttons on theIntelligent Key will not operate when:

. the distance between the Intelligent Keyand the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery runs down.After locking with the remote keyless entryfunction, pull the door handle to make surethe doors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons,approach the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m)from the door. SPA2436

*1 LOCK button*2 UNLOCK button

*3 Power lift gate button*4 PANIC button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

GUID-205165BB-2A56-43C8-A3FA-94508FF93C3D

When you lock or unlock the doors or thelift gate, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will soundas a confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-16).

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Condition:

(169,1)


Locking doors and fuel-filler doorGUID-69AC6A3D-261B-4C88-9BC9-DD3A27C88837

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position, push the ignition switch to theOFF position and make sure you carrythe Intelligent Key with you.*

2. Close all the doors and the lift gate.

3. Push the LOCK button *1 on theIntelligent Key.

4. All the doors, the lift gate and fuel-fillerdoor will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

*: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler doorGUID-9284B5C9-8524-4541-80AC-582FCA19DB27

1. Push the UNLOCK button *2 on theIntelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door and fuel-filler door willunlock.

The puddle light and the passengercabin illumination will illuminate andstay on for a short period of time.

3. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key again within 60 sec-

onds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes onceagain. All the doors will unlock.

All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushingthe UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keywhile the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time period, the UNLOCK button onthe Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors willbe locked automatically after another 1minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windows (if so equipped)GUID-4A7A15C1-BACE-48D8-A263-4BD80EDB0191

The UNLOCK button *2 operation alsoallows you to open a window that isequipped with the automatic open func-tion. This function will not operate whilethe window timer is activated or thewindows need to be initialized. (See“Power windows” (P.2-59).)

To open the windows, push the UNLOCKbutton *2 on the Intelligent Key for

about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton.

If the window open operation is stopped onthe way while pushing the UNLOCKbutton, release and push the UNLOCKbutton again until the window openscompletely.

Window cannot be closed using the In-telligent Key.

The door window can also be operated byturning the mechanical key in a door lock.(See “Doors” (P.3-4).)

Opening/closing lift gateGUID-7A7A1DC1-7C0E-4FD5-9826-A823A7700946

Opening:GUID-ADCF86C6-37F2-4CAC-9FE5-F32114DCF553

1. Push the power lift gate button*3 for more than 1 second.

2. The lift gate will automatically open.

The hazard indicator flashes 4 times andthe outside chime sounds.

Closing:GUID-795BF2A3-FCC1-47B6-9AD3-B084C0E417D9

1. Push the power lift gate button*3 .

2. The lift gate will automatically close.

If the button *3 is pushed while thelift gate is being opened or closed, the liftgate will reverse.

The power lift gate button *3 cannotbe operated when the ignition switch is in


Condition:

(170,1)



the ON position.

Using panic alarmGUID-9452550C-005D-4C29-9F19-31ED802F61C3

If you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button *4 on theIntelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent

Key is pushed. (Note: Panic buttonshould be pushed for more than 1second.)

Setting hazard indicator and hornmode

GUID-6D7D657E-6950-47DE-AA61-DC0F16C51E9E

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive thevehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button *1 is pushed, thehazard indicator flashes twice and the hornchirps once. When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed, the hazard indicator flashesonce.

If horns are not necessary, the system canbe switched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator

flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, neither the hazardindicator nor the horn operates.

Condition:

(171,1)


Hazard indicator and horn mode:GUID-4ECC5AF9-0AF5-4CD3-BB95-0C6405604761

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or lift gate request

switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Remote keyless entry system(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:GUID-BA72E341-14E5-4190-B348-AD720BF5D3B3

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or lift gate request

switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - none

Remote keyless entry system(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none

Switching procedure:GUID-7A7F6CEE-4AB1-4F9F-97DE-592251415AB0

To switch the hazard indicator and horn(chime) operation, push the LOCK *1and UNLOCK *2 buttons on the Intel-ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set,the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and hornmode is set, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

NOS1695


Condition:

(172,1)



GUID-FE000314-D7F0-4AD6-AF71-5B82F75F04B0

JVP0262X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle *1located below the instrument panel;the hood will then spring up slightly.

2. Locate the lever *2 in between thehood and grille, push the lever sidewaywith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly closethe hood down to latch both the rightand left locks. Push the hood down tolock the hood securely into place.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completely closedand latched before driving. Failure to doso could cause the hood to fly open andresult in an accident.

. If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

GUID-EC94A04A-3559-4474-821D-9E1BE1DBE3F1

WARNING

. Always be sure the lift gate has beenclosed securely to prevent it from open-ing while driving.

. Do not drive with the lift gate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle. See “Exhaustgas (carbon monoxide)” (P.5-3) of thismanual.


. Always be sure that hands and feet areclear of the door frame to avoid injurywhile closing the lift gate.

HOOD LIFT GATE

Condition:

(173,1)


OPERATING POWER LIFT GATEGUID-35B29182-0FF6-42A9-B62E-4541B5E1C075

To operate the power lift gate, the shiftlever must be in the P (Park) position.

The power lift gate will not operate if thebattery voltage is under approximately11V.

SPA2547

Power lift gate main switchGUID-FE0D0D13-F8D5-41FC-9FEC-CE57F3DA2CD9

The power lift gate operation can be turnedon or off by the power lift gate main switchon the instrument panel.

When the power lift gate main switch is inthe “OFF” position, the power operation isavailable by the power lift gate switch onthe instrument panel or the power lift gatebutton on the Intelligent Key.

SPA2843

Power lift gate switch — Instrument panel

SPA2877

Lift gate opener switch


Condition:

(174,1)



SPA2463

Power lift gate button — Intelligent Key

SPA2440

Power lift gate switch — Lift gate

Power openGUID-93B776BA-7F85-429E-AC0F-D7C96F88027B

When the lift gate is fully closed, the liftgate will fully open automatically byperforming one of the following opera-tions:

. Pushing the power lift gate switch *Aon the instrument panel.

. Pushing the lift gate opener switch *B .

. Pushing the power lift gate button *Con the Intelligent Key for more than 1second.

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outsidechime sounds when the lift gate startsopening.

NOTE:

The lift gate can be opened by the powerlift gate switch *A , the power lift gateopener switch *B or the power lift gatebutton *C even if the lift gate islocked. The lift gate will individuallyunlock and open.

Power closeGUID-09C9187A-9D79-4831-BD6D-8D022DA10714

When the lift gate is fully opened, the liftgate will fully close automatically byperforming one of the following opera-tions:

. Pushing the power lift gate switch *Aon the instrument panel.

. Pushing the power lift gate button *Con the Intelligent Key for more than 1second.

. Pushing the power lift gate switch *Don the lower part of the lift gate.

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outsidechime sounds when the lift gate startsclosing.

NOTE:

When the lift gate is closed, it remainsunlocked. Manually lock the lift gate.

Reverse functionGUID-7FBE6BF8-D7C7-450C-8572-21CF6C18951C

The power lift gate will reverse immediatelyif one of the following actions is performedduring power open or power close.

. pushing the power lift gate switch *Aon the instrument panel

. pushing the power lift gate button*C on the Intelligent Key

. pushing the power lift gate switch *Don the lower part of the lift gate

The outside chime sounds when the liftgate starts to reverse.

The power lift gate button *C on theIntelligent Key cannot be operated when

Condition:

(175,1)


the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Auto reverse functionGUID-EC8F1C01-9FE1-4B41-9A22-0A678FDFA5A1

The auto-reverse function enables the liftgate to automatically reverse when some-thing is caught in the lift gate as it isopening or closing. When the control unitdetects an obstacle, the lift gate willreverse and return to the full open or fullclose position.

If a second obstacle is detected, the liftgate motion will stop and the drive motorwill disengage. The lift gate will enter themanual mode.

A pinch sensor is mounted on each side ofthe lift gate. If an obstacle is detected bythe pinch sensor during power close, thelift gate will reverse and return to the fullopen position immediately.

NOTE:

If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed,the power close function will not operate.

WARNING

There is a small distance immediately beforethe closed position that cannot be detected.Make sure that all passengers keep their

hands, etc., clear from the lift gate openingbefore closing the lift gate.

SPA2879


Condition:

(176,1)



SPA2880

*1 Lift gate opener switch*2 Power lift gate switch — Lift gate

*3 Power lift gate switch — Instrumentpanel

*4 Power lift gate main switch

Middle stop functionGUID-561FA377-9F56-46DD-82FB-59720771965F

The power lift gate can be set to stop at amid-open range. To activate the system,perform the following procedures.

1. Press the power lift gate main switch *4to the ON position on the instrumentpanel.

2. Push the lift gate opener switch *1 toopen or close the lift gate.

3. Push lift gate opener switch again. Thelift gate will stop at user selectedposition when lift gate is opening orclosing.

4. The lift gate will fully open when the liftgate opener switch *1 is pressedagain.

5. The lift gate will fully close when the liftgate switch *2 on the lower part of thelift gate is pressed.

Garage mode systemGUID-60A7F5D2-9ACE-47D5-8F91-A9704F22B7F4

The garage mode system allows the liftgate to open to a user selected position. Toset the garage mode system, perform thefollowing procedures:

1. Put the shift lever in the P (Park)position.

2. Make sure the lift gate is fully closed.

3. Press the power lift gate main switch *4to the ON position on the instrumentpanel.

4. Push the lift gate opener switch *1 .

5. Move the lift gate manually or operatethe power lift gate from the fully closedposition to the user selected openposition you want to set the system.

6. Push and hold the power lift gateswitch *2 on the lower part of the liftgate for 3 seconds to set the userselected open position. A chime willsound when setting is successful.

7. Fully close the lift gate.

The lift gate will open and stop at the userselected position.

CAUTION

. Do not lean against a partially openedlift gate. The lift gate may close un-expectedly and may result in personalinjury.

. If the vehicle was driven by anotherperson, confirm the garage mode func-tion before opening the lift gate in alocation with low clearance. The lift gatecan be damaged if the previous driverchanged or canceled the setting.

. If the switch is pressed two times quickly(1 second or less) when opening the liftgate from the fully closed position, thesystem may not recognize the secondswitch press. The lift gate will continueto open. This is normal operation anddoes not indicate a malfunction. How-

Condition:

(177,1)


ever, this may result in minor personalinjury if someone is behind the vehiclewhen the switch is activated, or damageto the lift gate.

NOTE:. To avoid damaging the lift gate system,

do not manually force the lift gate toopen or close when the lift gate ismoving. When manually operating thelift gate from the full close or full openposition, do not use excessive force.Using excessive force may damage thesystem.

. Do not install accessories such as bikeracks onto the lift gate. The additionalweight of these accessories may causethe lift gate to operate slowly or to notopen completely. This is a normaloperation and does not indicate amalfunction. The lift gate will operatenormally when the accessory is re-moved.

. If the lift gate is opened when thevehicle is parked on a steep slope, thelift gate may not open to the expectedposition. This is a normal operation anddoes not indicate a malfunction.

. If the automatic lift gate is operatedcontinuously for approximately 180seconds, the system automaticallyturns off to prevent overheating. Thelift gate cannot be opened using theswitches. The system resets and opera-tion returns to normal after approxi-mately 180 seconds. This is a normaloperation and does not indicate amalfunction.

. The lift gate may automatically reversedirection if the lift gate is operatingand passengers enter/exit the vehicle.This is a normal operation and does notindicate a malfunction.

. The lift gate must be operated manuallyif the battery is disconnected or dis-charged.

. If the lift gate is not activated due to alow voltage (less than approximately11V), operate the lift gate with theengine running.

Manual modeGUID-B7F98B2B-32B3-41A0-BCE2-7FD75A5299C1

If power operation is not available, the liftgate can be operated manually. Poweroperation may not be available if multipleobstacles have been detected in a singlepower cycle or if the battery voltage is low.

When the power lift gate main switch is inthe OFF position, the lift gate can beopened manually by pushing the lift gateopener switch. If the power lift gate openerswitch is pushed during power open orclose, the power operation will be canceledand the lift gate can be operated manually.

AUTO CLOSUREGUID-350C1CFF-2810-43EB-87C4-C1DFE5B0EA0F

If the lift gate is pulled down to a partlyopen position, the lift gate will pull itself tothe closed position.

Do not apply excessive force when theauto closure is operating. Excessive forceapplied may cause the mechanism tomalfunction.

CAUTION

. The lift gate will automatically closefrom a partly open position. To avoidpinching, keep hands and fingers awayfrom lift gate opening.

. Do not let children operate the lift gate.


Condition:

(178,1)



SPA2522

LIFT GATE RELEASE LEVERGUID-2E4382D2-053C-44F2-8D54-10221346AA68

If the lift gate cannot be opened with thedoor lock switch due to a dischargedbattery, follow these steps.

1. Remove the cover *A inside of the liftgate using a suitable tool.

2. Move the lever *B as illustrated toopen the lift gate.

It is recommended you contact an INFINITIretailer as soon as possible for repair.

GUID-43AE9E8E-F3CD-48F7-8AD7-53E32AEE6BB1

SPA2523

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOORGUID-5FB061D6-0BFF-4E16-952C-7AC9A988D7FD

To open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuel-filler door by using one of the followingoperations, then push the left side of thedoor.

. Push the driver’s door handle requestswitch with the Intelligent Key carriedwith you.

. Push the passenger’s door handlerequest switch or lift gate requestswitch twice with the Intelligent Keycarried with you.

. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key.

. Insert the mechanical key into the doorlock cylinder and turn it to the rear ofthe vehicle.

. Push the power door lock switch to theUNLOCK position.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securelyand lock all doors by operating the doorhandle request switch, the LOCK button onthe Intelligent Key, the mechanical key orthe power door lock switch.

FUEL-FILLER CAPGUID-38CC810B-D45E-4AC6-95A3-668308F5E74C

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriouslyinjured if it is misused or mishandled.Always stop engine and do not smoke orallow open flames or sparks near thevehicle when refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has a

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

Condition:

(179,1)


built-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrect cap canresult in a serious malfunction andpossible injury. It could also cause themalfunction indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel container in thevehicle or trailer. Static electricity cancause an explosion of flammable liquid,vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. Toreduce the risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container on theground when filling.

— Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-fillertube, then tighten until a single click isheard. Failure to tighten the fuel-fillercap properly may cause the mal-function indicator light (MIL) to illumi-nate. If the light illuminatesbecause the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn offafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-20).

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will appearif the fuel-filler cap is not properlytightened. It may take a few driving tripsfor the message to be displayed. Failureto tighten the fuel-filler cap properlyafter the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning

appears may cause the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.


Condition:

(180,1)



SPA2524

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwiseto remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder*A while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

SPA2831

LOOSE FUEL CAP warningGUID-FF34E4F9-89B4-4F25-8F5F-1504FC350A70

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears onthe vehicle information display when thefuel-filler cap is not tightened correctlyafter the vehicle has been refueled. It maytake a few driving trips for the message tobe displayed. To turn off the warning,perform the following steps:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. (See “FUEL-FILLERCAP”.)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a singleclick is heard.

3. Push the reset switch *A on the rightside of the combination meter for about1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUELCAP warning after tightening the fuelcap.

Condition:

(181,1)


GUID-95892D7A-9426-4BF3-9790-B203F407E3FE

WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

. Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and comfort.The driver’s air bag inflates with greatforce. If you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out ofposition in any way, you are at greaterrisk of injury or death in a crash.You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuries fromthe air bag if you are up against it whenit inflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel. Always use theseat belts.

SPA2468

MANUAL OPERATION (if soequipped)

GUID-787CBCE4-B0EC-4963-BCA9-4A15AC724857

Tilt or telescopic operationGUID-2C2D2A63-D6AC-4ED4-8913-85848973BFA6

Pull the lock lever *1 down and adjust thesteering wheel up, down, forward or rear-ward to the desired position.

Push the lock lever up securely to lock thesteering wheel in place.

SPA2456

ELECTRIC OPERATION (if soequipped)

GUID-EFC03EC6-E524-4349-95B2-2D3116BF9E96

Tilt or telescopic operationGUID-CFD326FC-1FCE-421E-9E46-75FA27370541

Move the lever to adjust the steering wheelup or down, forward or rearward to thedesired position.

Entry/Exit function operation:GUID-BD089C2C-0EC1-45A6-9711-A6454995BAFB

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up auto-matically when the driver’s door is openedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. This lets the driver get into andout of the seat more easily.


TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

Condition:

(182,1)



For more information, see “Automatic drivepositioner” (P.3-32).

GUID-0E6A7B36-6F14-49B7-8E47-FADFD89E0563

SPA2471

1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor *1 .

2. To block glare from the side, removethe main sun visor from the centermount and swing the visor to the side*2 .

3. Slide the sun visor *3 in or out asneeded.

SUN VISORS

Condition:

(183,1)


GUID-7EA98A31-E7A3-4913-AD21-96E01843E14F

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORGUID-5B83EE67-E9E9-45D0-832E-DF080FD9E09C

Adjust the height and the angle of theinside mirror to the desired position.

SPA2422A


SPA2450


Automatic anti-glare typeGUID-03C3FC21-1717-4122-B190-E80C6E9E78DE

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accordingto the intensity of the headlights of thefollowing vehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position.

When the anti-glare system is turned on,the indicator light *A will illuminate andexcessive glare from the headlights of thevehicle behind you will be reduced.

Type A (if so equipped): Push theswitch *B to make the inside rearview

mirror operate normally and the indicatorlight will turn off. Push the switch againto turn the system on.

Type B (if so equipped): Push the “*”switch *C to make the inside rearviewmirror operate normally. The indicator lightwill turn off. Push the “I” switch *D to turnthe system on.

Do not allow any object to cover thesensors *E or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensor, resulting in improperoperation.


MIRRORS

Condition:

(184,1)



For the compass (if so equipped) opera-tion, see “Compass” (P.2-10).

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveroperation, see “HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver” (P.2-67).

SPA2214

OUTSIDE MIRRORSGUID-0F47C170-B53D-469E-B980-6262E97ED2E8

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on thepassenger side are closer than they appear.Be careful when moving to the right. Usingonly this mirror could cause an accident. Usethe inside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distances toother objects.

Adjusting outside mirrorsGUID-173800D2-EA0E-45DA-A1C3-3B5C444AAE84

The outside mirror control switch is locatedat the lower part of the instrument panel.

The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Move the switch right *1 or left *2 toselect the right or left side mirror, thenadjust *3 using the control switch.

Defrosting outside mirrorsGUID-4F4B5778-30E5-4A21-95F2-F8D1E08CB606

The outside mirrors will be heated whenthe rear window defroster switch is oper-ated. (See “Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch” (P.2-38).)

Condition:

(185,1)


SPA1732A

Foldable outside mirrorsGUID-6304F622-C60E-4C4E-AD43-2AD64F0E8BCF

CAUTION

. Do not touch the mirrors while they aremoving. Your hand may be pinched, andthe mirror may malfunction.

. Do not drive with the mirrors stored. Youwill be unable to see behind the vehicle.

. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded byhand, there is a chance that the mirrorwill move forward or backward duringdriving. If the mirrors were folded orunfolded by hand, be sure to adjust them

again electrically before driving.

The outside rearview mirror remote controloperates when the ignition switch is in the“ACC” or “ON” position.

To fold the outside rearview mirrors, pushthe outside rearview mirror folding switchto the “CLOSE” position *1 . To unfold,push to the “OPEN” position *2 .

If mirrors are manually operated orbumped, the mirror body can becomeloose at the pivot point. To correct electro-nic mirror operation, cycle mirrors bypushing the "CLOSE" switch until closed,the push "OPEN" until mirror is in the openposition.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)

GUID-DA17CE23-684E-454F-B737-21D5F8261845

When backing up the vehicle, the right orleft outside mirror will turn downwardautomatically to provide better rear visibi-lity.


2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.

3. Select the right or left side mirror byoperating the outside mirror controlswitch.

4. The selected outside mirror surfacemoves downward.

When one of the following conditions hasoccurred, the selected outside mirror sur-face will return to its original position.

. The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

. The outside mirror control switch is setto the center position.

. The ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.


Condition:

(186,1)



SIC3869

VANITY MIRRORGUID-3780BCDB-5920-42A8-A7E5-61F0F7698B59

To use the front vanity mirror, pull downthe sun visor and pull up the cover.

GUID-5D3DB23B-FAEA-453A-AE25-5951BD40B382

The automatic drive positioner system hasthe following features:

. Entry/exit function

. Seat synchronization function

. Memory storage

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONGUID-263AEFC2-F492-458F-9233-42DCA35945C7

This system is designed so that the driver’sseat and steering column will automati-cally move when the automatic transmis-sion shift lever is in the P (Park) position.This allows the driver to get into and out ofthe driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward andthe steering wheel will move up when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the OFF position.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel willreturn to the previous positions when oneof the following is operated:

. When the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position after the driver’s dooris closed.

. When the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position.

The driver’s seat will not return to theprevious positions if the seat or steeringadjusting switch is operated when the seatis at the exit position.

Cancel or activate entry/exit func-tion

GUID-3363C195-263F-4FB5-BABF-B52E292D6892

The shift lever must be in the P (Park)position with the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The entry/exit function can be activated orcanceled by pressing and holding the SETswitch for more than 10 seconds.

The entry/exit function can also be acti-vated or canceled if the “Lift SteeringWheel on Exit” key or “Slide Driver SeatBack on Exit” key is turned to ON or OFF inthe “Comfort” settings. (See “Vehicleinformation and settings” (P.4-9).)

Initialize entry/exit functionGUID-CF566402-5592-4485-AD8B-9C26CE39C0D0

If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the entry/exit function willnot work though this function was set onbefore. In such a case, after connecting thebattery or replacing with a new fuse, openand close the driver’s door more than twotimes after the ignition switch is turnedfrom the ON position to the LOCK position.The entry/exit function will be activated.

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if soequipped)

Condition:

(187,1)


JVP0230X

SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTIONGUID-E98A706D-B662-4EF7-B535-D126949B4047

The seat synchronization function automa-tically adjusts the positions of the steeringwheel and outside mirrors when the seat isadjusted using the power seat switches.

However, the steering wheel and outsidemirrors will not move if the seat is adjustedover the maximum thresholds. The systemconsiders that the steering wheel andoutside mirror adjustments are not neces-sary because the seat may not be adjustedfor the driving position. Note that thefunction is set to disabled as the factorydefault setting.

The seat synchronization function operatesunder the following conditions:

. The ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

. The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.If the outside mirrors or the steering wheelreaches its maximum adjustment, thefunction is automatically disabled. Restartthe function by selecting a previouslystored seat memory position using thememory switches (1 or 2). An IntelligentKey that was previously linked to thestored seat memory can also be used torestart the function.

If a seat position was not previously storedin the seat memory, restart the function byadjusting the steering wheel and outsidemirrors manually for your best drivingposition and then drive the vehicle above4 MPH (7 km/h).

Cancel or activate seat synchroni-zation function

GUID-3FA521AC-5DED-4C59-ABAA-9F045EA9F9E8

The shift lever must be in the P (Park)position with the ignition switch in the ACCposition.

The seat synchronization function can beactivated or canceled by pushing andholding the SET switch for more than 10

seconds while the ignition switch is in theACC position.

The indicator lights on the memoryswitches (1 and 2) will blink once whenthe function is canceled, and the indicatorlights will blink twice when the function isactivated. Note that the indicator lightsmay illuminate after 5 seconds whileholding the SET switch. This indicatesreadiness for linking the Intelligent Key toa stored memory position. Keep the SETswitch pushed for more than 10 seconds toturn on or off the seat synchronizationfunction.

MEMORY STORAGEGUID-7C0BBA0A-C562-4C67-B0C1-457131FC41EB

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors can be storedin the automatic drive positioner memory.Follow these procedures to use the mem-ory system.

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering col-umn and outside mirrors to the desiredpositions by manually operating eachadjusting switch. For additional infor-mation, see “Seat belts” (P.1-12) and“Tilt/telescopic steering” (P.3-27) and


Condition:

(188,1)



“Outside mirrors” (P.3-30).

3. Push the SET switch and, within 5seconds, push the memory switch (1or 2) fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushedmemory switch will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds after pushing theswitch.

When the memory is stored in thememory switch (1 or 2), a buzzer willsound.

If memory is stored in the samememory switch, the previous memorywill be deleted.

Linking Intelligent Key to a storedmemory position

GUID-E6D7628D-A73F-49DD-90F8-01DEB392FA18

The Intelligent Key can be linked to astored memory position with the followingprocedure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memoryposition.

2. While the indicator light for the memoryswitch being set is illuminated for 5seconds, push the button on theIntelligent Key. If the indicator lightblinks, the Intelligent Key is linked tothat memory setting.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion, and then push the button on theIntelligent Key. The driver’s seat, steeringwheel and outside mirrors will move to thememorized position or to the exit positionwhen the entry/exit function is set toactive.

Confirming memory storageGUID-E77C3565-8BEE-460B-9BBC-75EC608F88AD

. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition and push the SET switch. Ifthe main memory has not been stored,the indicator light will come on forapproximately 0.5 second. When thememory has stored in position, theindicator light will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

. If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the memory will becanceled. In this case, reset the desiredposition using the previous procedure.

. If optional Intelligent Keys are added toyour vehicle, the memory storage pro-cedure to switch 1 or 2 and linkingIntelligent Key procedure to a storedmemory position should be performedagain for each Intelligent Key. Foradditional Intelligent Key information,see “Keys” (P.3-2).

Selecting the memorized positionGUID-2FEA9244-0775-4478-9531-20E8C2DBBEC5


2. Use one of the following methods tomove the driver’s seat, the outsidemirrors and the steering wheel.. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully

for at least 1 second.. Within 45 seconds of opening the

driver’s door, push the memoryswitch (1 or 2) fully for at least 1second.

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the mem-orized position or to the exit positionwhen the entry/exit function is set toactive with the indicator light flashing,and then the light will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-4673EEB4-FD59-46C9-B5D8-0CE2C535A079

The automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

. When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH(7 km/h).

. When the adjusting switch for thedriver’s seat and steering column is

Condition:

(189,1)


turned on while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

. When the memory switch 1 or 2 is notpushed for at least 1 second.

. When the seat, steering column andoutside mirrors have already beenmoved to the memorized position.

. When no position is stored in thememory switch.

. When the engine is started while mov-ing the automatic drive positioner.

. When the AT shift lever is moved fromthe P (Park) position to any otherposition. (However, it will not becanceled if the switch is pushed whilethe seat and steering column arereturning to the previous positions(entry/exit function).)

. When the driver’s door remains open formore than 45 seconds and the ignitionswitch is not in the ON position.

. The seat synchronization function isautomatically disabled if the outsidemirrors or steering wheel reaches itsmaximum adjustment.

. The seat synchronization function willnot operate if the seat is adjusted overone of the following maximum thresh-olds:

— Seat sliding: 3.0 in (76 mm)— Seatback reclining: 9.1 degrees— Seat lifter (rear side): 0.8 in (20 mm)


Condition:

(190,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(191,1)


4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems

Safety note ............................................................ 4-3Center multi-function control panel ........................ 4-3

How to use INFINITI controller ............................ 4-5How to use touch screen (models withnavigation system) ............................................ 4-5Menu options (models withnavigation system) ............................................ 4-7How to select menus on the screen ................... 4-8

Vehicle information and settings ............................ 4-9How to use STATUS button ................................ 4-9How to use brightness control and displayON/OFF button .................................................. 4-9How to use INFO button ..................................... 4-9How to use SETTING button ............................. 4-15

RearView Monitor (models withoutnavigation system) .............................................. 4-24

RearView Monitor system operation ................. 4-25How to read the displayed lines ...................... 4-25Difference between predictive andactual distances .............................................. 4-26How to park with predictive course lines ......... 4-28Adjusting the screen ........................................ 4-29Predictive course line settings ......................... 4-29RearView Monitor system limitations ............... 4-29System maintenance ....................................... 4-30

Around View® Monitor (AVM) (models withnavigation system) .............................................. 4-31

Around View® Monitor system operation ........ 4-33How to adjust the screen view ....................... 4-39Around View® Monitor settings ...................... 4-39Around View® Monitor system limitations ....... 4-40System maintenance ...................................... 4-42

Camera aiding corner sonar function(models with Around View® Monitor) ................... 4-43

Sonar system operation ................................. 4-44Turning on and off the sonar function ............ 4-45Sonar system limitations ............................... 4-47System maintenance ...................................... 4-47System temporarily unavailable ..................... 4-48

Moving Object Detection (MOD) (ifso equipped) ....................................................... 4-48

MOD system operation ................................... 4-49Turning on and off the MOD system ............... 4-51MOD system limitations ................................. 4-52System maintenance ...................................... 4-52

Ventilators .......................................................... 4-53Heater and air conditioner ................................... 4-54

Heater and air conditioner ............................. 4-55Operating tips ................................................ 4-57In-cabin microfilter ......................................... 4-57

Condition:

(192,1)


Servicing climate control ................................. 4-57Audio system ....................................................... 4-58

Audio operation precautions ............................ 4-58FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player ...................................................... 4-70DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player operation(models with navigation system) ..................... 4-75USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port ....... 4-79Bluetooth® streaming audio (models withnavigation system) .......................................... 4-84iPod® player operation .................................... 4-88CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning ......... 4-91Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio ....... 4-92Antenna .......................................................... 4-93

Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-94Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models with navigation system) .......................... 4-95

Regulatory information .................................... 4-96Voice commands ............................................. 4-96Control buttons ............................................... 4-97Connecting procedure ...................................... 4-97Phone selection ............................................... 4-98Quick Dial ....................................................... 4-98Making a call ................................................. 4-101Receiving a call ............................................. 4-102

During a call ................................................ 4-102Phone setting .............................................. 4-103Troubleshooting guide ................................. 4-105

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (modelswithout navigation system) ............................... 4-106

Regulatory information ................................. 4-107Control buttons ............................................ 4-108Voice Recognition System ............................ 4-108Pairing procedure ........................................ 4-113Phonebook registration ................................ 4-114Making a call ............................................... 4-115Receiving a call ............................................ 4-115During a call ................................................ 4-115Phone operation .......................................... 4-116Speaker adaptation mode ............................ 4-119

INFINITI Voice Recognition System (models withnavigation system) ............................................ 4-121

INFINITI Voice RecognitionStandard Mode ............................................ 4-121Using the system ......................................... 4-124INFINITI Voice Recognition AlternateCommand Mode ........................................... 4-134Using the system ......................................... 4-142Troubleshooting guide ................................. 4-147

Condition:

(193,1)


GUID-BF01B3FB-964A-4D69-9FDE-7AD7A547038E

WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you notice anyabnormality, such as a frozen screen orlack of sound. Continued use of thesystem may result in accident, fire orelectric shock.

. In case you notice any foreign object inthe system hardware, spill liquid on it, ornotice smoke or smell coming from it,stop using the system immediately. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for servicing. Ignoring such condi-tions may lead to accidents, fire, orelectric shock.

. Park the vehicle in a safe location andapply the parking brake to view theimages on the front center displayscreen.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

GUID-6CACAD55-F243-4D7E-9CE2-A0E27940A9E4

SAA1836

Models with navigation system1. “CAMERA” Around View® Monitor dis-

play button (P.4-31)2, 6, 7, 10, 11.

For navigation system control buttons(Refer to the separate NavigationSystem Owner’s Manual.)

3. INFINITI controller (P.4-5)4. “STATUS” status display button

(P.4-9)5. “ OFF” brightness control and

display ON/OFF button (P.4-9)8. “AM·FM·SAT” band selector button

(P.4-58)

9. “DISC·AUX” selector button (P.4-58)12. “INFO” vehicle and navigation infor-

mation button (P.4-9)13. “SETTING” button (P.4-15)

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

SAFETY NOTE CENTER MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL

Condition:

(194,1)


4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1524

Models without navigation system1. “AUX” button (P.4-58)2. “RADIO AM·FM” band selector button

(P.4-58)3. INFINITI controller (P.4-5)4. “ OFF” brightness control and

display ON/OFF button (P.4-9)5. “INFO” vehicle information button

(P.4-9)6. “DISC” selector button (P.4-58)7. “STATUS” status display button

(P.4-9)8. “SETTING” button (P.4-15)

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

SAA1541

Models with navigation system

SAA1508

Models without navigation system

Condition:

(195,1)


HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLERGUID-6837BE8C-F9DA-48E4-B182-4FB0EA348AE5

Choose an item on the display using themain directional buttons *2 (or additionaldirectional buttons *6 models with navi-gation system) or center dial *3 , and pushthe ENTER button *1 for operation.

If you push the BACK button *4 before thesetup is completed, the setup will becanceled and/or the display will return tothe previous screen. This button can alsobe used to delete characters that havebeen input.

After the setup is completed, push theBACK button *4 and return to the previousscreen.

For the VOICE button *5 functions, refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’sManual.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN(models with navigation system)

GUID-A4A66149-EBA1-444E-B3E2-25F0BE7FC62A

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if it is hit with a hardor sharp object. If the glass screenbreaks, do not touch it. Doing so could

result in an injury.

. To clean the display, use a soft, drycloth. If additional cleaning is necessary,use a small amount of neutral detergentwith a soft cloth. Never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or deteriorate the panel.

. Do not splash any liquid such as water orcar fragrance on the display. Contactwith liquid will cause the system tomalfunction.

To ensure safe driving, some functionscannot be operated while driving.

The on-screen functions that are notavailable while driving will be “grayedout” or muted.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and thenoperate the navigation system.

WARNING

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving.

. Avoid using vehicle features that could

distract you. If distracted, you could losecontrol of your vehicle and cause anaccident.


Condition:

(196,1)



SAA2473

Example

Touch screen operationGUID-2D242F95-D6A4-4173-9153-286308D4DDDB

With this system, the same operations asthose for the INFINITI controller are possi-ble using the touch screen operation.

Selecting the item:GUID-83E964A2-5698-413E-B5DB-B1B91DAE678D

Touch an item to select it. To select the“Audio” settings, touch the “Audio” area*1 on the screen.

Touch the BACK *2 button to return to theprevious screen.

SAA2474

Example

Adjusting an item:GUID-7A3956B4-E8FB-4720-8CF7-9DDF22081DCE

Touch the + *1 or − *2 button to adjust thesettings.

Touch the *3 or *4 button tomove to the previous or next item.

Touch the *5 or *6 button tomove to the previous or next page.

SAA2475

Example

Inputting characters:GUID-EC770695-55C8-479C-A886-1CCC981AEFB1

Touch the letter or number *1 .

There are some options available wheninputting characters.

. Uppercase:Shows uppercase characters.

. Lowercase:Shows lowercase characters.

. Symbols:Shows symbols such as the questionmark (?).

. Space:Inserts a space.

Condition:

(197,1)


. Delete:Deletes the last character that has beeninput with one touch. Push and hold thebutton to delete all of the characters.

. OK:Completes character inputs.

Touch screen maintenanceGUID-AC92A1AA-5F9B-4121-ADE4-61BD97D61473

If you clean the display screen, use a dry,soft cloth. If additional cleaning is neces-sary, use a small amount of neutraldetergent with a soft cloth. Never spraythe screen with water or detergent. Dam-pen the cloth first, and then wipe thescreen.

SAA2143

MENU OPTIONS (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-BD652DC3-F8B3-4571-9AB6-3D4C2D3C3A16

The start menu can be displayed using themenu control switch on the steering-wheel-mounted controls.

1. While the MAP or STATUS screen isdisplayed, push and hold the menucontrol switch until the “Menu Options”screen appears.

2. Highlight the preferred item by tiltingthe menu control switch up or down,and then push the menu control switchto select it.

SAA2476

Available itemsGUID-585F7D6D-3B9C-425D-B8EB-5A189548304C

Destination/Route:GUID-C262927D-FE1E-4620-9707-582C183AA9F7

These items are for the navigation system.See the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for details.

Info:GUID-C1FDF362-3D7E-458A-B697-7860C3A6CE8E

Displays the information screen. It is thesame screen that appears when you pushthe INFO button.

Settings:GUID-E626F062-C28E-4932-9CEE-972D0C7AE9EA

Displays the settings screen. It is the samescreen that appears when you push theSETTING button.


Condition:

(198,1)



SAA2477


JVH0179M


HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THESCREEN

GUID-AA4D7312-EEA8-4B34-94A3-5187625DBB9E

Vehicle functions are viewed on the displayscreen in menus. To select each key item,highlight the preferred item using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTERbutton.

Whenever a menu selection is made ormenu item is highlighted, different areason the screen provide you with importantinformation. See the following for details.

1. Header:

Shows the path used to get to thecurrent screen.

2. Menu Selections:

Shows the options to choose withinthat menu screen.

3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:

Shows that the INFINITI controller maybe used to move UP/DOWN on thescreen and select more options.

4. Menu Items Counter:

Shows the total number of items listedacross all pages for the current menu.

5. Footer/Information Line:

Provides more information (if available)

about the menu selection currentlyhighlighted.

Condition:

(199,1)


GUID-045F576B-8C5C-48C7-9686-4E43E7F36A01

HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTONGUID-FC579136-5898-4FA8-800F-01E110DC09EF

You can check information related to theaudio, climate control system, fuel con-sumption and navigation system (if soequipped) by pressing the STATUS buttonrepeatedly.

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

GUID-A5DBDCC4-E757-439B-8DEE-F7C42C0693D9

Push the “ OFF” button to switch thedisplay brightness to the daytime mode orthe nighttime mode, and to adjust thedisplay brightness using the INFINITI con-troller while the indicator is displayed atthe bottom of the screen.

Push and hold the “ OFF” button formore than 2 seconds to turn the displayoff. Push the button again to turn thedisplay on.


The display brightness can also be ad-justed using the brightness UP button (+)or brightness DOWN button (−).

HOW TO USE INFO BUTTONGUID-32F9D254-E6D1-48DF-A69B-05200AEFBDA0

The display screen shows vehicle andnavigation (if so equipped) informationfor your convenience.

The information shown on the screenshould be a guide to determine thecondition of the vehicle. See the followingfor details.

SAA3144


SAA2145



VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS

Condition:

(200,1)



1. Push the INFO button on the controlpanel.

2. Select an item from the INFO menu.

3. After viewing or adjusting the informa-tion on the following screens, push theBACK button to return to the INFOmenu.

See the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for the following items:

. Where am I?

. Traffic Info

. Weather Info

. Map UpdateSAA2479

SAA2480


JVH0180M

JVH0181M


Condition:

(201,1)


Fuel Economy informationGUID-57037A3E-D138-4A88-B1B9-AF4F7EB7B3F0

The approximate distance to empty, aver-age fuel economy and current fuel econo-my will be displayed for reference.

To reset the average fuel economy (AvgFuel Econ), select the “Reset Fuel Eco” or“Reset” key.

If the “Fuel Eco History” or “View” key isselected, the average fuel consumptionhistory will be displayed in graph formalong with the average for the previousReset-to-Reset period.

The unit can be converted between “US”and “Metric”. (See “How to use SETTINGbutton” (P.4-15).)

The fuel economy information may differfrom the information displayed on thevehicle information display. This is due tothe timing difference in updating theinformation and does not indicate a mal-function.

JVH0248X


JVH0249X


Tire Pressure informationGUID-CF46107C-599A-4D58-858B-D3DD48166CF4

WARNING

. Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Contact your INFINITI retailer assoon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.


The tire pressure will be displayed forreference.

The pressure indication “*** kPa” or “***psi” on the screen means that the pressureis being measured. After a few drivingtrips, the pressure for each tire will bedisplayed.

The unit can be converted in the LANGUAGE& UNITS settings display. (See “How to useSETTING button” (P.4-15) for details.)


Condition:

(202,1)



To change the measurement units, selectthe “Select Units” key (models with navi-gation system) with the INFINITI controllerand push the ENTER button.

In case of low tire pressure, LOW PRES-SURE information will be displayed on thescreen. Check the pressure of all tires.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s travelingcondition and the temperature.

After tire rotation is performed, tire pres-sure will not be displayed in the actual tireposition. Drive the vehicle at over 25 MPH(40 km/h) for approximately 10 minutes toreset the display.

For more details about the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS), see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).

SAA2481

SAA2482


JVH0183M

JVH0184M


Condition:

(203,1)


Maintenance informationGUID-52717FA3-EE30-48ED-B71F-0859F9F079C0

The maintenance intervals can be dis-played for the engine oil, oil filter, tireand other reminders.

To set a maintenance interval, select apreferred item from the list.

You can also set to display a message toremind you that the maintenance needs tobe performed.

The following example shows how to setthe engine oil maintenance information.Use the same steps to set the othermaintenance information.

1. Set the interval (mileage) of the main-tenance schedule. To determine therecommended maintenance interval,refer to the “9. Maintenance andschedules” section.

2. To display the reminder automaticallywhen the desired distance is reached,select the “Reminder” key.

3. Reset the driving distance to the newmaintenance schedule.

4. To return to the previous screen, pushthe BACK button.

The unit can be converted between “US”and “Metric”. (See “How to use SETTING

button” (P.4-15).)

SAA3003

ExampleThe Reminder will be automatically dis-played when the specified distance hasbeen driven and every time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ACC or ON position.The reminder will not appear while driving.

Select the “OK” key to hide the reminderfor the rest of the current drive.

To stop the reminder from appearing,perform one of the following actions:

. Select the “Reset Distance”.

. Deactivate the “Reminder”.

. Increase the “Interval” distance to bemore than the current distance beingtracked.


Condition:

(204,1)



SAA3145

Others information (models withnavigation system)

GUID-442FE4D1-59DA-4188-B826-C01A51FF56F1

The Others information display will appearwhen pushing the INFO button and select-ing the “Others” key.

Navigation Version:GUID-996C1510-2764-4527-BBC2-227267064E52

For the details of this item, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

When the ignition switch is in the ignitionposition, the “Navigation Version” key isdisplayed after pushing the INFO button.

GPS Position:GUID-34D45429-AC3C-4E9C-B2C1-5800AD8EB2A7

For the details of this item, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

Voice Recognition:GUID-0986C98F-4AD5-4C7D-91F0-A94D73E453B6

For the details of this item, see “INFINITIVoice Recognition System (models withnavigation system)” (P.4-121).

SAA2484


JVH0250X


Condition:

(205,1)


HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTONGUID-21D2D825-C781-4D7A-802D-5DBBC611FDD4

The display as illustrated will appear whenthe SETTING button is pushed.

Designs and items displayed on the screenmay vary depending on the models.

For navigation settings, refer to the sepa-rate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

SAA2485


SAA2618


Audio settingsGUID-59211225-C397-4F93-903A-3EAE007978A0

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selectingthe “Audio” key.

Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade(Fader):GUID-D4A4BCE5-94B5-40C6-BDFA-A3EC9C5DAAAF

To adjust the speaker tone quality andsound balance, select the “Bass”, “Tre-ble”, “Balance” or “Fade(Fader)” key andadjust it with the INFINITI controller.

These items can also be adjusted bypushing and turning the AUDIO controlknob.

Speed Sensitive Vol.:GUID-2614C09A-24FC-4105-82F9-D521E6FE37BA

The audio system’s volume is increasedwith the vehicle speed. Select the “SpeedSensitive Vol.” and adjust the effect levelwith the INFINITI controller. The SpeedSensitive Volume function is turned offwhen the level is set to OFF. Increasing thevalue will cause the volume to increasefaster with vehicle speed.

Driver’s Audio Stage (if so equipped):GUID-EF645B62-AE3A-4F62-984E-BE14C3FF0101

When this feature is turned to ON, bettersound will be provided to the driver’sposition. The driver can enjoy a more crispand clear sound that is specialized for thedriver’s position. The effect of this feature


Condition:

(206,1)



depends on the type of music that isplayed. For some music, it may be difficultto realize the effect of this feature.

DivX® Registration Code (models withnavigation system):

GUID-8E774EED-2058-4E7B-9B25-01965964B65D

The registration code for a device that isused to download DivX® files will bedisplayed on the screen. If a disc is loadedor a USB memory is connected to the audiosystem, this function will not be activated.

Display Album Cover Art (models withnavigation system):

GUID-9C4544D7-B1AF-447B-AE6A-B62A145A258F

When this item is turned to ON, the albumcover image is displayed when playingcompressed music files through a CD, DVDor USB device. When the image is notproperly embedded in the file or device,the image will not be displayed.

Phone settings (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-EA698F51-76DA-4A8D-9B19-E523F6292893

For details of the “Phone” settings, see“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models with navigation system)” (P.4-95).

Bluetooth settings (models withnavigation system)

GUID-90AEF6B0-4189-4D36-909D-57ED4101EE92

For details of the “Bluetooth” settings, see“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models with navigation system)” (P.4-95).

SAA2554

Volume & Beeps settings (modelswith navigation system)

GUID-6F32057D-2B4F-4940-B30F-097BAB4E1F90

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Volume & Beeps” key.

Audio Volume:GUID-40FB8D56-BE9A-438F-98A6-818B075928C7

To increase or decrease the audio volume,select the “Audio Volume” and adjust itwith the INFINITI controller. You can alsoadjust the audio volume by turning the VOLcontrol knob.

Condition:

(207,1)


Guidance Volume:GUID-487F0A56-3077-4E03-9E9A-FD6B924353C1

To adjust the guidance voice volume, selectthe “Guidance Volume” and adjust it withthe INFINITI controller.

Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call:GUID-8EEB8142-FF6C-4F6A-8CF9-DF23B9DC56B4

For the details of these items, see “Phonesetting” (P.4-103).

Switch Beeps:GUID-E52D4752-5184-4BD5-B6DC-27F904005001

When this item is turned to ON, you willhear a beep sound when you use a button.

Guidance Voice:GUID-945836D7-BB28-4D36-899C-CEDB528EF7E1

When this item is turned to ON, you willhear voice guidance in the navigationoperation or in other operations.

JVH0176M

Switch Beeps settings (modelswithout navigation system)

GUID-A6C2D069-135A-40A2-9978-CD86B69BF579

The “Switch Beeps” screen will appearwhen pushing the SETTING button, select-ing the “Switch Beeps” key with theINFINITI controller and pushing the ENTERbutton.

Switch Beeps:GUID-339FB601-EDEF-4DBC-88D6-0287AB687F47

When this item is turned to ON, you willhear a beep sound when you use a button.

SAA2486

Display settings (models with na-vigation system)

GUID-E729D75E-CB63-4FF0-8EDD-D1755D74E3BE

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selectingthe “Display” key.

Display Adjustment:GUID-F3F0442F-EB62-4E91-BD3F-1B5FA45B440C

To adjust the display settings, select the“Display Adjustment” key. The followingsettings are available.

. DisplayTo turn off the screen, push the ENTERbutton and turn the “Display” indicator off.The other method is to push and hold the“ OFF” button for more than 2 seconds.


Condition:

(208,1)



When any mode button is pushed with thescreen off, the screen turns on for furtheroperation. The screen will turn off auto-matically 5 seconds after the operation isfinished.

To turn on the screen, set this item to ON,or push and hold the “ OFF” button.

. Brightness/Contrast/Background ColorTo adjust the brightness and contrast ofthe screen, select the “Brightness” or“Contrast” key.

You can then adjust the brightness andcontrast using the INFINITI controller.

For information on the “Background Color”key, refer to the separate NavigationSystem Owner’s Manual.

Color Theme:GUID-0C94100C-61D5-42FF-87B5-64D0B647F4CF

Choose the theme color of the menuscreen.

SAA2115

Display settings (models withoutnavigation system)

GUID-9B3FF23F-3570-444E-AC75-40DDD6EBEB94

The “Display” screen will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting“Display” key with the INFINITI controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

Display:GUID-3FED8113-1AC5-45A6-9EB3-417AB54324E1

To turn off the screen, push the ENTERbutton and turn the “ON” indicator off.

When any mode button is pushed with thescreen off, the screen turns on for furtheroperation. The screen will turn off auto-matically 5 seconds after the operation isfinished.

To turn on the screen, set this item to “ON”or push the “ OFF” button.

Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:GUID-4532CFEA-B385-46C9-A433-95CCF691A3BE

To adjust the brightness, contrast andbackground color of the screen, select theappropriate “Brightness”, “Contrast” or“Background Color” key and push theENTER button.

You can then adjust the brightness andcontrast using the INFINITI controller.Switch the background color to the day-time mode or the nighttime mode bypushing the ENTER button.

Condition:

(209,1)


SAA2487

Clock settings (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-B883902F-AAEB-461E-9D1A-AB91686BA3EA

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selectingthe “Clock” key.

Depending on models, "Clock" key may bedisplayed after selecting "Others" key.

The clock settings display cannot beoperated while driving. Stop the vehiclein a safe place and apply the parking brakebefore setting the clock.

On-screen Clock:GUID-37543F84-D5B8-4F35-9E9B-2599B385DC7C

When this item is turned to ON, a clock isalways displayed in the upper right cornerof the screen.

This clock will indicate the time almostexactly because it is always adjusted bythe GPS system (models with navigationsystem).

Clock Format (24h):GUID-424CB642-5061-4C42-91DE-311381D047E8

When this item is turned to ON, the 24-hour clock is displayed. When this item isnot turned to ON, the 12-hour clock isdisplayed.

Offset (hour)/(min):GUID-B7CA290E-44D0-4BEA-A7E5-2D5C01519C60

Adjust the time by increasing or decreasingper hour or per minute.

Daylight Saving Time:GUID-7EAC2F96-C312-41CB-89E1-BA76FA3AD851

Turn this item to ON for daylight savingtime application.

Time Zone:GUID-A8F2E3FC-2ACC-494E-BF6A-AFA35D6BC232

Choose the time zone from the following

. Pacific

. Mountain

. Central

. Eastern

. Atlantic

. Newfoundland

. Hawaii

. Alaska


Condition:

(210,1)



JVH1189X

Others settings (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-D4DB2F44-35D0-4833-B384-106AB311A866

The Others settings display will appearwhen pushing the SETTING button andselecting the “Others” key.

The following items are available:

. Comfort

. Language & Units

. Voice Recognition

. Camera

. Image Viewer

SAA2488


Comfort settingsGUID-D2700228-D394-4197-AB85-F1FE23BD05F5

The display illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Others” key and then selecting the“Comfort” key. This key does not appearon the display until the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

JVH0292M

Models without navigation systemThe display illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selectingthe “Comfort” key. This key does notappear on the display until the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

Auto Interior Illumination:GUID-9BDAA968-B01D-4BF0-956D-83E392ED35D9

When this item is turned to ON, the interiorlights will illuminate if any door is un-locked.

Light Sensitivity:GUID-C348065C-03E7-4BC4-81AA-E35CF18E8D10

Adjust the sensitivity of the automaticheadlights higher (right) or lower (left).

Condition:

(211,1)


Lift Steering Wheel on Exit (if soequipped):

GUID-348126D7-4A52-4815-8380-246B2F6F6426

When this item is turned on, the steeringwheel moves upward for easy exit if theignition switch is in the LOCK position andthe driver’s door is opened. After gettinginto the vehicle and the ignition switch isplaced in the ACC position, the steeringwheel moves to the previous position.

Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit (if soequipped):

GUID-25AE1E80-2D9B-4495-9834-D81AF142F40D

When this item is turned on, the driver’sseat moves backward for easy exit if theignition switch is placed in the OFF positionand the driver’s door is opened. Aftergetting into the vehicle and the ignitionswitch is placed in the ACC position, thedriver’s seat moves to the previous posi-tion.

Light Off Delay:GUID-D6889DAB-188A-4D14-848E-79AC718FECF0

Choose the duration of the automaticheadlight off timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90,120, 150 and 180 second periods.

Speed Sensing Wiper Interval (if soequipped):

GUID-3DE00D79-2599-4776-92B5-103B3BD79BD9

When this item is turned to ON, the wiperinterval is adjusted automatically accord-ing to the vehicle speed.

Selective Door Unlock:GUID-3916303E-92EB-4B2B-8112-C0D30E657E91

When this item is turned to ON, only thedriver’s door is unlocked first after the doorunlock operation. When the door handlerequest switch on the driver’s or frontpassenger’s side door is pushed to beunlocked, only the corresponding door isunlocked first. All the doors can beunlocked if the door unlock operation isperformed again within 60 seconds.

When this item is turned to OFF, all thedoors will be unlocked after the doorunlock operation is performed once.

Intelligent Key Lock/Unlock:GUID-5F2DC7B7-6A76-41C2-A582-C972C7EA2D0A

When this item is turned to ON, door lock/unlock function by pushing the doorhandle request switch will be activated.

Return All Settings to Default:GUID-79010A1C-1B93-4709-A2DD-1905A3BBEE9E

Select this item and then select “YES” toreturn all settings to the default.

SAA3007


Language & Units settingsGUID-72A33638-C3FE-42FB-83C6-AAE5EE439273

The display illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Others” key and then selecting the“Language & Units” key.


Condition:

(212,1)



JVH0252X

Models without navigation systemThe display illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selectingthe “Language & Units” key.

Select Language:GUID-5AD23F98-9621-44A4-B46B-3A7BE98BF6A7

Select the “Select Language” key. Choose“English”, “Français” or “Español” for yourfavorite display appearance.

If you select the “Français” key, the Frenchlanguage will be displayed, so please usethe French Owner’s Manual. To obtain aFrench Owner’s Manual, see “Owner’sManual/Service Manual order information”(P.10-32).

Select Units:GUID-F5FFA3AE-7BAA-4D60-A050-F2567157BBB9

Select the “Select Units” key. Choose “US”(Mile, 8F, MPG) or “Metric” (km, 8C, L/100km) for your favorite display appearance.

Select Units (Tire Pressure):GUID-BCA0F082-1A19-4137-BA09-D791302B910F

Choose the “Select Units (Tire Pressure)”key and push the ENTER button. From thefollowing display, select “kPa” or “psi”.

*When the ignition switch is in the ACCposition, the “Select Units (Tire Pressure)”key is not displayed.

Voice Recognition settings (modelswith navigation system)

GUID-759F7EB4-863D-45A8-B7F3-632BEF377F91

For details about the “Voice Recognition”settings, see “INFINITI Voice RecognitionSystem (models with navigation system)”(P.4-121).

CAMERA settings (models with na-vigation system)

GUID-E79F7D8A-2FFB-4DF9-BBF5-004141CD602D

The “Camera” screen will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Others” key and then selecting the“Camera” key with the INFINITI controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

For the details about the camera systemoperation, see “Around View® Monitor

(AVM) (models with navigation system)”(P.4-31).

CAMERA settings (models withoutnavigation system)

GUID-4BD07799-D30F-411E-908D-D2323C55971B

The “Camera” screen will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Camera” key with the INFINITI controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

For the details about the camera systemoperation, see “RearView Monitor (modelswithout navigation system)” (P.4-24).

Condition:

(213,1)


SAA2491

Image Viewer (models with naviga-tion system)

GUID-EC8932CE-2028-4612-B088-4A0A44A6F499

The image files in the USB memory will bedisplayed. To display the Image Viewer,push the SETTING button, select the“Others” key and then select the “ImageViewer” key. The image of the selected fileis displayed on the right side of the screen.

When a number of folders are included inthe USB memory, select a folder from thelist to display the file list.

Images will not be shown on the displaywhile the vehicle is in any drive position toreduce driver distraction. To view images,

stop the vehicle in a safe location andapply the parking brake.

SAA2492

Full Screen Display:GUID-1C2B5B68-1D44-49F4-9EBD-F8D7F76BFA49

The full screen display will appear whenselecting the “Full Screen Display” key.

To operate the Image Viewer or to changethe settings, select the desired key usingthe INFINITI controller.

. (Start)Select the “ ” key to start playingthe slideshow.

. (Stop)Select the “ ” key to stop theslideshow.

. (Next)Select the “ ” key to display the next


Condition:

(214,1)



file.. (Previous)

Select the “ ” key to display theprevious file.

Setting the Image Viewer:GUID-B9D3E1BF-EA32-4044-955A-6F97C63C45A1

The Image Viewer setting display willappear when selecting the “Settings” keyon the full screen display. The followingsettings are available for the full screendisplay.

. Slideshow SpeedSelect the “Slideshow Speed” key.From the following display, select thechanging time from 5, 10, 30, 60seconds or “No Auto Change”.

. Slideshow OrderSelect the “Slideshow Order” key. Fromthe following display, select “Random”or “Order List”. For “Order List”, theimage order is the order of the files asstored on the USB memory.

Operating tips:GUID-FB310D6D-F95F-4E21-ACA6-191925196F46

. Only files that meet the followingconditions will be displayed.— Image type: JPEG— File Extensions: *.jpg, *jpeg

— Maximum Resolution: 2048 6 1536pixels

— Maximum Size: 2-MB— Colors: 32768 (15-bit)— Maximum File Name lengths: 253-

Bytes— Maximum Folders: 500— Maximum Images per Folder: 1024

. If an electronic device (such as a digitalcamera) is directly connected to thevehicle using a USB cable, no imagewill be displayed on the screen.

. If the file name is too long, some filenames may not be entirely displayed.

. When the total number of characters inthe file name exceeds 100 or if 1 filename in a directory exceeds 100characters, all files will show a shor-tened 8-character version. The imagewill still be displayed when selected.

GUID-DE353CB5-DE54-4EC4-8FC7-9C5E78A69C7D

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the RearView Monitorsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The RearView Monitor is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for properbacking. Always turn and look out thewindows, and check mirrors to be surethat it is safe to move before operatingthe vehicle. Always back up slowly.

. The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in showing large stationary ob-jects directly behind the vehicle, to helpavoid damaging the vehicle.

. The distance guide line and the vehiclewidth line should be used as a referenceonly when the vehicle is on a level pavedsurface. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only and maybe different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayed ob-jects.

REARVIEW MONITOR (models withoutnavigation system)

Condition:

(215,1)


CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehicle whenthe shift lever is placed in the “R” (Reverse)position.

The radio can still be heard while theRearView Monitor is active. JVH1158X

To display the rear view, the RearViewMonitor system uses a camera located justabove the vehicle’s license plate *1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP-ERATION

GUID-BCFE75B5-C5A1-4F87-B804-CFCA48BAE298

With the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse)position to operate the RearView Monitor.

SAA1896

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

GUID-336A791A-EB22-4409-BEFA-F0A30D88B799

Guiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the bumper line *A are displayedon the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the bumper.

. Red line *1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line *2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line *3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)



Condition:

(216,1)



Vehicle width guide lines *5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backingup.

Predictive course lines *6 :

Indicate the predictive course when back-ing up. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the “R” (Reverse) position andthe steering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheelis in the neutral position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the widthof the predictive course lines are widerthan the actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVEAND ACTUAL DISTANCES

GUID-76D1C419-96D2-4FDD-950C-0DAC9B41F4D1

The displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or down-hill surfaces or projecting objects will beactually located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objects

behind the vehicle.

JVH1159X

Backing up on a steep uphillGUID-DF719E42-F82A-46B6-B09E-44BB2F653303

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than theactual distance. Note that any object on thehill is further than it appears on themonitor.

Condition:

(217,1)


JVH1160X

Backing up on a steep downhillGUID-6EC1EC16-2DE3-4255-93FA-E6D7F8BB8FEC

When backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown further thanthe actual distance. Note that any object onthe hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting objectGUID-65297674-A264-4F7E-930A-0F9075E09C25

The predictive course lines *A do not touchthe object in the display. However, thevehicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

SAA1980

Backing up behind a projectingobject

GUID-13DF1B04-5FC4-4600-B9EF-9EC63094CA1C

The position *C is shown further than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the samedistance as the position *A . The vehiclemay hit the object when backing up to the


Condition:

(218,1)



position *A if the object projects over theactual backing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVECOURSE LINES

GUID-59AAF71A-D98A-484D-9CC4-31B90C68404B

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linemay not be displayed correctly.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredictive course line and the actualcourse line.

. The displayed lines will appear slightlyoff to the right because the rearviewcamera is not installed in the rear centerof the vehicle.

The vehicle width and predictive courselines are wider than the actual width andcourse.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rearview of the vehicle is displayedon the screen *A when the shift lever ismoved to the “R” (Reverse) position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the predic-tive course lines *B enter the parkingspace *C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines *Dparallel to the parking space *C while

Condition:

(219,1)


referring to the predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the“P” (Park) position and apply theparking brake.

ADJUSTING THE SCREENGUID-FEF721F4-FD6F-4B52-A3A2-CB66E29E880C

1. Push the SETTING button while theRearView Monitor screen is displayed.

2. Select the “Display” key.

3. Select a preferred item. Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint, Color, Contrastand Black Level of the RearView Moni-tor can be adjusted.

4. Adjust the selected item using theINFINITI controller.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings ofthe RearView Monitor while the vehicle ismoving. Make sure the parking brake isfirmly applied.

SAA2606

PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SETTINGSGUID-A1B564F1-24FA-4947-A33F-A367488D81D9

To toggle on and off the predictive courselines:

1. Push the SETTING button.

2. Select “Camera” key and push theENTER button.

Predictive Course Lines:

When this item is turned on, the predictivecourse lines will be displayed on themonitor when the shift lever is in the “R”(Reverse) position.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM-ITATIONS

GUID-0A4982CA-21D3-4809-B60E-50E2D6524CB7

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forRearView Monitor. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The system cannot completely eliminateblind spots and may not show everyobject.

. Underneath the bumper and the cornerareas of the bumper cannot be viewed onthe RearView Monitor because of itsmonitoring range limitation. The systemwill not show small objects below thebumper, and may not show objects closeto the bumper or on the ground.

. Objects viewed in the RearView Monitordiffer from actual distance because awide-angle lens is used.

. Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite compared towhen viewed in the rear view and outsidemirrors.


Condition:

(220,1)



. Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by thenumber of occupants, fuel level, vehicleposition, road conditions and roadgrade.

. Make sure that the lift gate is securelyclosed when backing up.

. Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is installedabove the license plate.

. When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is a precisioninstrument. Otherwise, it may malfunc-tion or cause damage resulting in a fireor an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects.

. When strong light is directly coming onthe camera, objects may not be dis-

played clearly.. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on

the screen. This is due to strongreflected light from the bumper.

. The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clearin a dark environment.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay object clearly. Clean the cam-era.

. Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with mild detergent dilutedwith water.

JVH1158X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-DB7B121C-1ED1-48ED-954B-A2FFB57C45D1

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause dis-coloration. To clean the camera, wipewith a cloth dampened with diluted mildcleaning agent and then wipe with a drycloth.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adversely af-fected.

Condition:

(221,1)


If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera *1 , RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping it with a dry cloth.

GUID-05E2B2B5-1666-4699-B3B7-65B8ADD67480

JVH1382X

1. CAMERA button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for the proper use of the Around View®

Monitor system could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The Around View® Monitor is a conve-nient feature but it is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation because it hasareas where objects cannot be viewed.


AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (AVM) (modelswith navigation system)

Condition:

(222,1)



The four corners of the vehicle inparticular, are areas where objects donot always appear in the bird’s-eye,front, or rear views. Always check yoursurroundings to be sure that it is safe tomove before operating the vehicle. Al-ways operate the vehicle slowly. Alwayslook out the windows and check mirrorsto be sure that it is safe to move.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other maneu-vers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt orsnow from the front of the camera.

The Around View® Monitor system isdesigned as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallelparking.

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screenformat. All views are not available at alltimes.

Available views:

. Front viewAn approximately 150-degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

. Rear viewAn approximately 150-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

. Bird’s-eye viewThe surrounding view of the vehiclefrom above.

. Front-side viewThe view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

. Front-wide viewAn approximately 180-degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

. Rear-wide viewAn approximately 180-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

JVH1138X

To display the multiple views, the AroundView® Monitor system uses cameras *1located in the front grill, on the vehicle’soutside mirrors and one just above thevehicle’s license plate.

Condition:

(223,1)


JVH1139X

Guiding lines that indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the vehicle body lines *A aredisplayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.





AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATION

GUID-DB79CC3A-C0DE-4339-8482-33F325FC2AA7

With the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse)position or press the CAMERA button tooperate the Around View® Monitor.

Available viewsGUID-E722218F-67A4-40C5-9ECE-B58BE6A4E8ED

WARNING

. The distance guide line and the vehiclewidth line should be used as a referenceonly when the vehicle is on a paved,level surface. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only and may bedifferent than the actual distance be-tween the vehicle and displayed objects.

. Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference.The lines and thebird’s-eye view are greatly affected bythe number of occupants, fuel level,vehicle position, road condition and roadgrade.

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course line andthe bird’s-eye view may be displayedincorrectly.

. When driving the vehicle up a hill,objects viewed in the monitor are furtherthan they appear. When driving thevehicle down a hill, objects viewed inthe monitor are closer than they appear.

. Objects in the monitor will appearvisually opposite compared to whenviewed in the rear view and outsidemirrors.

. Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to other ob-jects.

. The distance between objects viewed inthe rear view differs from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredictive course line and the actualcourse line.

. The vehicle width and predictive courselines are wider than the actual width andcourse.

. The displayed lines on the rear view willappear slightly off to the right becausethe rear view camera is not installed inthe rear center of the vehicle.


Condition:

(224,1)



SAA1840

Front view

SAA1896

Rear view

Front and rear view:GUID-20B34A8E-4C14-45DF-8310-19BFA65D1BD0

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distances to objects withreference to the vehicle body line *A , aredisplayed on the monitor.


Indicate distances from the vehicle body.




. Green line *4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide lines *5Indicate the vehicle width when backingup.

Predictive course lines *6Indicate the predictive course when oper-ating the vehicle. The predictive courselines will be displayed on the monitor whenthe steering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheelis in the straight ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the straight aheadposition, both the right and left predictivecourse lines *6 are displayed. When thesteering wheel turns about 90 degrees ormore, a line is displayed only on theopposite side of the turn.

Condition:

(225,1)


JVH1140X

Bird’s-eye view:GUID-F129373E-4EB6-4A6F-B304-3C2925F39FA1

The bird’s-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle, which helps confirmthe vehicle position and the predictivecourse to a parking space.

The vehicle icon *1 shows the position ofthe vehicle. Note that the size of thevehicle icon on the bird’s-eye view maydiffer somewhat from the actual distanceto the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover *2are indicated in black.

The non-viewable area *2 is highlighted inyellow for several seconds after the bird’s-

eye view is displayed. It will be shown onlythe first time after the ignition switch isplaced in the “ON” position.

The driver can check the approximatedirection and angle of the tire on thedisplay by tire icon *3 when driving thevehicle forward or backward.

Predictive course lines ( *4 and *5 )indicate the predictive course when oper-ating the vehicle. The predictive courselines will be displayed on the monitor whenthe steering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheelis in the neutral position.

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the neutral position,the two green predictive course lines *4are shown in front of the vehicle.

When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, one green predictivecourse line *5 is shown in front of thevehicle and the other green predictivecourse line *5 is shown at side of thevehicle.

When the monitor displays the rear view,

the predictive course lines are shown atback of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Objects in the bird’s-eye view willappear further than the actual distance.

. Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

. Objects that are above the cameracannot be displayed.

. The view for the bird’s-eye view may bemisaligned when the camera positionalters.

. A line on the ground may be misalignedand is not seen as being straight at theseam of the views. The misalignment willincrease as the line proceeds away fromthe vehicle.

. Tire angle display does not indicate theactual tire angle


Condition:

(226,1)



JVH1141X

Front-side view:GUID-EB430316-A736-42AD-80C6-B3237C3DB828

Guiding lines:

Guiding lines that indicate the width andthe front end of the vehicle are displayedon the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line *1 shows the frontpart of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line *2 shows thevehicle width including the outside mir-rors.

The extensions *3 of both the front *1 andside *2 lines are shown with a greendotted line.

JVH1142X

Front-wide view

JVH1143X

Rear-wide view

Front-wide/rear-wide view:GUID-BB237A46-BD0D-4C1C-A2D4-8F93E5DA8565

The front-wide/rear-wide view shows awider area on the entire screen and allowsthe checking of the blind corners on theright and left sides. The front-wide/rear-wide view displays an approximately 180-degree area while the front view and therear view display an approximately 150-degree area. The predictive course lines arenot displayed when using the front-wide/rear-wide view.


Indicates distances from the vehicle body.




. Green line *4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide lines *5Indicates the vehicle width when backingup.

Condition:

(227,1)


Difference between predicted andactual distances

GUID-2968799D-9BD1-4A9D-9B43-0A6B59B6CA5D

The displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or down-hill surfaces or projecting objects will beactually located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

JVH1159X

Backing up on a steep uphill:GUID-AA6C4555-D86D-4DE7-ACF8-5AE1E99358CB

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than theactual distance. Note that any object on thehill is further than it appears on themonitor.

JVH1160X

Backing up on a steep downhill:GUID-C44F2353-B941-4534-934F-E1CB689619CE

When backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown further thanthe actual distance. Note that any object onthe hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.


Condition:

(228,1)



SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting object:GUID-A6F489E5-DF07-4942-86D0-8C4DF6D1AAC8

The predictive course lines *A do not touchthe object in the display. However, thevehicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

SAA1980

Backing up behind a projecting object:GUID-58C6F17E-978E-430C-8750-ABFE2BFF0D1F

The position *C is shown further than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the samedistance as the position *A . The vehiclemay hit the object when backing up to theposition *A if the object projects over the

actual backing up course.

Condition:

(229,1)


JVH1144X

How to switch the displayGUID-28558D90-C3FA-4D1B-BDA1-C55D8F7FA5DD

The Around View® Monitor can display twosplit views as well as a single view of thefront-wide view or rear-wide view. Push theCAMERA button, change the shift leverposition, or select the “Change View” key*1 to switch between the available views.

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEWGUID-05F9D6C3-493E-46AD-A504-8E8BBEAF708B

The display settings such as Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint, Color, Contrast andBlack Level of the Around View® Monitorcan be adjusted.

1. Push the SETTING button with theAround View® Monitor turned on.

2. Select an item you wish to adjust.

3. Adjust the level of the setting itemusing the INFINITI controller.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings ofthe Around View® Monitor while thevehicle is moving. Make sure the parkingbrake is firmly applied.

JVH0323M

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SET-TINGS

GUID-E1824E11-A367-4A93-8F99-78890EC5D4D6

To set up the Around View® Monitor to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTINGbutton, select the “Others” key and thenselect the “Camera” key.


Predictive Course Lines:

When this item is turned to ON, thepredictive course line is displayed in thefront and the rearview and bird’s-eye view.


Condition:

(230,1)



Camera View Priority:

The view shown on the screen at thebeginning of Around View® Monitor opera-tion can be selected in order of priority.

Non-viewable Area Reminder:

With this item turned to ON, the non-viewable area is highlighted in yellow forseveral seconds after the bird’s-eye view isdisplayed. It will be shown only the firsttime after the ignition switch is placed inthe “ON” position.

Buzzer Volume:

Adjust the volume of the buzzer.

Corner Sonar Sensitivity:

See “Camera aiding corner sonar function(models with Around View® Monitor)” (P.4-43).

Moving Object Detection (MOD):

See “Moving Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-48).

Sonar:


Towing Mode:


Show Camera when Sonar Activate:

When this item is turned ON, the cameraview is automatically shown on the displayin the case that the distance to the objectsmeasured by the sonar is becoming short.

Sonar Sensitivity:


AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

GUID-F90FFDF7-7F67-4CB3-B113-C59A2B45C4DD

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forAround View® Monitor. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. Do not use the Around View® Monitorwith the outside mirrors in the storedposition, and make sure that the lift gateis securely closed when operating the

vehicle using the Around View® Monitor.

. The apparent distance between objectsviewed on the Around View® Monitordiffers from the actual distance.

. The cameras are installed on the frontgrille, the outside mirrors and above therear license plate. Do not put anythingon the vehicle that covers the cameras.

. When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the cameras. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

. Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing so couldcause a malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

. The screen displayed on the AroundView® Monitor will automatically returnto the previous screen 3 minutes afterthe CAMERA button has been pushedwhile the shift lever is in a positionother than the “R” (Reverse) position.

Condition:

(231,1)


. There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly.

. When strong light is directly shines onthe camera, objects may not be dis-played clearly.

. The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

. The colors of objects on the AroundView® Monitor may differ somewhatfrom the actual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clearand the color of the object may differ ina dark environment.

. There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of thebird’s-eye view.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the Around View® Monitor maynot display objects clearly. Clean thecamera.

. Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth thathas been dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent, then wipe with a drycloth.

JVH0791X

There are some areas where the systemwill not show objects and the system doesnot warn of moving objects. When in thefront or the rear view display, an objectbelow the bumper or on the ground maynot be viewed *1 . When in the bird’s-eyeview, a tall object near the seam *3 of the

camera viewing areas will not appear in themonitor *2 .


Condition:

(232,1)



JVH0270X

System temporarily unavailableGUID-E24EA7CE-1F71-4913-BA96-12807450C48C

When the “!” icon is displayed on thescreen, there will be abnormal conditionsin the Around View® Monitor. This will nothinder normal driving operation but thesystem should be inspected. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

JVH0271X

When the “[X]” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receivingtemporary electronic disturbances fromsurrounding devices. This will not hindernormal driving operation but the systemshould be inspected if it occurs frequently.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

JVH1138X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-13C0E5C2-C95D-4E54-8660-70C1ECA97F99

CAUTION



Condition:

(233,1)


If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras *1 , the Around View® Monitormay not display objects clearly. Clean thecamera by wiping with a cloth dampenedwith a diluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping with a dry cloth.

GUID-D90B754B-3DDE-47BC-8232-29D6EC7F4A58

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the corner sonarfunction as outlined in this section couldresult in serious injury or death.

. The sonar is a convenience feature. It isnot a substitute for proper parking.

. This function is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationaryobjects to help avoid damaging thevehicle.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other maneu-vers.

. Always look around and check that it issafe to move before parking.

. Read and understand the limitations ofthe sonar as contained in this section.

The corner sonar function helps to informthe driver of large stationary objectsaround the vehicle when parking by issu-ing an audible and visual alert.


CAMERA AIDING CORNER SONARFUNCTION (models with Around View®

Monitor)

Condition:

(234,1)



JVH1383X

1. Center display

2. Sonar indicator

3. CAMERA button

4. SETTING button

SONAR SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-529EFDD5-1FD7-41A2-BAD5-BF4512CA977A

The system gives the tone for front objectswhen the shift lever is in the “D” (Drive)position and both front and rear objectswhen the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse)position.

When the camera image is shown on thecenter display, the system shows the sonarindicator regardless of the shift leverposition.

The system is deactivated at speeds above6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The colors of the sonar indicators and thedistance guide lines in the front, front-wide, rear and rear-wide views indicatedifferent distances to the object.

When the objects are detected, the indi-cator (green) appears and blinks and thetone sounds intermittently. When thevehicle moves closer to the object, thecolor of the indicator turns yellow and therate of the blinking and the rate of the toneincrease. When the vehicle is very close tothe object, the indicator stops blinking andturns red, and the tone sounds continu-ously.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3

Condition:

(235,1)


seconds when an object is detected by onlythe corner sonar and the distance does notchange.

The tone will stop when the object is nolonger near the vehicle.

JVH1152X

TURNING ON AND OFF THE SONARFUNCTION

GUID-1E8EE851-58AF-4780-A49C-D830ACC6DD28

When the “ ” key *A is selected, theindicator *B will turn off and the sonar willbe turned off temporarily. The MovingObject Detection (MOD) system will alsobe turned off at the same time. (See“Moving Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-48).) When the key *A is selected again,the indicator will turn on and the sonar willturn back on.

In the below cases, the sonar will be turnedback on automatically:

. When the shift lever is placed in the “R”(Reverse) position.

. When the CAMERA button is pressedand a screen other than the cameraview is shown on the display.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 6 MPH (10 km/h).

. When the ignition switch is placed inthe “OFF” position and turned back tothe “ON” position again.

To prevent the sonar system from activat-ing altogether, use the “Camera” menu.See “Sonar function settings” (P.4-46).


Condition:

(236,1)



JVH1385X

Sonar function settingsGUID-55F86002-B120-4742-8FB0-90F1073163DE

1. Center display

2. CAMERA button

3. SETTING button

JVH0998X

To set up the sonar function to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTINGbutton, select the “Others” key and thenselect the “Camera” key on the centerdisplay.


Corner Sonar Sensitivity:

Adjust the sensitivity level of the cornersonar higher (right) or lower (left).

Sonar:

When this item is turned ON, the front andrear sonar is activated. When this item isturned to OFF (indicator turns off), the front

Condition:

(237,1)


and rear sonar is deactivated. The ambermarkers are displayed at the corners of thevehicle icon and the sonar icon willdisappear from the . The next time theignition switch is placed in the “ON”position, “Sonar is OFF” is displayedbriefly.

Towing Mode:

When this item is turned ON, only the rearsonar is OFF. The amber markers aredisplayed at the rear corners of the vehicleicon.

Show Camera when Sonar Activate:

When this item is turned ON, the cameraview is automatically shown on the displayin the case that the distance to the objectsmeasured by the sonar is becoming short.

Sensor Sensitivity:

Adjust the sensitivity level of the sensorhigher (right) or lower (left).

SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-7EB67292-DD9E-4D9F-92F2-951DB2DA3B88

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe corner sonar function. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. Inclement weather or ultrasonic sourcessuch as an automatic car wash, a truck’scompressed-air brakes or a pneumaticdrill may affect the function of thesystem, including reduced performanceor a false activation.

. The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.

. The system will not detect small objectsbelow the bumper, and may not detectobjects close to the bumper or on theground.

. The system may not detect the followingobjects:

— Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth,cotton, grass or wool.

— Thin objects such as rope, wire orchain.

— Wedge-shaped objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may be alteredcausing inaccurate measurement of ob-jects or false alarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise (such as audio systemvolume or an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the tone and it may not beheard.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-0770C2CD-9215-477A-96E1-3F7BDF58E32B

CAUTION

Keep the surface of the sonar sensors(located on the front and rear bumper fascia)free from accumulations of snow, ice anddirt. Do not scratch the surface of the sonarsensors when cleaning. If the sensors arecovered, the accuracy of the sonar functionwill be diminished.


Condition:

(238,1)



SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLE

GUID-2757300D-58AE-4623-AFB4-A071FFCF9363

When the amber markers are displayed atthe corners of the vehicle icon and thefunction cannot be activated from theCamera setting menu (the setting itemsare grayed out), the sonar system may bemalfunctioning.

GUID-B70B622B-445F-4D37-8097-66DF258B4A18

JVH1382X

1. CAMERA button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the Moving Object

Detection system could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The MOD system is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation and is notdesigned to prevent contact with the

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) (if soequipped)

Condition:

(239,1)


objects surrounding the vehicle. Whenmaneuvering, always use the outsidemirror and rearview mirror and turn andcheck the surrounding to ensure it issafe to maneuver.

. The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.

. The MOD system is not designed todetect the surrounding stationary ob-jects.

The Moving Object Detection (MOD) systemcan inform the driver of the moving objectssurrounding the vehicle when driving outof garages, maneuvering into parking lotsand in other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects byusing image processing technology on theimage shown on the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-C89A22CC-C7A7-4648-84D0-36B9A0EBC16F

The MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:

. When the shift lever is in the “R”(Reverse) position.

. When the CAMERA button is pushed toactivate the camera view on the dis-play.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) and thecamera screen is displayed.

. When the ignition switch is placed inthe “OFF” position and then back to the“ON” position.

JVH1146X

Bird’s-eye view

JVH1147X

Front view / rear view


Condition:

(240,1)



JVH1148X

Front-wide view / rear-wide viewThe MOD system operates in the followingconditions when the camera view is dis-played:

. When the shift lever is in the “P” (Park)or “N” (Neutral) position and thevehicle is stopped, the MOD systemdetects the moving objects in thebird’s-eye view. The MOD system willnot operate if the outside mirror ismoving in or out or if either door isopened.

. When the shift lever is in the “D” (Drive)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects in

the front view or front-wide view.. When the shift lever is in the “R”

(Reverse) position and the vehiclespeed is below approximately 5 MPH(8 km/h), the MOD system detectsmoving objects in the rear view orrear-wide view. The MOD system willnot operate if the lift gate is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. The MODicon is not displayed on the screen when inthis view.

When the MOD system detects movingobjects near the vehicle, the yellow framewill be displayed on the view where theobjects are detected and a chime willsound once. While the MOD system con-tinues to detect moving objects, the yellowframe continues to be displayed.

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame *1is displayed on each camera image (front,rear, right, left) depending on wheremoving objects are detected.

The yellow frame *2 is displayed on eachview in the front view, front-wide view, rearview and rear-wide view modes.

While the sonar is beeping, the MODsystem does not chime.

A blue MOD icon *3 is displayed in theview where the MOD system is operative. Agray MOD icon *3 is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon *3 is not displayed.

Condition:

(241,1)


JVH1149X

TURNING ON AND OFF THE MODSYSTEM

GUID-6DC6AE4C-A37A-408D-B474-5FE887EBB16A

When the MOD is active and the “ ” *1is selected, the MOD system will turn offtemporarily and the indicator *2 will turnoff. (A camera-aiding sonar will turn off atthe same time.) When the “ ” *1 isselected again, the indicator will turn onand the MOD system will turn back on.

To enable or disable the MOD, use the“Camera” menu. See “MOD functionsetting” (P.4-51).

MOD function settingGUID-CB79FE25-7F8A-4702-A505-9EF197820D12

To activate or deactivate the MOD function,push the SETTING button, select “Others”key, select the “Camera” key on the centerdisplay, and then select the “MovingObject Detection (MOD)” key.

JVH0269X

When this item is turned on, the MOD isactivated. When this item is turned off(indicator turns off), the MOD system isdeactivated. When the MOD system isdeactivated, “MOD” *2 will disappear onthe *3 and the MOD icon *1 willdisappear as well. When the sonar isturned off on the setting menu as well,the *3 will disappear.


Condition:

(242,1)



MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-AA78285B-CD12-4F2B-8C42-22BF95A29147

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forMOD. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limitationscould result in serious injury or death.

. Do not use the MOD system when towinga trailer. The system may not functionproperly.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound, andit may not be heard.

. The MOD system performance will belimited according to environmental con-ditions and surrounding objects such as:

— When there is low contrast betweenbackground and the moving objects.

— When there is blinking source oflight.

— When strong light such as anothervehicle’s headlight or sunlight ispresent.

— When camera orientation is not inits usual position, such as when

mirror is folded.

— When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

— When the position of the movingobjects in the display is not changed.

. The MOD system might detect flowingwater droplets on the camera lens, whitesmoke from the muffler, moving sha-dows, etc.

. The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed, direc-tion, distance or shape of the movingobjects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed,leaving it misaligned or bent, the sen-sing zone may be altered and the MODsystem may not detect objects properly.

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly. This is not a malfunction.

JVH1138X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-25C99AED-7CC8-4F79-AD9A-57D54F495F9A

CAUTION



Condition:

(243,1)


If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras *1 , the MOD system may notoperate properly. Clean the camera bywiping with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping with a dry cloth.

GUID-3937E88E-58B2-4D4C-A81D-034656C15E84

SAA2149

Center ventilators

SAA2150

Side ventilators

SAA2151

Rear ventilatorsOpen or close, and adjust the air flowdirection of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators areclosed.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators areopen.


VENTILATORS

Condition:

(244,1)



GUID-83C5DBDC-2EF4-436C-B8F0-F68300F11357

WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine is run-ning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldnot be left alone either. On hot, sunnydays, temperatures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become high enough tocause severe or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

. Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

Start the engine and operate the automaticclimate control system.

When the “STATUS” button is pushed, theautomatic climate control status screenwill appear. (See “How to use STATUSbutton” (P.4-9).)

NOTE:. Odors from inside and outside the

vehicle can build up in the air condi-tioner unit. Odor can enter the passen-ger compartment through the vents.

. When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off airrecirculation to allow fresh air intothe passenger compartment. Thisshould help reduce odors inside thevehicle.

SAA2723


SAA1520


HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

Condition:

(245,1)


You can individually set the driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control button.

SAA1527

1. “AUTO” automatic climate control ONbutton/Temperature control dial (dri-ver side)

2. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button3. “ ” fan speed increase button4. “ ” front defroster button5. “MODE” manual air flow control but-

ton6. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button/

Temperature control dial (passengerside)

7. “OFF” button for climate control sys-tem

8. “ ” fan speed decrease button

9. “ ” rear window defroster button(See “Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch” (P.2-38).)

10. “ ” intake air control button

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONERGUID-0BE1694A-DD97-4BA4-BF44-857EEABBA6F7

Automatic operationGUID-EEBF6925-BD00-4785-857D-0DF075978760

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO):

GUID-3275252D-C6D2-4A48-8B9E-3BA256C578F1

This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to control theinside temperature, air flow distributionand fan speed after the preferred tempera-ture is set manually.


Condition:

(246,1)



1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (Theindicator on the button will illuminateand AUTO will be displayed.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial (dri-ver side) to set the desired tempera-ture.. The temperature of the passenger

compartment will be maintainedautomatically. Air flow distributionand fan speed will also be controlledautomatically.

3. You can individually set driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control button. When the“DUAL” button is pushed or the pas-senger side temperature control buttonis turned, the DUAL indicator will comeon. To turn off the passenger sidetemperature control, push the “DUAL”button.

4. To turn off the climate control system,push the “OFF” button.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as theair is cooled rapidly. This does not indicatea malfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:GUID-8DF5EBD0-90E6-4ACC-B9C5-D96DC8C12C49

1. Push the “ ” front defroster button.(The indicator light on the button willilluminate.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.

. To quickly remove ice from the outsideof the windows, push the fan speedincrease button “ ” and set it to themaximum position.

. As soon as possible after the wind-shield is clean, push the “AUTO” buttonto return to the auto mode.

. When the “ ” front defroster buttonis pushed, the air conditioner willautomatically be turned on at outsidetemperatures above 238F (−58C) todefog the windshield, and the airrecirculate mode will automatically beturned off.Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

Manual operationGUID-98E726A1-B84E-4603-A00E-6B4E72820C32

Fan speed control:GUID-AA95FFA5-5690-4AA3-B2D3-E3A477C59E18

Push the fan speed increase “ ” ordecrease “ ” buttons to manually con-

trol the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return toautomatic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control:GUID-33AC283D-3F8C-4D1F-8B2B-70F4A3B4D8B1

Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

Air intake control:GUID-FC92A298-A16D-4FFC-8EB6-BEE8F59FB324

. Push the intake air control button torecirculate interior air inside the vehi-cle. The indicator light on the “ ”side will illuminate.The air recirculation mode cannot beactivated when the air conditioner is inthe front defrosting mode “ ”.

. Push the intake air control button todraw outside air into the passengercompartment. The indicator light on the“ ” side will turn off and “ ” willilluminate.

. To change to the automatic controlmode, push and hold the intake aircontrol button. The indicator lights(both air recirculation “ ” and out-side air circulation “ ” sides) willflash twice, and then the intake air willbe controlled automatically.

Condition:

(247,1)


Air flow control:GUID-E0D25923-109A-40E0-B24E-84CA44003240

Pushing the “MODE” manual air flowcontrol button selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventilators.: Air flows from center and side ventilators and

foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.: Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.

To turn the system offGUID-4E10A5E2-07E8-47C9-9D90-88AB79C187D2

Push the “OFF” button.

OPERATING TIPSGUID-41CFEB72-C115-4AD7-8DDA-791C7D439B5C

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the airflow from the foot outlets may not operate.This is not a malfunction. After the coolanttemperature warms up, air will flow nor-mally from the foot outlets.

SAA1983

The sunload sensor *A on the instrumentpanel helps maintain a constant tempera-ture. Do not put anything on or around thissensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERGUID-B5FB0932-D5C6-4573-A11E-E201E99F47D1

To make sure that the air conditioner heats,defogs and ventilates efficiently, replacethe filter according the specified mainte-nance intervals listed in the “9. Mainte-nance and schedules” section. It isrecommended to visit an INFINITI retailerto replace the filter.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fog

up easily when operating the heater or airconditioner.

SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROLGUID-4680F4D5-ED1E-4FD6-B53D-FF44D06B7FCC

The climate control system in your INFINITIis charged with a refrigerant designed withthe environment in mind. This refrigerantwill not harm the earth’s ozone layer.However, special charging equipment andlubricant are required when servicing yourINFINITI air conditioner. Using improperrefrigerants or lubricants will cause severedamage to your climate control system.(See “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for climate controlsystem refrigerant and lubricant recom-mendations.)

Your INFINITI retailer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly climate con-trol system.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant under highpressure. To avoid personal injury, any airconditioner service should be done only byan experienced technician with the properequipment.


Condition:

(248,1)



GUID-3EAB71B4-A10F-4A54-9F10-43B665795E96

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSGUID-6B5A852A-B125-4530-9F07-83997BE92B3E

RadioGUID-A2B27023-DFE4-4F97-8AB5-E15AA76605CC

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and push the radio band selectbutton to turn on the radio. If you listen tothe radio with the engine not running, theignition switch should be pushed to theACC position.

Radio reception is affected by stationsignal strength, distance from radio trans-mitter, buildings, bridges, mountains andother external influences. Intermittentchanges in reception quality normally arecaused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception:GUID-8E64FADB-8F07-4299-B6E2-9650E8B5428D

Your INFINITI radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to en-hance radio reception. These circuits aredesigned to extend reception range, and toenhance the quality of that reception.

However there are some general character-istics of both FM and AM radio signals thatcan affect radio reception quality in amoving vehicle, even when the finest

equipment is used. These characteristicsare completely normal in a given receptionarea, and do not indicate any malfunctionin your INFINITI radio system.

Reception conditions will constantlychange because of vehicle movement.Buildings, terrain, signal distance andinterference from other vehicles can workagainst ideal reception. Described beloware some of the factors that can affect yourradio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

SAA0306

FM radio reception:GUID-03B5BC0C-6EBA-4CE9-9B9D-7327A03F0F6F

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25to 30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural(single channel) FM having slightly morerange than stereo FM. External influencesmay sometimes interfere with FM stationreception even if the FM station is within25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FMsignal is directly related to the distancebetween the transmitter and receiver. FMsignals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibit-ing many of the same characteristics aslight. For example they will reflect offobjects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away

AUDIO SYSTEM

Condition:

(249,1)


from a station transmitter, the signals willtend to fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interfer-ence from buildings, large hills or due toantenna position, usually in conjunctionwith increased distance from the stationtransmitter, static or flutter can be heard.This can be reduced by lowering the treblesetting to reduce the treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflec-tive characteristics of FM signals, directand reflected signals reach the receiver atthe same time. The signals may canceleach other, resulting in momentary flutteror loss of sound.

AM radio reception:GUID-7E0832EE-8CE2-4EE8-87E4-ABB9A2313CBF

AM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip alongthe ground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent backto earth. Because of these characteristics.AM signals are also subject to interferenceas they travel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areaswith many tall buildings. It can also occurfor several seconds during ionosphericturbulence even in areas where no obsta-

cles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

Satellite radio reception:GUID-4963BEF3-D043-4E5A-99F4-5B1A23F2115D

When the satellite radio is used for the firsttime or the battery has been replaced, thesatellite radio may not work properly. Thisis not a malfunction. Wait more than 10minutes with the satellite radio ON and thevehicle outside of any metal or largebuilding for the satellite radio to receiveall of the necessary data.

The satellite radio mode requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. Thesatellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

The satellite radio performance may beaffected if cargo carried on the roof blocksthe satellite radio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo near thesatellite antenna.

A build up of ice on the satellite radioantenna can affect satellite radio perfor-mance. Remove the ice to restore satelliteradio reception.

SAA0480

Compact Disc (CD) playerGUID-6AF0CEF7-0537-49F1-93DC-31D7E9697380

. Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD changer/player.

. Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/or CDchanger.


Condition:

(250,1)



. During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to thehumidity. If this occurs, remove theCD and dehumidify or ventilate theplayer completely.

. The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

. The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the passenger compartmenttemperature is extremely high. De-crease the temperature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc orpackaging.

. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints,or that have pin holes may not workproperly.

. The following CDs may not work prop-erly:— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

. Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs— CDs that are not round— CDs with a paper label— CDs that are warped, scratched, or

have abnormal edges. This audio system can only play pre-

recorded CDs. It has no capabilities torecord or burn CDs.

. If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

CHECK DISC:

. Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly(the label side is facing up, etc.).

. Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:

This is an error due to the temperatureinside the player is too high. Remove theCD by pushing the EJECT button, and after ashort time reinsert the CD. The CD can beplayed when the temperature of the playerreturns to normal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audio system(only MP3, WMA or AAC CD).

LHA0484

DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player(models with navigation system)

GUID-2917B6C0-CBFF-450D-9DAB-241FE2148356

. Do not force a compact disc into the CD/DVD insert slot. This could damage theCD/DVD player.

. During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to humid-

Condition:

(251,1)


ity. If this occurs, remove the CD/DVDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

. The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

. The CD/DVD player sometimes cannotfunction when the passenger compart-ment temperature is extremely high.Decrease the temperature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” or “DVD Video”logo on the disc or packaging.

. Do not expose the CD/DVD to directsunlight.

. CD/DVDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints, orthat have pinholes may not workproperly.

. The following CD/DVDs are not guaran-teed to play:— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)— Recordable DVDs (DVD±R, DVD±R

DL)— Rewritable DVDs (DVD±RW, DVD±RW

DL)

. Do not use the following CD/DVDs asthey may cause the CD/DVD player tomalfunction.— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs— CD/DVDs that are not round— CD/DVDs with a paper label— CD/DVDs that are warped, scratched

or have abnormal edges— This audio system can only play

prerecorded CD/DVDs. It has nocapabilities to record or burn CD/DVDs.

. If the CD/DVD cannot be played, one ofthe following messages will be dis-played.

Disc Read Error:

. Confirm that the CD/DVD is insertedcorrectly (the label side is facing up,etc.).

. Confirm that the CD/DVD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

Please Eject Disc:

. This may be an error due to thetemperature inside the player beingtoo high. Remove the CD/DVD bypushing the EJECT button, and after ashort time reinsert the CD/DVD. TheCD/DVD can be played when the

temperature of the player returns tonormal. If the error persists, consultyour local retailer.

Unplayable File:

. The file may be copy protected.

. The file is not MP3, WMA, AAC, M4A orDivX® type.

Region Invalid:

. The DVD is not for region 1 or allregions. Use DVDs with a region code“1”, “ALL” or “1 included” for your DVDentertainment system. (The region code*A is displayed as a small symbolprinted on the top of the DVD *B .) Thisvehicle-installed DVD player cannotplay DVDs with a region code otherthan “1” or “ALL”.

Copyright and trademark:GUID-624549EC-BE3F-4DC6-A445-1FB1FB331538

. The technology protected by the U.S.patent and other intellectual propertyrights owned by Macrovision Corpora-tion and other right holders is adoptedfor this system.

. This copyright protected technologycannot be used without a permit fromMacrovision Corporation. It is limited tobe personal use, etc., as long as thepermit from Macrovision Corporation is


Condition:

(252,1)



not issued.. Modifying or disassembling is prohib-

ited.. Dolby digital is manufactured under

license from Dolby Laboratories, Inc.. Dolby and the double D mark “ ” are

trademarks of Dolby Laboratories, Inc.. DTS and DTS Digital Surround “ ” are

registered trademarks of Digital Thea-ter Systems, Inc.

Parental level (parental control):GUID-FFEF3B19-1570-49BC-A88E-33B289B14AD5

DVDs with the parental control setting canbe played with this system. Please useyour own judgement to set the parentalcontrol with the system.

Disc selection:GUID-9ECC7C92-72CE-4699-B325-3085C43C9519

The following disc formats can be playedwith the DVD drive.

. DVD-VIDEO

. VIDEO-CD

. CD-DA (Conventional Compact Disc)

. DTS-CD

USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connec-tion Port

GUID-99EEF627-331E-4590-B999-BE148613B262

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect or operate theUSB device while driving. Doing so can be adistraction. If distracted you could losecontrol of your vehicle and cause anaccident or serious injury.

CAUTION

. Do not force the USB device into the USBport. Inserting the USB device tilted orup-side-down into the port may damagethe port. Make sure that the USB deviceis connected correctly into the USB port.

. Do not grab the USB port cover (if soequipped) when pulling the USB deviceout of the port. This could damage theport and the cover.

. Do not leave the USB cable in a placewhere it can be pulled unintentionally.Pulling the cable may damage the port.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USBdevice. USB devices should be purchasedseparately as necessary.

This system cannot be used to format USBdevices. To format a USB device, use apersonal computer.

In some states/area, the USB device for thefront seats plays only sound withoutimages for regulatory reasons, even whenthe vehicle is parked.

This system supports various USB memorydevices, USB hard drives and iPod®

players. Some USB devices may not besupported by this system.

. Partitioned USB devices may not playcorrectly.

. Some characters used in other lan-guages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) maynot appear properly in the display.Using English language characters witha USB device is recommended.

General notes for USB use:

Refer to your device manufacturer’s ownerinformation regarding the proper use andcare of the device.

Condition:

(253,1)


Notes for iPod® use:

“Made for iPod®”, “Made for iPhone®”,and “Made for iPad®” mean that anelectronic accessory has been designedto connect specifically to iPod®, iPhone®,or iPad®, respectively, and has beencertified by the developer to meet Appleperformance standards.

Apple is not responsible for the operationof this device or its compliance with safetyand regulatory standards.

Please note that the use of this accessorywith iPod®, iPhone®, or iPad® may affectwireless performance.

iPad®, iPhone®, iPod®, iPod classic®, iPodnano®, iPod shuffle®, and iPod touch® aretrademarks of Apple Inc., registered in theU.S. and other countries. Lightning is atrademark of Apple Inc.

. Improperly plugging in the iPod® maycause a checkmark to be displayed onand off (flickering). Always make surethat the iPod® is connected properly.

. An iPod nano® (1st Generation) mayremain in fast forward or rewind modeif it is connected during a seek opera-tion. In this case, please manually resetthe iPod®.

. An iPod nano® (2nd Generation) willcontinue to fast-forward or rewind if itis disconnected during a seek opera-tion.

. An incorrect song title may appear whenthe Play Mode is changed while usingan iPod nano® (2nd Generation)

. Audiobooks may not play in the sameorder as they appear on an iPod®.

. Large video files cause slow responsesin an iPod®. The vehicle center displaymay momentarily black out, but willsoon recover.

. If an iPod® automatically selects largevideo files while in the shuffle mode,the vehicle center display may momen-tarily black out, but will soon recover.

Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA/AAC/ATRAC3)

GUID-C9BC2D56-6978-4778-ABDD-D51B24DF542F

Explanation of terms:GUID-23127C37-C020-47DF-9CB9-2FFDE9A8E9E4

. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 isthe most well known compressed digi-tal audio file format. This format allowsfor near “CD quality” sound, but at afraction of the size of normal audiofiles. MP3 conversion of an audio trackcan reduce the file size by approxi-

mately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtuallyno perceptible loss in quality. Thecompression reduces certain parts ofsound that seem inaudible to mostpeople.

. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) isa compressed audio format created byMicrosoft as an alternative to MP3. TheWMA codec offers greater file compres-sion than the MP3 codec, enablingstorage of more digital audio tracks inthe same amount of space whencompared to MP3s at the same levelof quality.

. AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding(AAC) is a lossy audio compressionformat. Audio files that have beenencoded with AAC are generally smallerin size and deliver a higher quality ofsound than MP3.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the numberof bits per second used by a digitalmusic file. The size and quality of acompressed digital audio file is deter-mined by the bit rate used whenencoding the file.

. Sampling frequency — Sampling fre-quency is the rate at which the samples


Condition:

(254,1)



of a signal are converted from analog todigital (A/D conversion) per second.

. Multisession — Multisession is one ofthe methods for writing data to media.Writing data once to the media is calleda single session, and writing more thanonce is called a multisession.

. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA filethat contains information about thedigital music file such as song title,artist, album title, encoding bit rate,track time duration, etc. ID3 tag in-formation is displayed on the Album/Artist/Track title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® areregistered trademarks or trademarks ofMicrosoft Corporation in the United Statesof America and/or other countries.

This product is protected by certain in-tellectual property rights of MicrosoftCorporation and third parties. Use ordistribution of such technology outside ofthis product is prohibited without a licensefrom Microsoft or an authorized Microsoftsubsidiary and third parties.

SAA2494

Playback order:GUID-9590BB65-B854-4A67-A4E4-6D9CED2AE78C

. The folder names of folders not contain-ing compressed audio files are notshown in the display.

. If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB, “Root Folder” is displayed.

. The playback order is the order in whichthe files were written by the writingsoftware, so the files might not play inthe desired order.

. Music playback order of compressedaudio files is as illustrated.

Condition:

(255,1)


Specification chart:GUID-54FC14CC-FB3A-4A31-AF99-B52538201768

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R*5, DVD±RW*5, DVD±R DL*5, USB2.0

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R*5, DVD±RW*5, DVD±R DL*5: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo,Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0* VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.

USB memory: FAT16, FAT32

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9


Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR (Ver.9)*4

AAC*5

Version MPEG-AAC


Bit rate 16 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels

Models with navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders: 512 (including root folder), Files: 5,000Models without navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian),05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS


Condition:

(256,1)



*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.*5 Models with navigation system.

Condition:

(257,1)


Troubleshooting guide:GUID-D64F1504-9B1E-45A2-ABAB-2C5C5E7AF307

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using theplayer.

If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will beplayed.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)”, “.WMA (.wma)”, “.AAC (.aac)”, “.M4A (.m4a)”, or “.AA3 (.aa3)” cannot be played. Inaddition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with thespecifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofcompressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

It takes a relatively long time beforethe music starts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might notmatch the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next songwhen playing.

If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyrightprotection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in thedesired order.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.

Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.


Condition:

(258,1)



Compressed Video Files (modelswith navigation system)

GUID-4B1EFDE5-D60B-46F6-8744-1D218BD322BB

Explanation of terms:GUID-13DC8FA3-A3EA-411D-BC09-B275D8630014

. DivX® - DivX® refers to the DivX® codecowned by DivX, Inc. used for a lossycompression of video based on MPEG-4.

. AVI - AVI stands for Audio Video Inter-leave. It is a standard file formatoriginated by Microsoft Corporation. A“.divx” encoded file can be saved intothe “.avi” file format for playback onthis system if it meets the requirementsstated in the table in this section.However, not all the “.avi” files areplayable on this system since differentencodings can be used than the DivX®

codec.. ASF - ASF stands for Advanced Systems

Format. It is a file format owned byMicrosoft Corporation. Note: Only “.asf” files that meet the requirementsstated in the table in this section can beplayed.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the numberof bits per second used by a digitalvideo file. The size and quality of acompressed digital audio file is deter-

mined by the bit rate used whenencoding the file.

Condition:

(259,1)


Requirement for Supporting Video Playback:GUID-A7BDE970-3EE7-4531-8FA0-0C917343DE3B

Media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL, USB 2.0 Memory

File Systems CD,CD-R,CD-RW,DVD,DVD±R,DVD±RW,DVD±RW DL

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet, UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0- ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.- Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.- VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.

USB Memory FAT16, FAT32

File Types .divx, .avi Video Codecs DivX3, DivX4, DivX5, DivX6

Audio CodecsMP3, MPEG2.5 Audio Layer3, Dolby Digital,LPCM

.asf Video Codec ISO-MPEG4

Audio Codec G.726

Bit Rates .divx, .avi Maximum Average 4Mbps

Maximum Peak 8Mbps

Resolution .divx, .avi Minimum 32 6 32

Maximum 720 6 480

.asf Minimum 32 6 32

Maximum 720 6 576

Bluetooth streaming audio (modelswith navigation system)

GUID-7A513943-356B-4439-B1C5-E95CD5C22E5D

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. andlicensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

. Some Bluetooth® audio devices maynot be recognized by the in-vehicleaudio system.

. It is necessary to set up the wirelessconnection between a compatible Blue-tooth® audio device and the in-vehicleBluetooth® module before using theBluetooth streaming audio.

. Operating procedure of the Bluetoothstreaming audio will vary depending onthe device. Make sure it is understoodhow to operate an audio device beforeusing it with this system.

. The Bluetooth streaming audio may bestopped under the following condi-tions:— Receiving a hands-free call.— Checking the connection to the

hands-free phone.. Do not place a Bluetooth® audio device

in an area surrounded by metal or faraway from the in-vehicle Bluetooth®

module to prevent tone quality degra-


Condition:

(260,1)



dation and wireless connection disrup-tion.

. While an audio device is connectedthrough a Bluetooth® wireless connec-tion, the battery power of the devicemay discharge quicker than usual.

. This system supports the Bluetooth®

Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP,AVRCP).

. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®

functions share the same frequencyband (2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth®

and the wireless LAN functions at thesame time may slow down or discon-nect the communication and causeundesired noise. It is recommendedthat you turn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)when using the Bluetooth® functions.

SAA2724

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER

GUID-C021FE70-07D4-42D4-9BB9-C221E5410862

1. ON·OFF/VOL (volume) control knob2. Radio SCAN button3. RDM (random) RPT (repeat) play but-

ton

4. TRACK button5. SEEK·TRACK button6. Radio tuning / MP3/WMA/AAC folder

selector / AUDIO control knob7. Disc EJECT button8. Radio station preset and buttons

Condition:

(261,1)


No satellite radio reception is availableunless a SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscrip-tion is active.

The audio control buttons are also locatedon the center multi-function control panel.

JVH0138X

Models with navigation system1. AM·FM·SAT radio band select button2. DISC·AUX button

SAA2922

Models without navigation system1. AUX/Satellite radio band select but-

ton2. RADIO AM·FM band select button3. DISC button

For all operation precautions, see “Audiooperation precautions” (P.4-58).

The satellite radio mode requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. Thesatellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

It may take some time to receive theactivation signal after subscribing theSiriusXM Satellite Radio. After receivingthe activation signal, an available channel


Condition:

(262,1)



list will be automatically updated in theradio. Push the ignition switch from LOCKto ACC to update the channel list.

Audio main operationGUID-2414549C-6269-47A8-96D6-0C3005C0154F

Head unit:GUID-B32AA413-880F-4927-A2B1-07412FBFC0B1

The auto loudness circuit enhances the lowand high frequency ranges automatically inboth radio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:GUID-47BC4CB2-429E-4EA7-96C5-D1D4EB4B1FA1

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF buttonwhile the system is off to turn on the lastaudio source, which was playing immedi-ately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing theON·OFF button turns the system off.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust thevolume.

Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance:

GUID-D2D28C36-F9E7-415B-93BC-9FA351922C93

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade,push the Audio control knob. When thedisplay shows the setting you want tochange (Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade),rotate the Audio control knob to set thedesired setting. For the other settingmethods, see “How to use SETTING button”

(P.4-15).

Switching the display:GUID-F6330C9E-1EED-4646-BC80-44B5B926355A

. Models with navigation systemPushing the DISC·AUX button will switchthe displays as follows:

iPod®/USB ? CD/DVD ? Bluetooth®

streaming audio ? iPod®/USB

. Models without navigation systemPushing the AUX button will switch thedisplay as follows:

USB/iPod® ? XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ?

USB/iPod®

FM-AM-SAT radio operationGUID-F354CDCD-B5B0-4112-92FC-3286A1ABC8FB

When the radio band select button ispushed while the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position, the radio will come onat the channel last played.

The last channel played will also come onwhen the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

The satellite radio is not available inAlaska, Hawaii and Guam.

If another audio source is playing when theradio or satellite band select button isturned to ON, the audio source will auto-matically be turned off and the last radiochannel played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak,the radio will automatically change fromstereo to monaural reception.

radio (AM/FM) or radio (FM/AM/SAT) band select :

GUID-128A9769-CFC7-439F-86B9-400EB3E69130

Pushing the RADIO AM·FM or AM·FM·SATradio band select button will change theband as follows:

. Models with navigation systemAM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3? AM

. Models without navigation systemAM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

radio (SAT) band select (modelswithout navigation system):

GUID-24ECDACC-7EBC-41EA-A252-37725FB5143D

Push the satellite radio band select buttonto select the satellite radio mode XM1,XM2 or XM3.

TUNE (Tuning):GUID-F710A26B-C735-4283-A470-1870EDC8B411

. For AM and FM radioTurn the radio tuning knob for manualtuning.

. For SiriusXM Satellite RadioTurn the radio tuning knob to seekchannels from all of the categories

Condition:

(263,1)


when any category is not selected.

SEEK tuning/CATEGORY (CAT):GUID-ECFFBC9F-7BBB-4315-BE43-CB097BFA8BE0

. For AM and FM radioPush the SEEK·CAT or TRACK button totune from low to high or high to lowfrequencies and to stop at the nextbroadcasting station.

. For SiriusXM Satellite RadioPush the SEEK·CAT or TRACK button totune to the first channel of the next orprevious category.

During satellite radio reception, the follow-ing notices will be displayed under certainconditions.

. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received whilethe SAT tuner is connected.)

. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

. CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connectionerror)

. LOADING (When the initial setting isperformed)

. UPDATING (When the satellite radiosubscription is not active)

SCAN tuning:GUID-846BCBCA-CD06-4840-B911-90B5E4F62DEC

Push the radio SCAN button to tune fromlow to high frequencies and stop at each

broadcasting station/channel for 5 sec-onds. Pushing the button again during this5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuningand the radio will remain tuned to thatstation/channel.

If the radio SCAN button is not pushedwithin 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves tothe next station/channel.

*1 to *6 Station memory operations:GUID-4E0B25D3-19D5-4D45-95A6-BC983BE089C0

12 stations/channels can be set for the FMband (6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 forSiriusXM Satellite Radio (6 each for XM1,XM2 and XM3) and 6 stations can be set forthe AM band.

1. Choose the radio band using the radioband select button.

2. Tune to the desired station/channelusing the SEEK·CAT, TRACK, radio SCANbutton or the radio tuning knob.

3. Push and hold the desired stationpreset button *1 to *6 .

4. The station indicator will then come onand the sound will resume. Memorizingis now complete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if

the fuse opens, the radio memory will beerased. In that case, reset the desiredstations/channels.

List (AM and FM radio) (models withnavigation system):

GUID-96841014-347C-483E-9600-EF3ECCE0D1AB

When the “List” key on the display isselected while the FM or AM radio is beingplayed, the preset station list will bedisplayed.

If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed istouched and held, the current station willbe stored as the new preset.

Menu (SiriusXM Satellite Radio) (modelswith navigation system):

GUID-2EF17391-3853-45BA-94E4-1F8C06EC15FD

When the “Menu” key on the display isselected while the SiriusXM Satellite Radiois being played, the menu list will bedisplayed.

The following items are available.

. Preset ListDisplays the preset channel list. If 1 ofthe 6 preset stations listed is touchedand held, the current station will bestored as the new preset.

. Customize Channel ListSelects specific channels to skip whileusing the TUNE, SEEK/CATEGORY or


Condition:

(264,1)



Menu-Categories feature.. Favorite Artists & Songs

Stores the current artist or song that isbeing played. Touch the “Alert” key tobe reminded when the stored artist orsong is playing on a station whilelistening to SiriusXM.

. CategoriesSelecting a category will go to the firstchannel in that category as defined bySiriusXM Satellite Radio.

. Direct TuneInputs the channel number by using akeypad.

Text (models without navigation system):GUID-D692700A-9D84-45D4-9E7C-DB5D6B5BEC69

When the “Text” key is selected with theINFINITI controller on the display and thenthe ENTER button is pushed while thesatellite radio is being played, the textinformation listed below will be displayedon the screen.

. CH Name

. Category

. Name

. Title

. Other

Compact Disc (CD) player operationGUID-44BA3193-9A19-491F-ABD9-50B13BBC6AFC

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and insert the Compact Disc (CD)into the slot with the label side facing up.The CD will be guided automatically intothe slot and start playing.

After loading the CD, the number of trackson the CD and the play time will appear onthe display.

If the radio is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while theCD was playing, pushing the ON·OFFbutton will start the CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

or PLAY:GUID-00616024-D3BA-4BAC-BE8A-6880F526BE5C

When the DISC·AUX or DISC button ispushed with the system off and the CDloaded, the system will turn on and the CDwill start to play.

When the DISC·AUX or DISC button ispushed with the CD loaded and the radioplaying, the radio will automatically beturned off and the CD will start to play.

Menu (models with navigation system):GUID-8502985F-7378-44D8-8B30-3DF15681BE44

When the “Menu” key on the display isselected while the CD is being played, themenu screen will be displayed. The follow-ing menu options are available.

. Folder List (for CD with compressedaudio files)Displays the folder list.

. Track ListDisplays the track list.

. Play ModeSelect a play mode from the followingitems.— Normal— 1 Folder Repeat (for CD with com-

pressed audio files)— 1 Track Repeat— 1 Disc Random— 1 Folder Random (for CD with

compressed audio files)

Text (models without navigation system):GUID-F9D8E08E-5B24-4C4E-B035-E6CC38A7E743

When the “Text” key is selected in thescreen using the INFINITI controller andthen the ENTER button is pushed while theCD is being played, the music informationbelow will be displayed on the screen.

Condition:

(265,1)


CD:

. Disc title

. Track titleCD with compressed audio files:

. Folder title

. File title

. Song title

. Album title

. Artist

Next/Previous Track and Fast-Forward/Rewind:

GUID-0488A028-DC60-443C-80A2-002551603390

Push the FF or REW button for more than1.5 seconds while a CD is being played tofast-forward or rewind through the track.When the button is released, the CD willreturn to normal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while a CD is being played, thenext track on the CD will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds afterthe current track started playing, theprevious track will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds fromwhen the current track started playing, the

beginning of the current track will beplayed.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):GUID-EBFFD917-30ED-4EB0-B43E-F97B454B9D22

When the RPT button is pushed while theCD is played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

(CD)

NOS2606

(CD with compressed audio files)

NOS2607

CD EJECT:GUID-1B7F2B94-8910-4B37-85D4-61A43C0839C2

When the disc EJECT button is pushed withthe CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protectit.

DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) PLAYEROPERATION (models with naviga-tion system)

GUID-AA2225AE-8360-4C05-BD3D-48F91D1C0A40

PrecautionsGUID-255981A5-0C35-40CB-9FBF-A177B5744C96

Start the engine when using the DVDentertainment system.

Movies will not be shown on the frontdisplay while the vehicle is in any driveposition to reduce driver distraction. Audiois available when a movie is played. To viewmovies in the front display, stop thevehicle in a safe location, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position and apply theparking brake.

WARNING

. The driver must not attempt to operatethe DVD system or wear the headphoneswhile the vehicle is in motion so that fullattention may be given to vehicle opera-tion.

. Do not attempt to modify the system todisplay a movie on the front screen whilethe vehicle is being driven. Doing so maydistract the driver and may cause acollision and serious personal injury or


Condition:

(266,1)



death.

CAUTION

. Only operate the DVD while the vehicleengine is running. Operating the DVD forextended periods of time with the engineOFF can discharge the vehicle battery.

. Do not allow the system to get wet.Excessive moisture such as spilledliquids may cause the system to mal-function.

. While playing VIDEO-CD media, this DVDplayer does not guarantee completefunctionality of all VIDEO-CD formats.

SAA3650

DVD driveGUID-A824B27C-87C6-4796-9F71-AC6A51287C95

The DVD slot is located on the centerINFINITI control panel. Insert a DVD into theslot with the label side facing up. The DVDwill be guided automatically into the slot.

When ejecting the DVD, push the EJECTbutton *1 .

Display settingsGUID-9035CFDD-A48F-4D8C-AFCA-2E98B1CE4503

To adjust the front display mode, push theSETTING button while the DVD is beingplayed, select the “Others” key and thenselect the “Display” key.

To adjust the display ON/OFF, brightness,

tint, color and contrast, select the “DisplayAdjustment” key and then select each key.

Then you can adjust each item using theINFINITI controller. After changes havebeen made push the BACK button to savethe setting.

Condition:

(267,1)


SAA2497

Playing a DVDGUID-CE3D9FCA-F18E-4B48-8285-79536D8C0E12

DISC·AUX button:GUID-9CFA35CE-C224-4269-A480-DF494926ECAB

Park the vehicle in a safe location for thefront seat occupants to operate the DVDdrive while watching the images.

Push the DISC·AUX button on the instru-ment panel and turn the display to the DVDmode.

When a DVD is loaded, it will be replayedautomatically.

The operation screen will be turned onwhen the DISC·AUX button located on theinstrument panel is pushed while a DVD isbeing played, and it will turn off auto-

matically after a period of time. To turn it onagain, push the DISC·AUX button again.

DVD operation keys:GUID-D1E2EDD4-DD42-47C7-B682-9E354F006C50

When the DVD is playing without theoperation screen being shown, you mayuse the touch screen to select items fromthe displayed video. You may also use theINFINITI controller to select an item fromthe displayed video. When the operationscreen is being shown, use the INFINITIcontroller or touch screen to select an itemfrom the displayed menus.

PAUSE:

Select the “ ” key to pause the DVD. Toresume playing the DVD, use the “PLAY”key.

PLAY:

Select the “ ” key to start playing theDVD, for example, after pausing the DVD.

STOP:

Select the “ ” key to stop playing theDVD.

/ Next/Previous Chapter:

Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skip thechapter(s) of the disc forward/backward.The chapters will advance/go back thenumber of times this key is selected.

/ Commercial Skip:

This function is only for DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR. Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skipforward or backwards by the set amount asdefined in the DVD Settings menu.

Top Menu:

When the “Top Menu” key is selected in thescreen while a DVD is being played, the topmenu specific to each disc will be dis-played. For details, see the instructions onthe disc.


Condition:

(268,1)



SAA2498

Example

DVD settingsGUID-32629F51-527A-4BF7-91A5-DAB13226A19F

Select the “Settings” key to adjust thefollowing settings.

Key (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-41D00B80-E4AB-44C7-AE9F-2AE474B42B32

Keys for the DVD menu operation aredisplayed.

: Move the cursor to select a DVDmenu.

Enter: Enter the selected menu.

Move: Change the display location bymoving the operation key.

Back: Return to the previous screen.

Hide: Hide the operation key.

Title Menu (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-6EC0EF5F-0C54-4EB3-A9BE-FBF832C5DCA0

Some menus specific to each disc will beshown. For details, see the instructions onthe disc.

Title Search (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):GUID-B9565F16-B797-48B1-8E14-B18515310A09

The scene with the specified title will bedisplayed each time the “+” side or “−”side is selected.

Group Search (VIDEO CD):GUID-77F7CEA5-3CE8-42AE-8AD3-9ED77F77B561

A scene in the specified group will bedisplayed each time the “+” side or “−”side is selected.

10 Key Search (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD, CD-DA, DVD-VR):

GUID-92DD5727-F1DB-4BFB-9E3F-9B9C1A51B064

Select the “10 Key Search” key to open thenumber entry screen. Input the number tobe searched and select the “OK” key. Thespecified Title/Chapter or Group/Track willbe played.

Select No. (VIDEO-CD):GUID-4906E9B0-BCD0-49D7-8B89-42DED0E0631A

Select the “Select No.” key to open thenumber entry screen. Input the number tobe searched and select the “OK” key. Thespecified scene will be played.

Angle (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-F7AB67F0-A81E-49D0-9C19-9851AB530C46

If the DVD contains different angles (suchas moving images), the current imageangle can be switched to another one.Select the “Angle” key. The angle willchange each time the “+” side or “−” sideis selected.

Angle Mark (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D6DBFE5B-8DF7-45C1-A4A1-2128910841E0

When this item is turned on, an angle markwill be shown on the bottom of the screenif the scene can be seen from a differentangle.

Menu Skip (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-52BFC974-9632-4AFC-90C4-4417C4859077

DVD menus are automatically configuredand the contents will be played directlywhen the “Menu Skip” key is turned on.Note that some discs may not be playeddirectly even if this item is turned on.

CM Skip (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-F38EA643-FB34-4369-AE82-BFB45B593246

Select the “CM Skip” key. Choose thesetting time from 15, 30 or 60 seconds byselecting the “+” side or “−” side.

DRC (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):GUID-548EEF2E-6EF0-40CA-A785-A7396A773FB4

DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) auto-matically adjusts the soundtrack volumelevel to maintain a more even sound to thespeakers.

Condition:

(269,1)


DVD Language (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD):GUID-1D7318F7-4F1D-4A57-9B87-C44B5B533F52

Select the “DVD Language” key to open thenumber entry screen. Input the numbercorresponding to the preferred languageand select the “OK” key. The DVD top menulanguage will be changed to the onespecified.

Display:GUID-E17AE8EE-CF15-4B6B-8CFD-2D27FCC1B248

To adjust the image quality of the screen,select the preferred adjustment items.

Audio:GUID-39DD2CDC-6A60-4EFE-9DC4-74C23934D1A3

Select the preferred language for audio.

Subtitle (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):GUID-75311FCA-17F6-472D-ADE6-F25E1BF7A320

Select the preferred language for subtitles.

Display Mode (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD, DVD-VR):

GUID-DD5C784D-A078-46DC-A54A-1F6576EF26EA

Select from the “Full”, “Wide”, “Normal” or“Cinema” modes.

Title List (DVD-VR):GUID-2C3E547B-E64E-4168-A7B2-C4323D9852D2

Select the preferred title from the list.

Play Mode:GUID-74FF4414-5453-4DB1-8310-1F7A85E0C09C

Select the preferred play mode.

PG/PL Mode (DVD-VR):GUID-55D9A162-B5C4-48D4-8E3E-487D965FD3C1

Select the “PG” or “PL” mode.

JVH1154X

USB (Universal Serial Bus) CON-NECTION PORT

GUID-D57BF242-AF32-4AB0-A515-96492770B595

Audio main operationGUID-A25E0E29-B4BA-4810-A3D1-BABB3F820F50

Open the console lid and connect a USBmemory *1 as illustrated. Then, push theDISC·AUX or AUX button repeatedly toswitch to the USB memory mode.

If the system has been turned off while theUSB memory was playing, pushing theON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the USBmemory.

WARNING


CAUTION




Refer to your device manufacturer’s ownerinformation regarding the proper use andcare of the device.


Condition:

(270,1)



SAA2500

File selection (models with naviga-tion system)

GUID-D4E9BD96-9078-4A44-8D71-6B9F88430457

When there are both audio and movie filesin the USBmemory, the mode select screenis displayed. Select the preferred contentto play.

When there is only one type of file, theaudio or movie operation screen is dis-played and starts to play.

If playback of a video file is restricted to aparticular number of times, a pop-upscreen will appear to confirm whether youwant to play the file or not. Answer yes orno as requested by the display.

SAA2501


SAA2611


Audio file operationGUID-66474C30-8A89-4B24-B08E-898987A726FC

or PLAY:GUID-9FF4B866-60D4-4685-A067-CD0D77E67E2A

When the DISC·AUX or AUX button ispushed with the system off and the USBmemory inserted, the system will turn on.

If another audio source is playing and aUSB memory is inserted, push theDISC·AUX or AUX button repeatedly untilthe center display changes to the USBmemory mode.


GUID-206C9C1A-679E-49D8-9558-4723A6804166

Push the FF or REW button for more than1.5 seconds while a USB memory is beingplayed to fast-forward or rewind throughthe track. When the button is released, theUSB memory will return to normal playspeed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while a USB memory is beingplayed, the next track on the USB memorywill be played.


Condition:

(271,1)


When the REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds fromwhen the current track started playing, thebeginning of the current track will beplayed.

The INFINITI controller can also be used toselect tracks when the USB memory isbeing played.

Folder selection:GUID-93D782D6-8E6E-4FF5-B6EA-0E4E38836AB8

To change to another folder in the USBmemory, turn the folder selector or choosea folder displayed on the screen using theINFINITI controller.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):GUID-F70694EA-4B91-414F-850A-774954DD01D2

When the RPT button is pushed while theUSB memory is played, the play patterncan be change as follows.

To change the play mode, push the RPTbutton repeatedly and the mode willchange as follows.

Normal ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 TrackRepeat ? All Random ? 1 Folder Random? Normal

Text (models without navigation system):GUID-155771F0-0FC8-4BC0-8467-E2DB2352BE04

When the “Text” key is selected on thescreen using the INFINITI controller and

then the ENTER button is pushed while aUSB memory is being played, the musicinformation listed below will be displayedon the screen.

. Folder title

. File title

. Song title

. Album Title

. Artist

SAA2502

Menu (models with navigation system):GUID-EF88444E-4CFC-47B7-A674-86F4AF4364AA

There are some options available duringplayback. Select one of the followingoptions that are displayed on the screenif necessary. Refer to the following infor-mation for each item.

. Movie PlaybackSwitch to the movie playback mode.This item is displayed only when a USBmemory contains movie files.

. Folder List/Track ListDisplays the folder or track list. The“Movie Playback” key is also displayedin this list screen, and enables switch-


Condition:

(272,1)



ing to the movie playback mode.. Play Mode

Select the preferred play mode.

SAA2503

Movie file operation (models withnavigation system)

GUID-30AB9DDE-394E-4259-B4F2-E7CE4E32EED3

Park the vehicle in a safe location for thefront seat occupants to operate the USBmemory while watching the images.

PLAY:GUID-9E773BF9-3FDF-4F3C-B408-EA18230B3895

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed withthe system off and the USB memoryinserted, the system will turn on.

If another audio source is playing and aUSB memory is inserted, push theDISC·AUX button repeatedly until the cen-ter display changes to the USB memory

mode.

Operation keys:GUID-10AF5E72-E77D-4355-8382-EB05776931FD

To operate the USB memory, select thedesired key displayed on the operationscreen using the INFINITI controller.

Pause

Select the “ ” key to pause the moviefile. To resume playing the movie file,select the “ ” key.

Play

Select the “ ” key to start playing amovie file, for example, after pausing amovie file.

STOP

Select the “ ” key to stop playing amovie file.

Skip (Next chapter)

Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s)of the disc forward. The chapters willadvance the number of times the ENTERbutton is pushed.

Condition:

(273,1)


Skip (Previous chapter)

Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s)of the disc backward. The chapters will goback the number of times the “ ” key isselected.

List:GUID-A7C02B99-0D3E-4AF3-BB62-9BDAD1448AB3

Select the “List” key on the movie fileoperation screen to display the file list.

SAA2504

Example

Settings:GUID-2E919FA6-9E8F-44C7-BA3C-660B308420C9

Select the “Settings” key to adjust thefollowing settings.

. Audio File PlaybackSwitch to the audio playback mode.This item is displayed only when theUSB memory contains the audio files.

. Play ModeSelect the “Normal” or “1 Track Repeat”play mode.

. 10 Key SearchSelect the “10 Key Search” key to openthe number entry screen.

Input the number to be searched andselect the “OK” key.The specified folder/file will be played.

. DisplayTo adjust the image quality of thescreen, select the preferred adjustmentitems.

. DRCDRC (Dynamic Range Compression)automatically adjusts the soundtrackvolume level to maintain a more evensound to the speakers.

. AudioSelect the preferred language foraudio.

. SubtitleSelect the preferred language for sub-title.

. Display ModeSelect the “Normal”, “Wide”, “Cinema”or “Full” mode.


Condition:

(274,1)



Bluetooth® STREAMING AUDIO(models with navigation system)

GUID-CCAA3EF0-821B-4E76-AFEA-36C868643DF3

Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth®

Streaming Audio. If you have a compatibleBluetooth® device with streaming audio(A2DP profile), you can set up the wirelessconnection between your Bluetooth® de-vice and the in-vehicle audio system. Thisconnection allows you to listen to the audiofrom the Bluetooth® device using yourvehicle speakers. It also may allow basiccontrol of the device for playing andskipping audio files using the AVRCPBluetooth profile. All Bluetooth® Devicesdo not have the same level of controls forAVRCP. Please consult the manual for yourBluetooth® Device for more details.

Once your Bluetooth® device is connectedto the in-vehicle audio system, it willautomatically reconnect whenever the de-vice is present in the vehicle and you selectBluetooth Audio from your audio system.You do not need to manually reconnect foreach usage.

Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®

functions share the same frequency band(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and thewireless LAN functions at the same timemay slow down or disconnect the commu-

nication and cause undesired noise. It isrecommended that you turn off the wire-less LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®

functions.

Regulatory informationGUID-D8832D6C-CF54-4F47-85D6-70F4A2D177F5

FCC Regulatory information:GUID-F7175198-CF41-4B45-B3F5-F7C1D976E111

. CAUTION: To maintain compliance withFCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorizedantenna, modification, or attachmentscould damage the transmitter and mayviolate FCC regulations.

. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1) This device may not cause inter-

ference and2) This device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation ofthe device

IC Regulatory information:GUID-9E616F88-80C6-42F5-9511-2F2CAF0A4BE2

. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1) This device may not cause inter-

ference, and2) This device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference that

may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

. This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the Canadian Interfer-ence-Causing Equipment Regulations.

Bluetooth trademark:

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. andlicensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

Condition:

(275,1)


SAA2505

Connecting procedureGUID-90E68FE5-9EFB-4A01-95F4-823B7AC70F2D

1. Push the SETTING button and select the“Bluetooth” key.

SAA2506

2. Select the “Connect Bluetooth” key.

SAA2507

3. A confirmation screen will be dis-played. Select “No”.

Note: Selecting “Yes” will only connectthe hands free phone portion of aBluetooth® device.


Condition:

(276,1)



SAA3005

4. When a passkey appears on the screen,operate the compatible Bluetooth®

audio device to enter the passkey. Thepairing procedure for the audio devicevaries according to each audio device.See the Bluetooth® audio Owner’sManual for details. When pairing iscompleted, the screen will return to theBluetooth® setup display.

SAA2510

Audio main operationGUID-516D5430-5519-482F-8DEA-032F2E4D4595

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the DISC·AUX buttonrepeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audiomode. If the system has been turned offwhile the Bluetooth audio device wasplaying, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL controlknob will start the Bluetooth audio device.

The ability to pause, change tracks, fastforward, rewind, randomize and repeatmusic may be different between devices.Some or all of these functions may not besupported on each device.

DISC·AUX button:GUID-E7782378-A71F-4C5E-8293-E84B39007BFD

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed withthe system off and the Bluetooth audiodevice connected, the system will turn on.If another audio source is playing and theBluetooth® audio device is connected,push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly untilthe display changes to the Bluetooth audiomode.


GUID-D9F36984-0142-4F86-82ED-C384E65FD836

Push the FF or REW button for more than1.5 seconds while a Bluetooth® audiodevice is being played to fast-forward orrewind through the track. When the buttonis released, the Bluetooth® audio devicewill return to normal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while the Bluetooth® audiodevice is being played, the next track willbe played.


When the REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from

Condition:

(277,1)


when the current track started playing, thebeginning of the current track will beplayed.

The INFINITI controller can also be used toselect tracks when the Bluetooth® audioplay mode screen is shown on the display.(“Bluetooth audio” will be indicated on theheader of the screen.)

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):GUID-1CFD586F-C69D-43F8-9C95-BF0FA6AE7EDB

To change the play mode, push thebutton repeatedly and the mode changesas follows.

Normal ? Shuffle All Tracks ? ShuffleGroup ? Repeat 1 Track ? Repeat AllTracks ? Repeat Group ? Normal

Operation keys:GUID-8C86ECC7-B3F2-4A92-9742-9AE1DA1C4672

To operate a Bluetooth® audio device,select a key displayed on the operationscreen using the INFINITI controller.

Play

Select the “ ” key to start playing whenpausing. Select this key again to pause theaudio play.

Pause

Select the “ ” key to pause the Blue-tooth® audio device. Select this key againto resume playing.

Play Mode:GUID-63941968-BE20-4058-9E9A-64959E8A3F8A

The play mode setting display will appearwhen the “Menu” key is selected.

Choose the preferred play mode from thefollowing items.

. ShuffleChoose “Shuffle OFF”, “Shuffle AllTracks” and “Shuffle Group”.

. RepeatChoose from “Repeat OFF”, “Repeat 1Track”, “Repeat All Tracks” and “RepeatGroup”.

SAA2511

Bluetooth settingsGUID-3D9312C3-6A31-4497-8188-606152F9B221

To set up the Bluetooth device system tothe preferred settings, push the SETTINGbutton and select the “Bluetooth” key.

Bluetooth:GUID-83B26A4B-F6F1-403B-879D-A56DD3D9D707

If this setting is turned off, the connectionbetween the Bluetooth devices and the in-vehicle Bluetooth module will be canceled.

Connect Bluetooth:GUID-A9FCB452-F099-4A9E-86AB-0F44425CEA06

Connects to the Bluetooth device. See“Connecting procedure” (P.4-85). Up to 5devices can be registered.


Condition:

(278,1)



Connected Devices:GUID-7AABC781-1C3E-4FFB-B8BC-BFBBFF5C6129

Registered devices are shown on the list.Select a Bluetooth device from the list, thefollowing options will be available.

. SelectSelect “Select” to connect the selecteddevice to the vehicle. If there is adifferent device currently connected,the selected device will replace thecurrent device.

. EditRename the selected Bluetooth deviceusing the keypad displayed on thescreen. (See “How to use touch screen(models with navigation system)” (P.4-5).)

. DeleteDelete the selected Bluetooth device.

Edit Bluetooth Info:GUID-36F18305-BBAD-4687-A89B-D7A09AE80695

Change the name broadcasted by thissystem over Bluetooth. Change the PINcode that is entered when connecting ahands free device to this system.

Replace Connected Phone:GUID-376C916F-35C9-4AA5-8D84-2EBC50F14B88

Replace the Bluetooth connection with aconnected Bluetooth cellular phone. Fordetails about Hands-Free Phone System,

see “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models with navigation system)” (P.4-95).

JVH1155X

iPod® PLAYER OPERATIONGUID-2071B95B-382C-4CD0-B099-F2B6E901662C

Connecting iPod®GUID-70D33B8D-14BC-4203-9284-42044CFAC56E

Open the console lid and connect theiPod® cable to the USB connector. If theiPod® supports charging via USB, thebattery of the iPod® will be charged whileconnected to the vehicle.

Depending on the version of the iPod®, thedisplay on the iPod® shows an INFINITI orAccessory Attached screen when the con-nection is completed. When the iPod® isconnected to the vehicle, the iPod® musiclibrary can only be operated by the vehicleaudio controls.

Condition:

(279,1)


WARNING


CAUTION




Refer to your device manufacturer’s ownerinformation regarding the proper use and

care of the device.

CompatibilityGUID-384B0ACD-9152-4A3A-8DE1-6F903B5154C1

The following models are available:

Models with navigation system:GUID-21BD1A59-5365-4FF2-9941-EBDD9650DE0B

. Fifth generation iPod® (version 1.2.3 orlater)

. iPod Classic® (version 1.1.1 or later)

. First generation iPod touch® (version2.0.0 or later)

. Second generation iPod touch® (version1.2.3 or later)

. First generation iPod nano® (version1.3.1 or later)

. Second generation iPod nano® (version1.1.3 or later)

. Third generation iPod nano® (version1.1 or later)

. Fourth generation iPod nano® (version1.0.2 or later)

Models without navigation system:GUID-C9E415B7-D8B4-4DA7-8BC1-999A19891533

. Fifth generation iPod® (firmware ver-sion 1.3)

. First generation iPod Classic® (firmwareversion 1.1.2 PC)

. Second generation iPod Classic® (firm-ware version 2.0 PC)

. First generation iPod touch® (firmwareversion 2.1)

. Second generation iPod touch® (firm-ware version 2.1.1)

. First generation iPod nano® (firmwareversion 1.3.1)

. Second generation iPod nano® (firm-ware version 1.1.3)

. Third generation iPod nano® (firmwareversion 1.1 PC)

. Third generation iPhone® (firmwareversion 2.1)

Make sure that the iPod® version isupdated.

Audio main operationGUID-9C9F4F83-FB2E-4530-84EB-B803B8779AA7

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the DISC·AUX or AUXbutton repeatedly to switch to the iPod®

mode.

If the system has been turned off while theiPod® was playing, pushing the ON·OFFbutton will start the iPod®.

or PLAY:GUID-B1086B96-5335-4661-9ADE-7EA37EDAD08B

When the DISC·AUX or AUX button ispushed with the system off and the iPod®

connected, the system will turn on. If


Condition:

(280,1)



another audio source is playing and theiPod® is connected, push the DISC·AUX orAUX button repeatedly until the centerdisplay changes to the iPod® mode.

Interface:GUID-C2E532CD-39C9-4282-874A-D702BACBCD6A

The interface for iPod® operation shown onthe vehicle center display is similar to theiPod® interface. Use the INFINITI controllerand the ENTER or BACK button to play theiPod® with your favorite settings.

The following items can be chosen from themenu list screen. For further informationabout each item, see the iPod® Owner’sManual.

. Now Playing

. Playlists

. Artists

. Albums

. Songs

. Podcasts

. Genres

. Composers

. Audiobooks

. Shuffle Songs

The following touch-panel buttons shownon the screen are also available:

. : returns to the previous screen.

. : plays/pauses the music selected.


GUID-998706C0-7AD2-471B-909E-19D61BFF63D0

Push the FF or REW button for more than1.5 seconds while a iPod® is being playedto fast-forward or rewind through the track.When the button is released, the iPod® willreturn to the normal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while the iPod® audio deviceis being played, the next track will beplayed.


When the REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds fromwhen the current track started playing, thebeginning of the current track will beplayed.

The INFINITI controller can also be used toselect tracks when the iPod® is playing.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):GUID-95CB35BB-363B-4039-B38A-FD0ED0A54FBD

When the RPT button is pushed while atrack is being played, the play pattern canbe changed as follows:

NOS2608

Condition:

(281,1)


SAA0451

CD/DVD/USB MEMORY CARE ANDCLEANING

GUID-83AF00DE-DD3E-437A-85E8-3C4433AB98CF

CD/DVDGUID-44E4FB83-C3B4-42F0-AF0D-BEB6E3898F99

. Handle a CD/DVD by its edges. Nevertouch the surface of the disc. Do notbend the disc.

. Always place the discs in the storagecase when they are not being used.

. To clean a disc, wipe the surface fromthe center to the outer edge using aclean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the discusing a circular motion.Do not use a conventional recordcleaner or alcohol intended for indus-

trial use.. A new disc may be rough on the inner

and outer edges. Remove the roughedges by rubbing the inner and outeredges with the side of a pen or pencilas illustrated.

USB memoryGUID-940B4369-4D85-4B45-8859-78CF64C6BA21

. Never touch the terminal portion of theUSB memory.

. Do not place heavy objects on the USBmemory.

. Do not store the USB memory in highlyhumid locations.

. Do not expose the USB memory todirect sunlight.

. Do not spill any liquids on the USBmemory.

Refer to the USB memory Owner’s Manualfor the details.

SAA2157


SAA2158



Condition:

(282,1)



1. Audio source switch2. Menu control switch (models with

navigation system) or audio tuningswitch (models without navigationsystem)

3. Back switch4. Volume control switch

STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-TROLS FOR AUDIO

GUID-C972F4C0-4825-48BA-A398-1AA830A1E14B

Menu control switch (models withnavigation system) or audio tuningswitch (models without navigationsystem)

GUID-16BE89C2-F2B5-474E-B9DC-823D2817C2C0

While the display is showing a MAP(navigation systems only), STATUS or Audioscreen, tilt the switch upward or downwardto select a station, track, CD or folder. Formost audio sources, tilting the switch up/down for more than 1.5 seconds provides adifferent function than tilting up/down forless than 1.5 seconds.

AM and FM radio:GUID-73D2A424-E39B-4CFD-8E14-B0739D5EE61E

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe preset stations.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will seek up or down to the

next station.. Pushing the menu control switch will

show the list of preset stations.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio:GUID-92F56A16-38D7-4D92-874E-D0845E9AC109

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe preset channels.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will go to the next or previouscategory.

. Pushing the menu control switch willshow the XM Menu.

iPod®:GUID-2FD53260-CD66-4E9F-970D-68978A49E755

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe track numbers.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will skip to the next orprevious playlist.

. Pushing the menu control switch willshow the iPod® Menu.

CD:GUID-7A30EA62-B0DC-4BEF-B1AE-0BCC088A97FA


. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down through

the folders (if playing compressedaudio files).

. Pushing the menu control switch willshow the CD Menu.

DVD (models with navigation system):GUID-AB44D467-0824-44A3-8959-8E3E48F426DC

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe tracks.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe title numbers.

. Pushing the menu control switch willselect an item from the DVD display.

. When the transparent operation menuappears, the switch will control themenu.

USB:GUID-C84D1B0C-10AF-4C81-800D-9FAFB0777608


. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe folders.

. Pushing the menu control switch willshow the USB Menu.

Condition:

(283,1)


Bluetooth streaming audio (models withnavigation system):

GUID-1332A8FE-BAC6-454F-A27F-A2C5B036C162


BACK switchGUID-DACC6D2C-1D0D-448F-9E17-7B65E141CC04

Push this switch to go back to the previousscreen or cancel the selection if it is notcompleted.

Volume control switchesGUID-6211F17D-5ECF-44A1-8163-CB93CEEB2A61

Push + or − side of the volume controlswitch to increase or decrease the volume.

Audio source switchGUID-B5403E9C-7C0B-4275-A4B7-3B4C85B14CD9

Push the source select switch to changethe mode to available audio source.

Media not connected/inserted will beskipped.

ANTENNAGUID-AE2A1B06-214C-4AED-96FD-BEAB368761F3

Window antennaGUID-12947480-6DBF-480B-8E69-BF1B2D324CA2

The antenna pattern is printed inside therear window.

CAUTION

. Do not place metalized film near the rearwindow glass or attach any metal partsto it. This may cause poor reception ornoise.

. When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.

SAA2102

Roof antennaGUID-B7F7726E-DFF4-4CC2-BDE5-8106DC7AB8F7

Removing the antenna:GUID-A9BEF5A3-E952-47FE-8D20-B3ABE5A857A8

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna andremove by turning counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn the antennaclockwise and tighten.

CAUTION

. To avoid damaging or deforming theantenna, be sure to remove the antennaunder the following conditions.


Condition:

(284,1)



— The vehicle enters an automatic carwash.

— The vehicle enters a garage with alow ceiling.

— The vehicle is covered with a carcover.

. Always properly tighten the antenna rodduring installation. Otherwise, the an-tenna rod may break during vehicleoperation.

GUID-40C10CB6-3B65-48C2-8CF5-A166E26D8D19

When installing a car phone or a CB radioin your vehicle, be sure to observe thefollowing cautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the elec-tronic control modules and electronic con-trol system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not be used forany purpose while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular phones while driving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended. Ex-ercise extreme caution at all times so fullattention may be given to vehicle opera-tion.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop yourvehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20cm) away from the electronic controlsystem harness. Do not route the anten-na wire next to any harness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

. For details, it is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

Condition:

(285,1)


GUID-61CB5DE5-0726-4AEF-AD72-315D1B535D73

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devote fullattention to vehicle operation whiletalking on the phone, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use aphone after starting the engine.

Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are anowner of a compatible Bluetooth® enabledcellular phone, you can set up the wirelessconnection between your cellular phoneand the in-vehicle phone module. WithBluetooth® wireless technology, you canmake or receive a telephone call with yourcellular phone in your pocket.

Once a cellular phone is connected to thein-vehicle phone module, no phone con-necting procedure is required anymore.Your phone is automatically connectedwith the in-vehicle phone module whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition with the registered cellular phoneturned on and carried in the vehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Blue-tooth® cellular phones in the in-vehiclephone module. However, you can talk ononly one cellular phone at a time.

The INFINITI Voice Recognition systemsupports the phone commands, so dialinga phone number using your voice ispossible. For more details, see “INFINITIVoice Recognition System (models withnavigation system)” (P.4-121).

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System, refer to the following notes.




. Set up the wireless connection betweena compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellularphones may not be recognized by thein-vehicle phone module. Please visitwww.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetooth for arecommended phone list.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:— Your vehicle is outside of the tele-

phone service area.— Your vehicle is in an area where it is

difficult to receive radio waves; suchas in a tunnel, in an undergroundparking garage, behind a tall build-ing or in a mountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked inorder not to be dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is notideal or ambient sound is too loud, itmay be difficult to hear the otherperson’s voice during a call.

. Immediately after the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.


Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM(models with navigation system)

Condition:

(286,1)



. Do not place the cellular phone in anarea surrounded by metal or far awayfrom the in-vehicle phone module toprevent tone quality degradation andwireless connection disruption.

. While a cellular phone is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® wireless con-nection, the battery power of thecellular phone may discharge quickerthan usual.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem seems to be malfunctioning,please visit www.InfinitiUSA.com/blue-tooth for troubleshooting help.

. Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzingnoise to come from the audio systemspeakers. Storing the device in adifferent location may reduce or elim-inate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’sManual regarding the telephone pair-ing procedure specific to your phone,battery charging, cellular phone anten-na, etc.

. The antenna display on the monitor willnot coincide with the antenna displayof some cellular phones.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible to hear the caller’s voiceclearly as well as to minimize itsechoes.

. If reception between callers is unclear,adjusting the incoming or outgoing callvolume may improve the clarity.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONGUID-714E365A-CDBB-4B5B-B733-CABA346E22D5

FCC Regulatory informationGUID-5C65E44A-3A3D-418C-B372-3BF9E12A243A


. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. this device may not cause interferenceand

2. this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice

IC Regulatory informationGUID-F4161BD2-700E-4127-83EC-19059A7652CF

. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this device

must accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.


Bluetooth trademark:

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

VOICE COMMANDSGUID-A1A8BC95-B635-438E-80A0-57E6F2913B78

You can use voice commands to operatevarious Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem features using the INFINITI VoiceRecognition system.

For more details, see “INFINITI VoiceRecognition System (models with naviga-tion system)” (P.4-121).

Condition:

(287,1)


SAA2248

1. TALK button2. PHONE SEND button

CONTROL BUTTONSGUID-7B91C5E2-B43D-4525-A730-4E8AD453F2F8

JVH0473X

CONNECTING PROCEDUREGUID-B3579665-9529-4255-AA3B-80A86E45F1F1

1. Push the button, and select the“Connect Phone” key.

SAA2520

2. When a PIN code appears on thescreen, operate the compatible Blue-tooth® cellular phone to enter the PINcode.

If you have the phone corresponding toBluetooth® Secure Simple Pairing, se-lect MY-CAR on the cellular phonedevice searching screen.. Touch [Yes] if the PIN code displayed

on the cellular phone is the same asthe one displayed on the screen.

. Both vehicle system and mobile sideapproval operation on the screenswill make Bluetooth® connection.

The connecting procedure of the cellu-


Condition:

(288,1)



lar phone varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for the details. You canalso visit

www.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetooth or callINFINITI Consumer Affairs Departmentfor instructions on pairing INFINITIrecommended cellular phones.

When the connection process is com-pleted, the screen will return to thePhone menu display.

PHONE SELECTIONGUID-9468F7A4-90AE-4C93-9E43-03E8792BEB34

Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered tothe system. To switch to connect anothercellular phone, push button and selectthe “Connected Phones” key. The regis-tered cellular phones are shown on the list.If you select a cellular phone that isdifferent from the one currently connected,the newly selected phone will be con-nected to the system.

QUICK DIALGUID-C3398BEE-81B4-465B-A731-A8B9FAE8F6B6

This vehicle has two phonebooks availablefor hands-free use. Depending on thephone, the system may automaticallydownload the entire cell phone’s phone-book into the “Phonebook”. For the detailsabout downloading a phonebook, see“Phone setting” (P.4-103). If a phonebookdoes not automatically download, theQuick Dial may be set for up to 40 entries.This Quick Dial allows the recording of aname to speak while using voice recogni-tion. JVH1192X

1. Push the button and select the“Quick Dial” key.

2. Select the “Add New” key at the top ofthe screen.

Condition:

(289,1)


JVH1193X

3. Choose the method for entering theQuick Dial entry. For this example,select “Enter Number by Keypad”.

4. Enter the digits and select the “OK”key. (See “How to use touch screen(models with navigation system)” (P.4-5).)

JVH1194X

5. Select the “Voicetag” key to record aname to speak when using the INFINITIVoice Recognition system.

6. Select the “Store” key and prepare tospeak the name after the tone.

7. When the voicetag is successfullysaved, select the “OK” key to save theQuick Dial entry.

8. After the Quick Dial entry is saved, itwill show a screen that is ready to callthe number. Press the BACK button toreturn to the Quick Dial.

There are different methods to input aphone number. Select one of the following

options instead of “Enter Number by Key-pad” in step 3.

. Copy from Call HistoryThe system will show a list of incoming,outgoing or missed calls that weredownloaded from the connected cellu-lar phone (depending on the phone’scompatibility). Select one of theseentries to save in the Quick Dial.

. Copy from the HandsetThe system will show the connectedcellular phone’s phonebook that wasdownloaded (depending on thephone’s compatibility). Select one ofthese entries to save in the Quick Dial.


Condition:

(290,1)



JVH0480X

Editing the Quick DialGUID-42334BEF-B205-4245-B8E3-EA98868F743B

1. Push the SETTING button on the controlpanel and select the “Phone” key.

2. Select the "Edit Quick Dial" key .

JVH1197X

The following editing items are available:

. Entry #Changes the displayed number of theselected entry.

. NameEdit the name of the entry using thekeypad displayed on the screen.

. NumberEdit the phone number using the key-pad displayed on the screen.

. TypeSelect an icon from the icon list.

. VoicetagConfirm and store the voicetag. Voice-

tags allow easy dialing using theINFINITI Voice Recognition system.(See “INFINITI Voice Recognition Sys-tem (models with navigation system)”(P.4-121).)

To delete an entry, select the “Delete” keyat step 3.

Condition:

(291,1)


JVH0479X

MAKING A CALLGUID-7160796B-E3DA-43CC-B77F-0E35F263B185

To make a call, follow this procedure.

1. Push the button on the steeringwheel. The “PHONE” screen will appearon the display.

2. Select the “Phonebook” key on the“PHONE” menu.

3. Select the desired entry from the list.

4. Confirm the correct entry by selectingfor the correct number from the list.

JVH0495X

There are different methods to make a call.Select one of the following options insteadof “Phonebook” in step 2 above.

. Quick DialSelect an entry stored in the Quick Dial.

. Call HistorySelect an outgoing, incoming or missedcall downloaded from your cell phone(depending on your phone’s compat-ibility).

. Dial NumberInput the phone number manuallyusing the keypad displayed on thescreen. (See “How to use touch screen(models with navigation system)” (P.4-

5).)


Condition:

(292,1)



SAA2525

RECEIVING A CALLGUID-B2A2A751-5396-4E72-AE48-1885D0DF016E

When you hear a phone ring, the displaywill change to the incoming call mode. Toreceive a call, perform one of the followingprocedures listed below.

1. Select the “Answer” key.

2. Push the button on the steeringwheel.

There are some options available whenreceiving a call. Select one of the followingdisplayed on the screen.

. AnswerAccept an incoming call to talk.

. Hold CallPut an incoming call on hold.

. Reject CallReject an incoming call.To finish the call, perform one of thefollowing procedures listed below.

1. Select the “Hang up” key.

2. Push the button on the steeringwheel.

SAA3587

DURING A CALLGUID-491637EC-7496-4624-8F72-4E4FD857FED0

There are some options available during acall. Select one of the following displayedon the screen if necessary.

. Hang upFinish the call.

. Use HandsetTransfer the call to the cellular phone.

. MuteMute your voice to the person.

. KeypadUsing the touch tone, send digits to theconnected party for using services suchas voicemail.

Condition:

(293,1)


. Cancel MuteThis will appear after “Mute” is se-lected. Mute will be canceled.

. Switch Call*Select “Switch Call” to answer anotherincoming call. By selecting “Hang up”,you can end a call and can speak to acaller who is on hold again.

* This function may not be usable, depend-ing on the model of phone

To adjust the person’s voice to be louder orquieter, push the volume control switch (+or −) on the steering wheel or turn thevolume control knob on the instrumentpanel while talking on the phone. Thisadjustment is also available in the SETTINGmode.

JVH0480X

PHONE SETTINGGUID-1627A37B-095F-4DAE-8CC7-8D70F25A0309

To set up the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem to your preferred settings, push theSETTING button on the instrument paneland select the “PHONE” key.

Edit Quick DialGUID-621DA214-9D09-4879-B8E7-D95E420E4A10

To edit the Quick Dial, use the sameprocedure as described in “Quick Dial”(P.4-98).

Delete Quick DialGUID-4267F404-4F55-4084-9254-E1815F9C692C

The Quick Dial entries can be deleted all atthe same time or one by one.

Download PhonebookGUID-CFB7E243-6F58-449E-84A7-DF028AF48B2F

Download the contacts registered in aBluetooth® cellular phone. Availability ofthis function depends on each cellularphone. The memory downloading proce-dure from the cellular phone also variesaccording to each cellular phone. Seecellular phone Owner’s Manual for details.

When “Auto Downloaded” is active, thesystem will automatically re-download theentries registered in the phone everytime itis paired with the vehicle, even after youdelete the entries from your vehicle’sPhonebook memory.

Volume & RingtoneGUID-595FC768-BFB5-4BFA-BCC5-61D7F5D5610C

The following kinds of phone volume canbe set.

. Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing CallTo increase or decrease the volume,select the “Ringtone”, “Incoming Call”or “Outgoing Call” key and adjust itwith the INFINITI controller.

. Automatic HoldWhen this function is activated, anincoming phone call is automaticallyheld.


Condition:

(294,1)



. Vehicle RingtoneWhen this function is activated, aspecific ringtone that is different fromthe cellular phone will sound whenreceiving a call.

Auto DownloadedGUID-8479D1D5-1D93-4DB0-B0A7-03361551B4BE

When this item is activated and supportedby a compatible phone, the phonebook ofthe hands-free phone is automaticallydownloaded at the same time that thehands-free phone is connected.

When this item is active, the system willautomatically re-download the entries re-gistered in the connected phone even afteryou delete the entries from your vehicle’shandset memory.

Condition:

(295,1)


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-98FF02E9-7F46-478E-BE66-E2A96DB25729

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

The system fails to interpret the com-mand correctly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “INFINITI Voice Recognition System (models with navigation system)” (P.4-121).)

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to usethe phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

The system consistently selects thewrong voicetag.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Quick Dial” (P.4-98).)

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


Condition:

(296,1)



GUID-15D0990F-B975-4602-B3D0-498739F41B2C

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devote fullattention to vehicle operation whiletalking on the phone, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use aphone after starting the engine.

Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are anowner of a Bluetooth® enabled cellularphone, you can set up the wirelessconnection between your cellular phoneand the in-vehicle phone module. WithBluetooth® wireless technology, you canmake or receive a telephone call with yourcellular phone in your pocket.

Once your cellular phone is paired to thein-vehicle phone module, no phone con-necting procedure is required. Your phoneis automatically connected with the in-vehicle phone module when the ignitionswitch is pushed to the “ON” position withthe registered cellular phone turned on andcarried in the vehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Blue-tooth® cellular phones in the in-vehiclephone module. However, you can talk ononly one cellular phone at a time.

When a call is active, the audio system andmicrophone (located in the ceiling in frontof the rearview mirror) are used for thehandsfree communications.

If the audio system is being used at thetime, the audio mode will mute and willstay muted until the active call is ended.

The INFINITI Voice Recognition systemsupports the phone commands, so dialinga phone number using your voice ispossible.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System, refer to the following notes.




. Set up the wireless connection betweena cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the Blue-tooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellularphones may not be recognized by thein-vehicle phone module. Please visitwww.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetooth for arecommended phone list.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:— Your vehicle is outside of the tele-

phone service area.— Your vehicle is in an area where it is

difficult to receive radio waves; suchas in a tunnel, in an undergroundparking garage, behind a tall build-ing or in a mountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked inorder not to be dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is notideal or ambient sound is too loud, itmay be difficult to hear the other

Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM(models without navigation system)

Condition:

(297,1)


person’s voice during a call.. Immediately after the ignition switch is

pushed to the “ON” position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.

. Do not place the cellular phone in anarea surrounded by metal or far awayfrom the in-vehicle phone module toprevent tone quality degradation andwireless connection disruption.

. While a cellular phone is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® wireless con-nection, the battery power of thecellular phone may discharge quickerthan usual.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem seems to be malfunctioning, itis recommended to contact an INFINITIretailer.

. Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzingnoise to come from the audio systemspeakers. Storing the device in adifferent location may reduce or elim-inate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’sManual regarding the telephone pair-ing procedure specific to your phone,battery charging, cellular phone anten-

na, etc.. The antenna display on the monitor will

not coincide with the antenna displayof some cellular phones.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible to hear the caller’s voiceclearly as well as to minimize itsechoes.

. If reception between callers is unclear,adjusting the incoming or outgoing callvolume may improve the clarity.

. This wireless hands free car kit is basedon Bluetooth® technology,— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz— Output Power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P— Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/

4DQPSK— Number of Channel: 79— This wireless equipment can’t be

used for any services related tosafety because there is the possibi-lity of radio interference.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONGUID-56E45EFA-34AD-4B0B-9087-C969D088809D

FCC Regulatory informationGUID-0F89543D-4BAA-4085-8A8C-7ACEC9A15DF6


. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. this device may not cause interferenceand

2. this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice

IC Regulatory informationGUID-1587AF2B-C9B4-43FE-99DC-28BC4A241989

. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.



Condition:

(298,1)



Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,and licensed to Visteon Cor-poration.

SAA2634

CONTROL BUTTONSGUID-ADC5794C-CA38-4CAA-98F7-BEDAF8071AEF

1. PHONE SEND buttonPush the button to initiate a VoiceRecognition (VR) session or answer anincoming call. You can also use thebutton to skip through system feed-back and to enter commands during acall.

2. PHONE END buttonPush the button to cancel a VRsession or end a call.

VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEMGUID-3FF35FBA-0271-43D5-B7F4-337176E6E4FA

You can also use the Bluetooth® hands-free phone system with Voice RecognitionSystem.

INFO

. The available voice commands are onlyapplicable to the relevant language setin the LANGUAGE setting screen. (See“How to use SETTING button” (P.4-15).)

. If the vehicle is in motion, somecommands may not be available so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation.

Using systemGUID-FBAF99B5-8539-467B-9F08-F98030BD2C08

Initialization:GUID-C97A3783-9E96-4827-99CD-3A91C7AB605E

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, Voice Recognition System isinitialized, which may take up to oneminute. When completed, the system isready to accept voice commands. If theswitch on the steering wheel is pushedbefore the initialization completes, thesystem will not accept any command.

Before starting:GUID-FE001E6C-17D8-4E1E-91B2-CD3B4DACFE5C

To get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowing:

Condition:

(299,1)


. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible. Close the windows toeliminate the surrounding noises (traf-fic noises, vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system fromrecognizing the voice commands cor-rectly.

. Wait until a tone sounds before speak-ing a command.

. Speak a voice command within 5seconds after the beep sound. If novoice command is given, the systemwill ask you for a number. If no furthercommand is given, the session ends.

. Speak in a natural voice without paus-ing between words.

SAA2635

Giving voice command:GUID-A1EF366F-6489-4E5B-A73E-9968E8A422C2

1. Push and release the switchlocated on the steering wheel.

SAA2574

2. A list of commands appears on thescreen, and the system announces,“Please say a command after the beep.Available commands are: Call, Phone-book, Recent Calls, Connect Phone orHelp”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from to ,speak a command. See the “List ofvoice commands” (P.4-112) for thevoice command list. Speak “Call” forexample.

INFO

Voice commands cannot be recognizedas long as the screen icon is not in the


Condition:

(300,1)



command recognition mode .

4. The system acknowledges the com-mand and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

5. After the tone sounds, speak the phonenumber.

6. When you have finished speaking thephone number, the system repeats itback and announces the availablecommands.

7. After system responds, speak “Dial”and the system dials the spokennumbers.

Operating tips:GUID-F7B8B1E6-11FF-4798-A5A1-56CD5D890A9D

. Voice commands cannot be acceptedwhen the icon is .

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the switch or the BACK buttononce to return to the previous screen.

. If you want to cancel the command,push the switch. The message“Voice input is canceled” will beannounced. If you want to adjust thevolume of the system feedback, pushthe volume control buttons [+] or [−] onthe steering wheel or use the audio

system volume knob while the systemis making an announcement.

How to speak commands:GUID-87C29E7F-4B65-41AA-8286-2F810A733156

The Voice Recognition System requires acertain way to speak voice commands.Speak normally and clearly in the directionof the microphone (located in front of therearview mirror). Every digit of the numbermust be spoken individually and in anormal manner. The hands-free mode willwork best when the telephone number isspoken in blocks of three to five digits.After each spoken block is terminated, thesystem will repeat the three to five digitsand wait for you to speak the next digit orblock of digits required for the telephonenumber.

See “List of voice commands” (P.4-112) forthe appropriate commands that can bespoken for the hands-free mode system.

Example:

In order to initiate a call, speak “Phone-book”.

INFO

. If you are controlling the telephonesystem by voice command for the firsttime or do not know the appropriatevoice command, speak “Help”. The

system announces the available com-mands.

. When you speak numbers, you canspeak both “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Personal vocabulary (voicetags):GUID-2235EE69-DCBE-42F2-A3DE-090B0B11672E

Voice Recognition System is equipped withthe function called “voicetags”, which canbe associated with the phone number andname in the phonebook. Using the voicetag will automatically generate a speeddial to the registered number.

See “Phonebook registration” (P.4-114).

You can call the identified number usingthe following command: “Dial” followed bythe voice tag.

Dialling a name with a voice tag:GUID-878767F6-981A-467C-A4B6-214C708FD9B4

It is possible to call up a name via a voicetag instead of a number, provided thename and number of your correspondenthave been previously stored in the phone-book.

Dial via a voice tag, according to thefollowing procedure.

1. Push the switch.

2. The system replies “please say acommand after the beep. Availablecommands are: Call, Phonebook, Re-

Condition:

(301,1)


cent Calls, Connect Phone or Help”.

3. Give your instructions to the system bysaying: “Dial John” for example (“John”must have been previously set as avoice tag for John’s phone number) or“Dial One” if John is classified as one inthe phonebook.

If the system cannot understand yourcommand, repeat it according to therecommendations mentioned in “Howto speak commands” (P.4-110).

4. If the given name (voice tag) is correct,the phone system will dial the numberregistered for “John”.

INFO

To end the voice command phase at anystage of the procedure, push theswitch once in order to activate the cancelcommand.

Manual command selection:GUID-84FF3A2B-B291-4F72-AFE5-ACEAF4B6991F

Commands can be selected manually.While the commands are displayed on thescreen, select a command by operating theTune switch, and then push the button.Once a command is manually selected, thevoice command function is cancelled. Toreturn to voice command mode, push the

button to cancel the current operation,

and then perform the first procedure ofvoice command.


Condition:

(302,1)



List of voice commands:GUID-DE0DFCB6-6804-4D7F-9032-A09A2D2E37BA

COMMAND ACTION

“Call/Dial” “<name>” Dials the specified <name>.

“Call/Dial” “Redial” Dials the last number.

“Call” “<number>” Dials the specified <number>.

“Phonebook” “Number” “<name>” Displays the specified <name> in the phonebook.

“Phonebook” “List Names” Displays all the names in the phonebook.

“Phonebook” “Transfer Entry” Transfers the phonebook data to the system.

“Phonebook” “Delete Entry” Deletes the phonebook registered in the system.

“Connect Phone” “Add Phone” Connects a cellular phone to the system.

“Connect Phone” “Select Phone” Selects a registered cellular phone.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” Deletes a registered cellular phone.

“Connect Phone” “Bluetooth Off” Turns the Bluetooth connection off.

“Connect Phone” “Replace Phone” Changes the registered order of the cellular phones.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “All Phones” Deletes all registered cellular phones.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “List Phones” Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it.

Condition:

(303,1)


SAA2575

PAIRING PROCEDUREGUID-AAD5B7D6-C780-438F-A7EA-17D9D1E2392F

Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered.

1. Push the button on the steeringwheel. The system announces theavailable commands.

2. Speak: “Connect Phone”. The systemacknowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of availablecommands.

SAA2576

3. Speak: “Add Phone”. The system ac-knowledges the command and asksyou to initiate connecting from thephone handset.

INFO:

The Add Phone command is not avail-able when the vehicle is moving.

SAA2577

4. When asked to enter a PIN code toconnect a Bluetooth® cellular phone,enter the code “1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardlessof the number of phones paired.

The connecting procedure of the cellu-lar phone varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for the details. You canalso visit www.InfinitiUSA.com/blue-tooth or call INFINITI Consumer AffairsDepartment for instructions on pairingINFINITI recommended cellular phones.


Condition:

(304,1)



SAA2578

5. The system asks the user to speak aname for the phone.

Speak: “Yes”. The system acknowl-edges the command and registers thecellular phone.

If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells the user, then prompts theuser for a name again.

Also, if more than one phone is connectedand the name sounds too much like a namealready used, the system tells the user,then prompts the user for name again.

SAA2579

PHONEBOOK REGISTRATIONGUID-79093253-15BE-4085-B923-D7CA0215348D

When the cellular phone is connected tothe in-vehicle module, the data stored inthe cellular phone such as phonebook,outgoing call logs, incoming call logs andmissed call logs is automatically trans-ferred and registered to the system.

The availability of this function depends oneach cellular phone. The copying procedurealso varies according to each cellularphone. See cellular phone Owner’s Manualfor more information.

Up to 1,000 phone numbers per registeredcellular phone can be stored in the phone-

book.

Condition:

(305,1)


SAA2580

MAKING A CALLGUID-93A82B24-9588-433E-9F57-3C3D90B22B31

To make a call, follow the proceduresbelow.

1. Push the button on the steeringwheel. A tone will sound.

2. Speak: “Call”. The system acknowl-edges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.

3. Speak the registered person’s name.The system acknowledges the com-mand and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

4. Speak: “Yes”. The system acknowl-edges the command and makes the

call.

5. Once the call has ended, press thebutton on the steering wheel.

RECEIVING A CALLGUID-46C9F656-861B-4B20-A7D1-9B4923621ADC

When the ring tone is heard, press thebutton on the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, press thebutton on the steering wheel.

NOTE:

To reject a call when the ring tone is heard,press the button on the steeringwheel.

SAA2581

DURING A CALLGUID-C330F413-041E-465D-8484-A54D889B6283

During a call there are several commandoptions available. Press the button onthe steering wheel to mute the receivingvoice and enter commands.

. “(digits)” — Use the Send command toenter numbers during a call. For exam-ple, if directed to dial an extension byan automated system:Speak: “Sending one two three four.”The system acknowledges the com-mand and sends the tones associatedwith the numbers. The system thenends the VR session and returns to the


Condition:

(306,1)



call.. “Mute on/off” — Use the Mute com-

mand to mute the user’s voice so theother party cannot hear it.Use the mute command again tounmute the user’s voice.

. “Transfer Handset” — Use the TransferHandset command to transfer the callfrom the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem to a cellular phone whenprivacy is desired. The system an-nounces, “Transfer Handset. The callis transferred to the handset only.” Thesystem then ends the VR session.The Transfer Call command can also beissued again to return to a hands-freecall through the vehicle.

. “Help” — The system announces theavailable commands.

NOTE:

If the other party ends the call or thecellular phone network connection is lostwhile the Mute feature is on, the Mutefeature may need to be reset to “off.”

SAA2582

PHONE OPERATIONGUID-FD2F272E-C3D2-491C-847D-7174E630C148

CallGUID-E39E2BD3-408F-43B0-B414-337EEC4460DA

. (a name)If there are entries stored in the PhoneBook, a number associated with aname and location can be dialed. See“Phonebook registration” (P.4-114) tolearn how to store entries. Whenprompted by the system, say the nameof the phone book entry to call.The system acknowledges the name. Ifthere are multiple locations associatedwith the name, the system asks theuser to choose the location.

Once the name and location are con-firmed, the system begins the call.

. NumberWhen prompted by the system, speakthe number to call.

. RedialUse the Redial command to call the lastnumber of outgoing calls. The systemacknowledges the command, repeatsthe number and begins dialing. If aredial number does not exist, thesystem announces, “There is no num-ber to redial” and ends the VR session.

. CallbackUse the Callback command to call thelast number in incoming calls. Thesystem acknowledges the command,repeats the number and begins dialing.If an incoming call number does notexist, the system announces, “There isno number to call back” and ends theVR session.

. HelpThe system announces the availablecommands.

Condition:

(307,1)


SAA2583

PhonebookGUID-9B091183-6430-43A2-813C-9DDBF64B5197

. (a name)Use the name command to seek thename and locations registered in thephonebook in alphabetical order.Whenthe system acknowledges the alphabetthe user spoke, the system announcesall registered names and locationsbeginning with that alphabet.Playback of the list can be stopped atany time by pressing a button on thesteering wheel. The system ends the VRsession.

. List NamesUse the List Names command to hearthe names and locations registered inthe phonebook. When the systemacknowledges the command, the sys-tem announces all voicetags registeredin the system.Playback of the list can be stopped atany time by pressing a button on thesteering wheel. The system ends the VRsession.

. Transfer EntryUse the Transfer Entry command totransfer the phonebook data stored in acellular phone to the system.The system acknowledges the com-mand and asks the user to initiate atransfer from the phone handset. Thenew contact phone number will betransferred from the cellular phone viaa Bluetooth® communication link.The transfer procedure varies accordingto each cellular phone. See the cellularphone Owner’s Manual for more infor-mation. The system repeats the numberand prompts the user for the nextcommand. After entering numbers,choose “Store.”The system confirms the name, location

and number. The system then asks ifthe user would like to store anotherlocation for the same name. If the userdoes not wish to store another location,the system ends the VR session.

. Delete EntryUse the Delete Entry command todelete a specific number or all numbersin the phonebook. The system an-nounces the names of the phonenumbers already stored in the system.The system then gives the option todelete a specific number or all num-bers. Once the user chooses to delete anumber or all numbers, the systemasks the user to confirm.



Condition:

(308,1)



SAA2584

Recent CallsGUID-052499E8-9446-4B18-B352-F87C669017FD

. IncomingUse the Incoming command to make acall viewing the list of incoming calls.

. MissedUse the Missed command to make acall viewing the list of missed calls.

. OutgoingUse the Outgoing command to make acall viewing the list of outgoing calls.

. RedialUse the Redial command to dial the lastoutgoing call.

. CallbackUse the Callback command to dial thelast incoming call.


SAA2585

Connect PhoneGUID-A9CAF86D-6E73-4203-9784-F6BE0F3C2476

. Add PhoneUse the Pair Phone command to con-nect a compatible phone to the Blue-tooth® Hands-Free Phone System.When asked to enter a PIN code toconnect a Bluetooth® cellular phone,enter the code “1234”.The code is always “1234” regardlessof the number of phones connected. Upto 5 phones can be connected. If theuser tries to connect a sixth phone, thesystem announces that the user mustfirst delete one phone or replace an

Condition:

(309,1)


existing phone. If the user tries toconnect a phone that has already beenconnected to the vehicle system, thesystem announces the name that thephone is already using. The connectingprocedure will then be cancelled.The Add Phone command is not avail-able when the vehicle is moving.

. Select PhoneUse the Select Phone command toselect a phone of lesser priority whentwo or more phones connected withBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemare in the vehicle at the same time.The system asks the user to name thephone and confirm the selection.Once the selection is confirmed, theselected phone remains active until theignition switch is placed in the OFFposition or a new phone is selected.

. Delete PhoneUse the Delete Phone command todelete a specific phone or all phonesfrom Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem. The system announces thenames of the phones already pairedwith the system and their priority level.The system then gives the option todelete a specific phone, all phones or

listen to the list again. Once the userchooses to delete a phone or allphones, the system asks the user toconfirm.

NOTE:

When the user deletes a phone, theassociated phone book for that phone willalso be deleted.

. Replace PhoneUse the Replace Phone command tochange the active phone. The systemwill list the names assigned to eachphone and then prompt you for thephone you wish to select. Only onephone can be active at a time.

. Bluetooth On/OffUse the Bluetooth On/Off command toturn on/off Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System.


SPEAKER ADAPTATION MODEGUID-79091139-17F9-427C-A973-57F86FE160C1

The speaker adaptation mode allows up totwo users with different dialects to trainthe system to improve recognition accu-racy. By repeating a number of commands,the users can create a voice model of theirown voice that is stored in the system. Thesystem is capable of storing a differentspeaker adaptation model for each con-nected phone.

Training procedureGUID-5A12184C-6639-434F-B886-532F034E6B9A

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonablyquiet outdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Press the button.

4. Speak: “Help”. The system acknowl-edges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.

5. Speak: “SPEAKER Adaptation”. Thesystem acknowledges the commandand displays the speaker adaptationmode screen.

6. Voice memory A or memory B isselected automatically. If both memorylocations are already in use, the system


Condition:

(310,1)



will prompt you to overwrite one. Followthe instructions provided by the sys-tem.

7. When preparation is complete and youare ready to begin, press thebutton.

8. The speaker adaptation mode will beexplained. Follow the instructions pro-vided by the system.

9. When training is finished, the systemwill tell you an adequate number ofphrases have been recorded.

10.The system will ask you to say yourname. Follow the instructions to regis-ter your name.

11.The system will announce that speakeradaptation has been completed and thesystem is ready.

The speaker adaptation mode will stop if:

. The button is pressed in speakeradaptation mode.

. The vehicle is driven during speakeradaptation mode.

. The ignition switch is placed in the OFFor LOCK position.

Training phrasesGUID-7A6C37C4-0427-453B-BBD7-D45378797D7C

During the SA mode, the system instructsyou to say the following phrases.

(The system will prompt you for eachphrase.)

. phonebook transfer entry

. dial 3 0 4 2 9

. delete call back number

. Incoming

. Transfer entry

. 8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7

. delete all entries

. call 7 2 4 0 9

. phonebook delete entry

. next entry

. dial star 2 1 7 0

. yes

. no

. select

. Missed

. dial 8 5 6 9 2

. Bluetooth on

. Outgoing

. call 3 1 9 0 2

. 9 7 pause pause 3 0 8

. cancel

. call back number

. call star 2 0 9 5

. delete phone

. dial 8 3 0 5 1

. Record Name

. 4 3 pause 2 9 pause 0

. delete redial number

. phonebook list names

. call 8 0 5 4 1

. correction

. connect phone

. dial 7 4 0 1 8

. previous entry

. delete

. dial 9 7 2 6 6

. call 7 6 3 0 1

. go back

. call 5 6 2 8 0

. dial 6 6 4 3 7

Condition:

(311,1)


GUID-575395B9-727F-43FF-A15B-EDACD818AC35

INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands-free operation of the Phone, Navigation,Information and Audio systems in one oftwo modes, Standard Mode or AlternateCommand Mode.

In Standard Mode, commands that areavailable are always shown on the displayand announced by the system. You cancomplete your desired operation by simplyfollowing the prompts given by the system.(See “INFINITI Voice Recognition StandardMode” (P.4-121) for details.)

For advanced operation, you can use theAlternate Command Mode. (See “INFINITIVoice Recognition Alternate CommandMode” (P.4-134) for details.) When thismode is active, an expanded list ofcommands can be spoken after pushingthe TALK switch, and the voicecommand menu prompts are turned off.Review the expanded command list, whichis available when this mode is active. Notethat in this mode the recognition successrate may be affected as the number ofavailable commands and the ways ofspeaking each command are increased.

To switch one mode to another, see eachmode description later in this section.

To improve the recognition success rate

when Alternate Command Mode is active,try using the Speaker Adaptation Functionavailable in that mode. Otherwise, it isrecommended that Alternate CommandMode be turned off and Standard Modebe used for the best recognition perfor-mance.

For the voice commands for the navigationsystem, refer to the Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual of your vehicle.

INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STAN-DARD MODE

GUID-B3A6F64C-9035-4699-BB3D-1FF6F97E5F8A

The following section is applicable whenthe Standard Mode is activated.

The Standard Mode enables you to com-plete the desired operation by simplyfollowing the prompts that appear on thedisplay and also are announced by thesystem.

JVH0137M

Activating Standard ModeGUID-8FF22DD0-5FF3-4D23-94BA-51F41531CEC2

When the Alternate Command Mode isactive, perform the following steps toswitch to the Standard Mode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instru-ment panel.

2. Select the “Others” key.

3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.


INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM(models with navigation system)

Condition:

(312,1)



SAA2530

4. Select the “Alternate Command Mode”key.

5. The indicator turns off and the Stan-dard Mode activates.

Displaying user guideGUID-BB6A08D4-0739-466D-9C42-841BD18D531E

If you use the INFINITI Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time or you do not knowhow to operate it, you can display the UserGuide for confirmation.

You can confirm how to use voice com-mands by accessing a simplified UserGuide, which contains basic instructionsand tutorials for several voice commands.

SAA2531

1. Push the INFO button on the instrumentpanel.



4. Select the “User Guide” key.

5. Select a preferred item.

You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say“Help”.

Available items:GUID-708A2E44-5987-4816-B0FC-5AE15A5792D3

. Getting StartedDescribes the basics of how to operatethe INFINITI Voice Recognition system.

. Let’s PracticeMode that allows practicing by follow-ing the instructions of the system voice.

. Using the Address BookTutorial for entering a destination byusing the Address Book.

. Finding a Street Address (if soequipped)Tutorial for entering a destination bystreet address.

. Placing CallsTutorial for making a phone call byvoice command operation.

. Help on SpeakingDisplays useful tips of speaking forcorrect command recognition by thesystem.

Note that the Command List feature is onlyavailable when Alternate Command Modeis active.

Condition:

(313,1)


SAA2532

Getting StartedGUID-841DA7DA-BD1C-4126-9035-0A1C589FE36F

Before using the INFINITI Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time, you can confirmhow to use commands by viewing theGetting Started section of the User Guide.

1. Select the “Getting Started” key.

2. You can confirm the page by scrollingthe screen using the INFINITI controller.

Tutorials on the operation of the INFINITIVoice Recognition system

If you choose “Using the Address Book”,“Finding a Street Address” or “PlacingCalls”, you can view tutorials on how toperform these operations using INFINITI

Voice Recognition.

SAA2534

Let’s PracticeGUID-6B2C8C01-0AB9-4EB1-B868-A1CAAB4C6B5C

This mode helps learn how to use theINFINITI Voice Recognition system.

1. Select the “Let’s Practice” key.

2. After the message screen appears,push the TALK switch on thesteering wheel.

3. Speak the displayed number after thetone. The evaluation screen will bedisplayed and the result can be con-firmed.


Condition:

(314,1)



SAA2533

Useful tips for correct operationGUID-0040E036-ECA2-4F1C-B80F-13F35A92C9BF

You can display useful speaking tips tohelp the system recognize your voicecommands correctly.

Select “Help on Speaking” to start display.

USING THE SYSTEMGUID-39C2460F-8E7F-41DE-8D53-32F381B5CD7B

InitializationGUID-E326306F-0251-4EFC-8B3A-6757119AA3DE

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, INFINITI Voice Recognition isinitialized, which may take up to oneminute. When completed, the system isready to accept voice commands. If theTALK switch is pushed before theinitialization completes, the display willshow the message: “System not ready.” ora beep sounds.

Before startingGUID-D30E248A-C5DF-422E-9895-2E66852C3DB5

To get the best recognition performancefrom INFINITI Voice Recognition, observethe following:

. The interior of the vehicle should be asquiet as possible. Close the windows toeliminate the surrounding noises (traf-fic noise and vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system fromcorrectly recognizing the voice com-mands.

. Wait until the tone sounds beforespeaking a command.

. Speak in a natural conversational voicewithout pausing between words.

. If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”,the fan speed is automatically loweredso that your commands can be recog-nized more easily.

Condition:

(315,1)


SAA2167

Giving voice commandsGUID-085677B5-7320-4911-A84F-01206F17119B

1. Push the TALK switch located onthe steering wheel.

2. A list of commands appears on thescreen, and you will hear a prompt.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from to ,speak a command.

Selecting the “Practice” key will startthe practice mode. See “Let’s Practice”(P.4-123).

4. Continue to follow the voice menuprompts and speak after the tonesounds until your desired operation is

completed.

Selecting the “Help” key can displaythe detailed information of the eachcommand.

Operating tips:GUID-5B65881D-B625-4B98-BED5-5ED1C1C2E0B0

. Say a command after the tone.

. Commands that are available are al-ways shown on the display and spokenthrough voice menu prompts. Com-mands other than those that aredisplayed are not accepted. Pleasefollow the prompts given by the sys-tem.

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return tothe previous screen.

. To exit the voice recognition system,push and hold the TALK switch. Themessage, “Voice canceled” will beannounced.

Voice Prompt Interrupt:GUID-C1E9FCBA-2596-41E5-8E73-7606CFADEE99

To skip the voice guidance function andgive the command immediately, press theTALK switch to interrupt the system.Remember to speak after the tone.

How to speak numbers:GUID-E160FB44-93E1-4573-9804-E9D190CB34AA

INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer-tain way to speak numbers when givingvoice commands. Refer to the followingexamples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used.(For example, if you would like to say 500,“five zero zero” can be used, but “fivehundred” cannot.)

Examples

. 1-800-662-6200— “One eight zero zero six six two six

two zero zero”Improving Recognition of Phone numbers

You can improve the recognition of phonenumbers by saying the phone number inthree groups of numbers. For example,when you try to call 800-662-6200, say“eight zero zero” first, and the system willthen ask you for the next three digits. Then,say “six six two”. After recognition, thesystem will then ask for the last four digits.Say, “six two zero zero”. Using this methodof phone digit entry can improve recogni-tion performance.

When speaking a house number, speak thenumber “0” as “zero”. If the letter “o (oh)”


Condition:

(316,1)



is included in the house number, it will notbe recognized as the number “0 (zero)”even if you speak “oh” instead of “zero”.Please speak “zero” for the number “0(zero)”, “oh” for the letter “o (oh)”.

Send digits using dial tone:GUID-505F8163-EEC5-44E5-9B91-8DED622AFFDE

. Press the TALK switch during aphone call.

. The menu will be launched and you willbe provided with the following gui-dance: “Please say the digits to dial”.

. After guidance, say the digits of thenumber you want to send. After this,the digits that have been recognizedwill be read out.

. If you press the ENTER button on thesteering wheel or on the INFINITI con-troller, the selected digits will be sent.

Condition:

(317,1)


Command ListGUID-51E96D88-63BA-462B-914B-A7595C5813C2

Category Command:GUID-3736420F-D32B-458B-BF9A-9DE3768DDC31

Command Action

Call(Optional) Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either phonebook. Please say "Call" followed by a stored name.

Phone Operates the Phone function.

Navigation Operates the Navigation function.

Information Displays the vehicle Information function.

Audio Operates the Audio function.

Help Displays User Guide.

. Phone Command:

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.

Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial.

Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.

Call history Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).


Condition:

(318,1)



. Navigation Command:

Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

. Information Command:

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.

Tire Pressure Displays tire pressure information.

Where am I? Displays your current location.

. Audio Command:

Command Action

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

CD Starts to play a CD.

Condition:

(319,1)


. General Commands

Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen.

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition.


Condition:

(320,1)



Voice command examplesGUID-33326639-5C75-4573-840C-AD81EF0BD841

To use the INFINITI Voice Recognitionfunction, speaking one command is some-times sufficient, but at other times it isnecessary to speak two or more com-mands. As examples, some additionalbasic operations by voice commands aredescribed here.

For navigation system commands, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

SAA2167

Example 1 - Placing a call to the phonenumber 800-662-6200:

GUID-C45B26E9-78E4-4E36-AC6C-3CC2C66345CD

1. Push the TALK switch located onthe steering wheel. You will hear aprompt.

2. Speak “Phone”.

JVH0481X

3. Speak “Dial Number”.

Condition:

(321,1)


SAA2537

4. Speak “8 0 0”.

Selecting the “Manual Controls” keyswitches the screen to the keypad toinput the phone number manually.

SAA2538

5. The system announces, “Please say thenext three digits or dial, or say changenumber.”

6. Speak “6 6 2”.

SAA2539

7. The system announces, “Please say thelast four digits” or say change number.

8. Speak “6 2 0 0”.


Condition:

(322,1)



SAA2540

9. The system announces, “Dial or ChangeNumber?”

10.Speak “Dial”.

11.The system makes a call to 800-662-6200.

NOTE:. You can also speak “800-662-6200”

(10 continuous digits) or “662-6200”(7 continuous digits), if the area code isnot necessary. However, the 3-3-4 digitgrouping is recommended for improvedrecognition. (See “Giving voice com-mands” (P.4-125).)

. You can only say a phone number usingthe 3-3-4 grouping, 7 digits, and 10digits using this command. Please usethe “International Call” command forall other formats.

. If you say “Change Number” duringphone number entry, the system willautomatically request that you repeatthe number using the 3-3-4 format. Inthis case please say the area code firstand then follow the prompts.

. Do not add a “1” in front of the areacode when speaking phone numbers.

. If the system does not recognize yourcommand, please try repeating thecommand using a natural voice. Speak-ing too slow or too loudly may furtherdecrease recognition performance.

SAA2167

Example 2 - Placing an international call tothe phone number 011-81-111-222-3333:

GUID-3563CF8A-05B2-4F67-A7FB-3A714E4D9572

1. Push the TALK switch located onthe steering wheel. You will hear aprompt.

2. Speak “Phone”.

Condition:

(323,1)


JVH0481X

3. Speak “International Call”.

SAA2541

4. Speak “011811112223333”.

SAA2542

5. Speak “Dial”.

6. System makes a call to 011-81-111-222-3333.

NOTE:

Any digit input format is available in theInternational Number input process.


Condition:

(324,1)



INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION AL-TERNATE COMMAND MODE

GUID-918CFB1A-8B4D-4654-9F94-4AB4B38ADAC2

The following section is applicable whenAlternate Command Mode is activated.

When Alternate Command Mode is acti-vated, an expanded list of commands canbe used after pressing the TALK switch.In this mode, available commands are notfully shown on the display or prompted.Review the expanded command list whenthis mode is active. See examples ofAlternate Command Mode screens.

Please note that in this mode the recogni-tion success rate may be affected as thenumber of available commands and waysof speaking each command are increased.To improve the recognition success rate,try using the Speaker Adaptation Functionavailable in that mode. (See “Speakeradaptation function (for Alternate Com-mand Mode)” (P.4-144).) Otherwise it isrecommended that Alternate CommandMode be turned OFF and Standard Modebe used for the best recognition perfor-mance.

JVH0137M

Activating Alternate CommandMode

GUID-EF112A55-FA80-4F29-AE0D-AB5292D985F6

When the Standard Mode is active, performthe following steps to switch to theAlternate Command Mode.


2. Highlight the “Others” key.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key.

SAA2543

4. Highlight the “Alternate CommandMode” key.

5. The confirmation message is displayedon the screen. Push the “OK” key toactivate the Alternate Command Mode.

Displaying command listGUID-0B3454AB-0AB8-4B9F-B781-0E4A33190003

If you are controlling the system by voicecommands for the first time or do not knowthe appropriate voice command, performthe following procedure for displaying thevoice command list (available only inAlternate Command Mode).

Condition:

(325,1)


SAA2544




4. Select the “Command List” key.

SAA2545

5. Select a category from the list.

JVH0483X

6. Select an item.

7. If necessary, scroll the screen using theINFINITI controller to view the entirelist.

8. Press the BACK button to return to theprevious screen.


Condition:

(326,1)



Command ListGUID-87B206E2-2109-4ADC-86CE-25460316F2DB

Phone Commands:GUID-323A75DE-5514-44E2-96F8-9735E5807514

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number.

Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial.

Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.

Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Call <named>Makes a call to the contact that is stored in either the Quick Dial or Phonebook.Please say “Call” followed by a stored name.

Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).

Condition:

(327,1)


Navigation Commands:GUID-F588A174-EFC9-405C-A0E0-66E66E870584

Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

Previous Start Point Sets a route to a previous starting point.

Delete Destination Deletes a destination.


Condition:

(328,1)



Information Commands:GUID-FA4DC776-AEA3-4001-AAFB-368011E4A2F6

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Where am I? Displays your current location.

Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.

Tire Pressure Displays tire pressure information.

Weather Information Displays weather information.

Weather Map Displays a weather map.

Condition:

(329,1)


Audio Commands:GUID-86C2E1EC-A65C-48EA-A712-E29C8FA95322

Command Action

CD Starts to play a CD.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

USB Turns on the USB memory.

Bluetooth Audio Turns on the Bluetooth® audio player.


Condition:

(330,1)



Help Commands:GUID-F51104A9-882B-4B6E-B223-BCE71F984C0C

Command Action

Command List Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list.

Phone Commands Displays the phone command list.

Audio Commands Displays the audio command list.

Information Commands Displays the information command list.

Help Commands Displays the help command list.

User Guide Displays the User Guide.

Speaker Adaptation The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons.

Condition:

(331,1)


General Commands:GUID-5A89F65A-B388-47F6-A6ED-C64835C3173C

Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen.

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition.


Condition:

(332,1)



SAA2547

Displaying user guideGUID-5779FB8A-7E05-4BCB-9E6D-E1F132279F73

You can confirm how to use voice com-mands by accessing a simplified UserGuide, which contains basic instructionsand tutorials for several voice commands.


2. Select the “Others” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTERbutton.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” keyusing the INFINITI controller and pushthe ENTER button.

4. Highlight the “User Guide” key usingthe INFINITI controller and push theENTER button.

5. Highlight an item using the INFINITIcontroller and push the ENTER button.

Available items:GUID-5D8A8BA1-AD3F-420C-A6ED-0465E04BA90E

. Getting StartedDescribe the basics of how to operatethe INFINITI Voice Recognition system.

. Let’s PracticeMode that allows practicing by follow-ing the instructions of the system voice.

. Using the Address BookRefer to Navigation System Owner’sManual.

. Finding a Street Address (if soequipped)Refer to Navigation System Owner’sManual.

. Placing CallsTutorial for making a phone call byvoice command operation.

. Help on SpeakingDisplays useful tips for how to correctlyspeak commands in order for them tobe properly recognized by the system.

. Voice Recognition SettingsDescribes the available voice recogni-tion settings.

. Adapting the System to Your VoiceTutorial adapting the system to yourvoice.

USING THE SYSTEMGUID-63436222-6B65-44FE-84ED-C2004849E6F9

InitializationGUID-8FA1E5FF-7FD9-4808-BB59-C9D037C9015F

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, INFINITI Voice Recognition isinitialized, which may take up to oneminute. When completed, the system isready to accept voice commands. If theTALK switch is pushed before theinitialization completes the display willshow the message: “System not ready.”or a beep sounds.

Before startingGUID-5CC9EDD2-A916-43E0-AEA0-C95C95B96C90

To get the best performance from INFINITIVoice Recognition, observe the following.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible. Close the windows toeliminate the surrounding noises (traf-fic noises, vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system fromrecognizing the voice commands cor-rectly.

Condition:

(333,1)


. When the air conditioner is in the AUTOmode, the fan speed decreases auto-matically for easy recognition.

. Wait until a tone sounds before speak-ing a command.

. Speak in a natural voice without paus-ing between words.

SAA2167

Giving voice commandGUID-4666E63F-987E-4BB7-BD98-A0C3184022B4

1. Push and release the TALK switchlocated on the steering wheel.

2. A list of commands appears on thescreen, and the system announces,“Please say a command”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from to ,speak a command.

Operating tips:GUID-99B1D9D5-9C98-4AA1-AD63-F5EA09A19299

. Voice commands cannot be acceptedwhen the icon is .

. The list displayed can be scrolled bytilting the menu control switch on the

steering wheel.. If the command is not recognized, the

system announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return tothe previous screen.

. If you want to cancel the command,push and hold the TALK switch for 1second. The message “Voice canceled”will be announced.

Voice Prompt Interrupt:GUID-8BEE834E-6F71-46F7-AA0C-F16431866B9D

To skip the voice guidance function andgive the command immediately, press theTALK switch to interrupt the system.Remember to speak after the tone.

How to speak numbers:GUID-7ACB2C12-7FE9-4A13-89EA-ECD5C76D7512

INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer-tain way to speak numbers when givingvoice commands. Refer to the followingexamples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used.(For example, if you would like to say 500,“five zero zero” can be used, but “fivehundred” cannot.


Condition:

(334,1)



Phone numbers

Speak phone numbers according to thefollowing examples:

. 1-800-662-6200— “Dial one eight zero zero six six two

six two zero zero.”Note 1: For the best voice recognitionphone dialing results, say phone numbersas single digits.

Note 2: You cannot say 555-6000 as “fivefive five six thousands”.

Note 3: When speaking a house number,speak the number “0” as “zero”. If theletter “o (oh)” is included in the housenumber, it will not be recognized as thenumber “0 (zero)” even if you speak “oh”instead of “zero”. Please speak “zero” forthe number “0 (zero)”, “oh” for the letter“o (oh)”.

Send digits using dial tone:GUID-01E2DBD6-9E3D-4324-B6BA-8D57273E772A

. Press the TALK switch during aphone call.

. The menu will be launched and you willbe provided with the following gui-dance: “Please say the digits to dial”.

. After guidance, say the digits of thenumber you want to send. After this,

the digits that have been recognizedwill be read out.

. If you press the ENTER button on thesteering wheel or on the INFINITI con-troller, the selected digits will be sent.

SAA2549

Speaker adaptation function (forAlternate Command Mode)

GUID-AB0FED7B-F214-4CBB-AFB6-5106B03407A0

The voice recognition system has a func-tion to learn the user’s voice for bettervoice recognition performance. The systemcan memorize the voices of up to threepersons.

Having the system learn the user’s voice:GUID-DC4E52EA-B04C-466C-9428-8C8E3653065B

1. Push the SETTING button on the instru-ment panel and select the “Others”key.


3. Select the “Speaker Adaptation” key.

Condition:

(335,1)


SAA2550

4. Select the user whose voice is memor-ized by the system.

5. Select the “Start Speaker AdaptationLearning” key.

SAA2551

6. Select a category to be learned by thesystem from the following list.. Phone Commands. Navigation Commands. Information Commands. Audio Commands. Help Commands

The voice commands in the categoryare displayed.

7. Select a voice command and then pushthe ENTER button.

The voice recognition system starts.

SAA2552

8. The system requests that you repeat acommand after a tone.

9. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from to ,speak the command that the systemrequested.

10.When the system has recognized thevoice command, the voice of the user islearned.

Push the switch or BACK button toreturn to the previous screen.

If the system has learned the commandcorrectly, the voice command status on theright side of the command turns from


Condition:

(336,1)



“None” to “Stored”.

SAA2553

Speaker Adaptation function settings:GUID-0C9024B8-55E1-4BF5-8C56-18C2C5AF9377

Edit User Name

Edit the user name using the keypaddisplayed on the screen.

Delete Voice Data

Resets the user’s voice that the voicerecognition system has learned.

Continuous Learning

When this item is turned to ON, you canhave the system learn the voice commandsin succession, without selecting com-mands one by one.

Minimize voice feedback (for Alter-nate Command Mode)

GUID-776C67B9-F5B6-494C-A6EA-3153E3F336F7

To minimize the voice feedback from thesystem, perform the following steps.




4. Select the “Minimize Voice Feedback”key.

5. The setting is turned to ON and thevoice guidance will now be reducedwhen using the Voice Recognitionsystem.

Condition:

(337,1)


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-F9B6FCF1-C9A0-4FA6-B77F-4A70F687A6D8

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given inthis guide for the appropriate error.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom/error message Solution

The system fails to interpret the command correctly. 1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see “Command List” (P.4-127).

2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.

3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.NOTE:If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.

4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.

The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag inthe phonebook.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (models with navigation system)” (P.4-95).)

2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.


Condition:

(338,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(339,1)


5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ................... 5-3Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................... 5-3Three-way catalyst ............................................. 5-3Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............ 5-4Avoiding collision and rollover ........................... 5-7On-pavement and off-roaddriving precautions ............................................ 5-7Off-road recovery ............................................... 5-7Rapid air pressure loss ...................................... 5-8Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving .................... 5-8Driving safety precautions ................................. 5-9

Push-button ignition switch ................................. 5-11Operating range for engine start function ........ 5-11Push-button ignition switch operation ............. 5-12Push-button ignition switch positions .............. 5-12Emergency engine shut off .............................. 5-13Intelligent Key battery discharge ..................... 5-13

Before starting the engine ................................... 5-14Starting the engine .............................................. 5-14Driving the vehicle ............................................... 5-15

Automatic transmission ................................... 5-15Parking brake ...................................................... 5-21Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) (if so equipped) ......................... 5-21

LDW system operation ..................................... 5-23

Turning the LDW system ON/OFF .................... 5-24LDP system operation .................................... 5-25Turning the LDP system ON/OFF ..................... 5-26LDW/LDP system limitations .......................... 5-26System temporarily unavailable ..................... 5-28System malfunction ....................................... 5-29System maintenance ...................................... 5-29

Cruise control (if so equipped) ............................ 5-30Precautions on cruise control ......................... 5-30Cruise control operations ............................... 5-31

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(FULL SPEED RANGE) (if so equipped) .................. 5-32

How to select the cruise control mode ........... 5-34Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ........ 5-34Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode ................................................. 5-51Preview function (for Intelligent CruiseControl system equipped models) .................. 5-55

Forward Collision Warning (FCW) (ifso equipped) ....................................................... 5-56

FCW system operation .................................... 5-57Turning the FCW system ON/OFF .................... 5-58FCW system limitations .................................. 5-59System temporarily unavailable ..................... 5-60System maintenance ...................................... 5-61

Condition:

(340,1)


Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) (if so equipped) ....... 5-61IBA system operation ...................................... 5-63Turning the IBA system ON/OFF ....................... 5-64IBA system limitations ..................................... 5-65System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-66System maintenance ....................................... 5-67

Break-in schedule ................................................ 5-68Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ..................................... 5-68Increasing fuel economy ...................................... 5-69All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ................. 5-70Parking/parking on hills ...................................... 5-71Power steering ..................................................... 5-72Brake system ....................................................... 5-73

Braking precautions ........................................ 5-73Parking brake break-in .................................... 5-73

Brake assist ........................................................ 5-74Brake assist ................................................... 5-74Preview function (Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem equipped models) .............................. 5-74Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ...................... 5-76

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ................. 5-77Cold weather driving ........................................... 5-79

Freeing a frozen door lock .............................. 5-79Antifreeze ...................................................... 5-79Battery ........................................................... 5-79Draining of coolant water ............................... 5-79Tire equipment ............................................... 5-79Special winter equipment .............................. 5-80Driving on snow or ice ................................... 5-80Engine block heater (if so equipped) .............. 5-80

Condition:

(341,1)


GUID-D68C0968-2C03-4229-A9B4-5A1EDD2A115A

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldnot be left alone either. They couldaccidentally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation of thevehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.


EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)GUID-5A09DFF4-65AD-462D-9E65-B939613D79D6

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-ous. It can cause unconsciousness or

death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have the vehicleinspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

. Keep the lift gate closed while driving,otherwise exhaust gases could be drawninto the passenger compartment. If youmust drive with the lift gate open, followthese precautions:

1) Open all the windows.

2) Set the air recirculation to offand the fan control to high tocirculate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailer throughthe seal on the lift gate or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommenda-tion to prevent carbon monoxide entryinto the vehicle.

. The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanic when-ever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passenger compart-ment.

— You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

— You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTGUID-0B35F258-D470-46BC-A166-38F227DAACD3

The three-way catalyst is an emissioncontrol device installed in the exhaustsystem. Exhaust gases in the three-waycatalyst are burned at high temperatures tohelp reduce pollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaust systemare very hot. Keep people, animals orflammable materials away from theexhaust system components.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may ignite and

Starting and driving 5-3

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

Condition:

(342,1)


5-4 Starting and driving

cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously reducethe three-way catalyst’s ability to helpreduce exhaust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctionsin the ignition, fuel injection, or elec-trical systems can cause overrich fuelflow into the three-way catalyst, causingit to overheat. Do not keep driving if theengine misfires, or if noticeable loss ofperformance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have the vehicleinspected promptly. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could cause theengine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warming itup.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle to start

the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

GUID-A3B333D2-3D24-45BC-BA2B-1D802B3D86B3

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the properpressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling and

stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continueupon subsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists. When the mal-function indicator is illuminated, the sys-tem may not be able to detect or signal lowtire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunc-tions may occur for a variety of reasons,including the installation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that the

Condition:

(343,1)


replacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Additional informationGUID-391AE1C7-1CD5-4C27-A223-5241FF59940A

. Since the spare tire is not equippedwith the TPMS, the TPMS does notmonitor the tire pressure of the sparetire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

. The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire isinflated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning alsoappears on the vehicle informationdisplay when the low tire pressurewarning light is illuminated and lowtire pressure is detected. The CHECK

TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off whenthe low tire pressure warning lightturns off.The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningappears each time the ignition switchis placed in the ON position as long asthe low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated.The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate aTPMS malfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’soperation and the outside temperature.Do not reduce the tire pressure afterdriving because the tire pressure risesafter driving. Low outside temperaturecan lower the temperature of the airinside the tire which can cause a lowertire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illumi-nates in low ambient temperature,check the tire pressure for all four tires.

. You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on thedisplay screen. The order of the tirepressure figures displayed on the

screen does not correspond with theactual order of the tire position. See“Tire Pressure information” (P.4-11).

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-16) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates or LOW PRESSURE informa-tion is displayed on the monitor screenwhile driving, avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. Driving with under-inflatedtires may permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tire fail-ure. Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury. Checkthe tire pressure for all four tires. Adjustthe tire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. If thelight still illuminates while driving after


Condition:

(344,1)



adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may beflat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning.If you have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible. If no tireis flat and all tires are properly inflated,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

. Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon as possible.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.


. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped with tirechains or the wheels are buried in snow.

. Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows.This may cause poor reception of thesignals from the tire pressure sensors,and the TPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. Some exam-ples are:

. Facilities or electric devices using simi-lar radio frequencies are near thevehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near thevehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or aDC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.

Low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases.

. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheeland tire without TPMS.

. If the TPMS has been replaced and theID has not been registered.

. If the wheel is not originally specified byINFINITI.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-

Condition:

(345,1)


tion of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

GUID-79AD6E04-E2CE-4DE2-B55A-E48AA526F48F

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe andprudent manner may result in loss of controlor an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-sive speed, high speed cornering, orsudden steering maneuvers, becausethese driving practices could cause you tolose control of your vehicle. As with anyvehicle, a loss of control could result in acollision with other vehicles or objects, orcause the vehicle to rollover, particularly ifthe loss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times,and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol ordrugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsi-ness). Always wear your seat belt asoutlined in the “Seat belts” (P.1-12) of thismanual, and also instruct your passengers

to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

GUID-281AF389-35BA-4077-8794-C8E29FB33E43

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavement andoff-road applications. This gives them ahigher center of gravity than ordinary cars.An advantage of higher ground clearance isa better view of the road, allowing you toanticipate problems. However, they are notdesigned for cornering at the same speedsas conventional passenger cars any morethan low-slung sports cars are designed toperform satisfactorily under off-road con-ditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turnsor abrupt maneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. As with other vehicles of this type,failure to operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or vehicle rollover.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

Be sure to read “Driving safety precau-tions” (P.5-9).

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYGUID-DEBE425F-8765-4AA0-B054-F082E49BEFFA

If the right side or left side wheelsunintentionally leave the road surface,maintain control of the vehicle by followingthe procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle,road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while the


Condition:

(346,1)



vehicle speed is reduced. Do notattempt to drive the vehicle back ontothe road surface until vehicle speed isreduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tiresreturn to the road surface. When alltires are on the road surface, steer thevehicle to stay in the appropriatedriving lane.. If you decide that it is not safe to

return the vehicle to the road surfacebased on vehicle, road or trafficconditions, gradually slow the vehi-cle to a stop in a safe place off theroad.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSGUID-CB38C0C5-B0D4-4330-A2B0-DB2F4D9DF493

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect thehandling and stability of the vehicle,especially at highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspect the tires for wear and

damage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-26) ofthis manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or“blows-out” while driving maintain controlof the vehicle by following the procedurebelow. Please note that this procedure isonly a general guide. The vehicle must bedriven as appropriate based on the condi-tions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause acollision and result in personal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pulls inthe direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold a

straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashersand either contact a roadside emer-gency service to change the tire or see“Changing a flat tire” (P.6-4) of thisOwner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

GUID-5D37899E-465F-4474-B316-C5195552BAC1

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcohol ordrugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reducescoordination, delays reaction time and im-pairs judgement. Driving after drinkingalcohol increases the likelihood of beinginvolved in an accident injuring yourself andothers. Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the severity

Condition:

(347,1)


of the injury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving.However, you must choose not to driveunder the influence of alcohol. Every yearthousands of people are injured or killed inalcohol-related accidents. Although thelocal laws vary on what is considered tobe legally intoxicated, the fact is thatalcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs).Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, orsome other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSGUID-0E6CF00A-19F1-4544-8B05-1C59AC0392D6

Your INFINITI is designed for both normaland off-road use. However, avoid driving indeep water or mud as your INFINITI ismainly designed for leisure use, unlike aconventional off-road vehicle.

Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)models are less capable than All-WheelDrive (AWD) models for rough road drivingand extrication when stuck in deep snow,

mud, or the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

. Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicle shouldbe seated with their seat belt fastened.This will keep you and your passengersin position when driving over roughterrain.

. Do not drive across steep slopes. Insteaddrive either straight up or straight downthe slopes. Off-road vehicles can tip oversideways much more easily than theycan forward or backward.

. Many hills are too steep for any vehicle.If you drive up them, you may stall. If youdrive down them, you may not be able tocontrol your speed. If you drive acrossthem, you may roll over.

. Do not shift ranges while driving ondownhill grades as this could cause lossof control of the vehicle.

. Stay alert when driving to the top of ahill. At the top there could be a drop-offor other hazard that could cause an

accident.

. If your engine stalls or you cannot makeit to the top of a steep hill, never attemptto turn around. Your vehicle could tip orroll over. Always back straight down in R(Reverse) range. Never back down in N(Neutral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

. Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat and fade,resulting in loss of control and anaccident. Apply brakes lightly and usea low range to control your speed.

. Unsecured cargo can be thrown aroundwhen driving over rough terrain. Prop-erly secure all cargo so it will not bethrown forward and cause injury to youor your passengers.

. To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if so equipped)and evenly distribute the load. Secureheavy loads in the cargo area as farforward and as low as possible. Do notequip the vehicle with tires larger thanspecified in this manual. This couldcause your vehicle to roll over.


Condition:

(348,1)



. Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move suddenlyand injure your hands. Instead drive withyour fingers and thumbs on the outsideof the rim.

. Before operating the vehicle, ensure thatthe driver and all passengers have theirseat belts fastened.

. Always drive with the floor mats in placeas the floor may became hot.

. Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a higher centerof gravity, your INFINITI is more affectedby strong side winds. Slower speedsensure better vehicle control.

. Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even with AWDengaged.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing), or similarequipment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure youinform test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Using thewrong test equipment may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury. (AWDmodels)

. When a wheel is off the ground due to anunlevel surface, do not spin the wheelexcessively.

. Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking may causeloss of control.

. If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at high speeds.Your vehicle has a higher center ofgravity than a conventional passengercar. The vehicle is not designed forcornering at the same speeds as con-ventional passenger cars. Failure tooperate this vehicle correctly couldresult in loss of control and/or a rollover

accident.

. Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the rearwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

. Be sure to check the brakes immediatelyafter driving in mud or water. See “Brakesystem” (P.5-73) for wet brakes.

. Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle and itrolls forward, backward or sideways, youcould be injured.

. Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as the wheelhub, more frequent maintenance may berequired. See the maintenance informa-tion in the “9. Maintenance and sche-dules” section of this manual.

. Spinning the rear wheels on slipperysurfaces may cause the AWD warninglight to flash and the AWD system toautomatically switch from the AWDmode to the 2WD mode. This couldreduce traction. Be especially carefulwhen towing a trailer. (AWD models)

Condition:

(349,1)


GUID-387E946E-D3FB-4B7C-A35C-9AFED0ADFEE4

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except in anemergency. (The engine will stop when theignition switch is pushed 3 consecutivetimes or the ignition switch is pushed andheld for more than 2 seconds.) If the enginestops while the vehicle is being driven, thiscould lead to a crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

SSD0436

OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINESTART FUNCTION

GUID-7B325479-976E-40E9-A127-9E642D699874

The Intelligent Key can only be used forstarting the engine when the IntelligentKey is within the specified operating range*1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves arepresent near the operating location, theIntelligent Key system’s operating rangebecomes narrower and may not functionproperly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even

someone who does not carry the IntelligentKey, to push the ignition switch to start theengine.

. The cargo area is not included in theoperating range but the Intelligent Keymay function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, inside the glove boxor door pocket, the Intelligent Key maynot function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle, theIntelligent Key may function.


PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

Condition:

(350,1)



SSD1021

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHOPERATION

GUID-19AF0B8B-5852-4753-9BD8-0A6F5DF2A211

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch position will change as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change toOFF. (No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return toLOCK during the OFF position.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot be switched

to LOCK until the shift lever is moved to theP (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the LOCK position, proceed asfollows:

1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition. The ignition switch positionindicator will not illuminate.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot beturned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for opera-tion are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display between the speedometer andtachometer. (See “Vehicle information dis-play” (P.2-22).)

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONS

GUID-63ABA6D0-7FDF-4DEC-B0EA-E8210295DC51

LOCK (Normal parking position)GUID-BBC22159-EBD5-4C84-9F09-81380D0B8070

The ignition switch can only be locked inthis position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed to the ACC position whilecarrying the Intelligent Key or with theIntelligent Key inserted in the port.

ACC (Accessories)GUID-A36F2FF3-B47C-4E59-87AA-35CA5A1A0F2D

This position activates electrical acces-sories such as the radio, when the engineis not running.

ACC has a battery saver feature that willturn the ignition switch to the OFF positionafter a period of time under the followingconditions:

. all doors are closed.

. shift lever is in the P (Park) position.The battery saver feature will be cancelledif any of the following occur:

. any door is opened.

. shift lever is moved out of the P (Park)position.

. ignition switch changes position.

Condition:

(351,1)


ON (Normal operating position)GUID-4A818E50-2C3A-4DD4-9A5E-24DD1C6EFB18

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that will turnthe ignition switch to the OFF position, ifthe vehicle is not running, after some timeunder the following conditions:

. all doors are closed.

. shift lever is in the P (Park) position.The battery saver feature will be cancelledif any of the following occur:

. any door is opened.

. shift lever is moved out of the P (Park)position.

. ignition switch changes position.

OFFGUID-32A0B0B8-F64E-478F-8E02-53B83C88A5B0

The engine can be turned off in thisposition.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be switched to theLOCK position until the shift lever is movedto the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ON posi-tions when the engine is not running for anextended period. This can discharge thebattery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFGUID-CCDE5281-EC93-44B1-9FDE-FD8701347DA8

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

SSD0731

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGE

GUID-DAD6EB32-4362-42FD-8BE5-70B89936DCCC

If the battery of the Intelligent Key isalmost discharged, the guide light *A ofthe Intelligent Key port blinks and theindicator appears on the vehicle informa-tion display. (See “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P.2-22).)

In this case, inserting the Intelligent Keyinto the port *1 allows you to start theengine. Make sure that the key ring sidefaces backward as illustrated. Insert theIntelligent Key in the port until it is latchedand secured.


Condition:

(352,1)



To remove the Intelligent Key from the port,push the ignition switch to the OFF positionand pull the Intelligent Key out of the port.

NOTE:

The Intelligent Key port does not chargethe Intelligent Key battery. If you see thelow battery indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display, replace the battery assoon as possible. (See “Intelligent Keybattery replacement” (P.8-20).)

CAUTION

. Never place anything except the Intelli-gent Key in the Intelligent Key port.Doing so may cause damage to theequipment.

. Make sure the Intelligent Key is in thecorrect direction when inserting it to theIntelligent Key port. The engine may notstart if it is in the incorrect direction.

. Remove the Intelligent Key from theIntelligent Key port after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

GUID-C6A44AD2-C9E9-4EA9-964E-986163AC0A36

. Make sure the area around the vehicleis clear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid and window washerfluid as frequently as possible, or atleast whenever you refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights areclean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also check tires forproper inflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head re-straints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position. (See “Warning lights,indicator lights and audible reminders”(P.2-13).)

GUID-D30E9E25-CD6F-4D5E-A56F-8ACC0A4BB228

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operateunless the shift lever is in either of theabove positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition. Depress the brake pedal andpush the ignition switch to start theengine.

To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal with theignition switch in any position.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or whenrestarting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 tothe floor) and while holding, crankthe engine. Release the acceleratorpedal when the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and hold it. Push the ignitionswitch to the ON position to startcranking the engine. After 5 or 6seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to OFF. After

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE

Condition:

(353,1)


cranking the engine, release theaccelerator pedal. Crank the enginewith your foot off the acceleratorpedal by depressing the brake pedaland pushing the push-button igni-tion switch to start the engine. If theengine starts, but fails to run, repeatthe above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than 15seconds at a time. If the engine does notstart, push the ignition switch to OFF andwait 10 seconds before cranking again,otherwise the starter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stoppingthe engine over a short period of timemay make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, shift the shift leverto the P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start conditionssuch as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

GUID-04B77CD5-6D75-49CF-AB6F-F9F1077FB597

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONGUID-57AE4C17-6C39-43A3-91D4-8646F39CFDA4

7 speed automatic transmissionGUID-081FBA55-1146-4C92-BB3F-F7B9138EEA4B

The automatic transmission in your vehicleis electronically controlled by a transmis-sion control module to produce maximumefficiency and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are therecommended operating procedures forthis transmission. Follow these proceduresfor maximum vehicle performance anddriving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicleGUID-24159299-6242-4826-A948-EC4314919C32

After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the shift leverbutton before shifting the shift lever to theR (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive), DS (DriveSport) or Manual shift mode position. Besure the vehicle is fully stopped beforeattempting to shift the shift lever.

This automatic transmission model isdesigned so that the foot brake pedalmust be depressed before shifting from P(Park) to any drive position while theignition switch position is ON.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition switch is


DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Condition:

(354,1)



pushed to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand push the shift lever button to shiftinto a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehiclein motion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral)to R (Reverse), D (Drive), DS (Drive Sport)or manual shift mode. Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so could cause youto lose control and have an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

. Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive)position while the vehicle is reversing.This could cause an accident or damagethe transmission.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

CAUTION

. Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

. To avoid possible damage to yourvehicle; when stopping the vehicle onan uphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

SSD0774

Shift lever

ShiftingGUID-9384D3FA-2ECF-4515-8DD6-D10E211170F1

To move the shift lever,

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal,

: Push the button,

: Just move the shift lever.

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the shift lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive),DS (Drive Sport) or Manual shift modeposition.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can be

Condition:

(355,1)


selected without pushing the button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift lever isin any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly or roll awayand result in serious personal injury orproperty damage.

CAUTION

Make sure the vehicle is completely stoppedand the transmission is in the P (Park)position.

P (Park) position:GUID-0D860B1C-BFC2-428C-A517-EDB3A045BF4D

Use this position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped. Thebrake pedal must be depressed and theshift lever button pushed in to move theshift lever from the N (Neutral) position orany drive position to the P (Park) position.Apply the parking brake. When parking ona hill, apply the parking brake first, then

move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

R (Reverse):GUID-F92E74E8-C11B-4862-AE6E-C562E3C31EC2

Use this position to back up. Always besure the vehicle is completely stoppedbefore selecting the R (Reverse) position.The brake pedal must be depressed andthe shift lever button pushed in to movethe shift lever from the P (Park) position,the N (Neutral) position or any driveposition to the R (Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):GUID-3DABFCDF-7C0F-4605-8C0F-3A90E3CBB420

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to the N (Neutral)position and restart a stalled engine whilethe vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):GUID-A3D19FA8-A909-4A67-AB18-88802F62F825

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

DS (Drive Sport) modeGUID-46F46101-2BDD-46A3-BEBF-4AF687DE07B3

When the shift lever is shifted from the D(Drive) position to the manual shift gate,the transmission enters the DS (DriveSport) mode.

Moving the shift lever to the DS (DriveSport) position allows you to enjoy com-fortable driving on a winding road and feelsmooth acceleration or deceleration on ahilly road by moving in a lower gearautomatically.

When canceling the DS mode, return theshift lever to the D (Drive) position. Thetransmission returns to the normal drivingmode.


Condition:

(356,1)



SSD0732

Paddle shifters (If so equipped)

Manual shift modeGUID-28CD05AF-1454-41F6-93E4-359E3CC9F3D4

When the shift lever is in the DS (DriveSport) position, the transmission is readyfor the manual shift mode. Shift ranges canbe selected manually by moving the shiftlever up or down, or pulling the right-sideor left-side paddle shifter.

When shifting up, move the shift lever tothe + (up) side or pull the right-side paddleshifter (+) *A (if so equipped). Thetransmission shifts to the higher range.

When shifting down, move the shift lever tothe − (down) side or pull the left-sidepaddle shifter (−) *B (if so equipped). The

transmission shifts to the lower range.

When canceling the manual shift mode,return the shift lever to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to thenormal driving mode.

When you pull the paddle shifter (if soequipped) while in the D (Drive) position,the transmission will shift to the upper orlower range temporarily. The transmissionwill automatically return to the D (Drive)position after a short period of time. If youwant to return to the D (Drive) positionmanually, pull and hold the paddle shifterfor about 1.5 seconds.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in themeter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

M1 ?/

M2 ?/

M3 ?/

M4 ?/

M5 ?/

M6 ?/

M7

M7 (7th):GUID-19C878C9-7F65-4AF9-A471-94214FFEE8D9

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds.M6 (6th) and M5 (5th):

GUID-188E8EB0-7708-42CA-9F9E-56B2CB878FC2

Use this position when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when driving

down long slopes.M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):

GUID-96350EDC-9FC7-4809-B244-64ABED3D5FC1

Use these positions for hill climbing orengine braking on downhill grades.M1 (1st):

GUID-B8540BF7-704A-4FB5-AF33-D1F610624093

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deepsnow, or for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill grades.

. Remember not to drive at high speedsfor extended periods of time in lowerthan 7th gear. This reduces fuel econ-omy.

. Moving the shift lever rapidly to thesame side twice will shift the ranges insuccession.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gearor may automatically shift to the othergear depending on conditions. Thishelps maintain driving performanceand reduces the chance of vehicledamage or loss of control.

. When the transmission does not shiftto the selected gear, the AutomaticTransmission (AT) position indicatorlight (on the vehicle information dis-play) will blink and the buzzer will

Condition:

(357,1)


sound.. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-

sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to astop. When accelerating again, it isnecessary to shift up to the desiredrange.

Accelerator downshift — In D (Drive)position —

GUID-29274F8D-3D8F-495E-83CD-F07E3F8EE689

For passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. Thisshifts the transmission down into the lowergear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safeGUID-752B90E4-BD0C-4240-A51C-EB8CBB8B4454

When the fail-safe operation occurs, notethat the transmission will be locked in anyof the forward gears according to thecondition.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. This willoccur even if all electrical circuits arefunctioning properly. In this case, pushthe switch to the OFF position and wait for3 seconds. Then push the ignition switchback to the ON position. The vehicle

should return to its normal operatingcondition. If it does not return to itsnormal operating condition, have thetransmission checked and repaired, ifnecessary. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

SSD0775

Shift lock releaseGUID-EF5FDA8A-4EE1-4856-904E-1E0BFE368A1D

If the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever buttonpushed.

To move the shift lever, perform thefollowing procedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position.


3. Remove the shift lock cover *A using asuitable tool.


Condition:

(358,1)



4. Push down the shift lock *B asillustrated.

5. Push the shift lever button *C andmove the shift lever to N (Neutral)position *D while holding down theshift lock.

Push the ignition switch to the ON position.Now the vehicle may be moved to thedesired location.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have the automatic transmission systemchecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

Adaptive shift control (ASC)GUID-F4529B0B-56B7-4496-9839-5BBE8AFE4FD5

The adaptive shift control system automa-tically operates when the transmission is inthe "D" (drive) and "DS" (Drive Sport)position and selects an appropriate geardepending on the road conditions such asuphill, downhill or curving roads.

Control on uphill and curving roads:GUID-021986A2-B56F-4CA8-90AE-585C0BA24D53

A low gear is maintained that suits thedegree of the slope or curve to allowsmooth driving with a small number ofshifts.

Control on downhill roads:GUID-2CB69CCC-77B5-4CC3-9F20-582DB91B51C4

The adaptive shift control system shifts toa low gear that suits the degree of theslope, and uses the engine braking toreduce the number of times that the brakemust be used.

Control on winding roads:GUID-212979C0-7DA8-466F-8A26-E04E607DCAB4

A low gear is maintained on continuouscurves that involve repeated accelerationand deceleration, so that smooth accelera-tion is available instantly when the accel-erator pedal is depressed.

NOTE:. Adaptive shift control may not operate

when the transmission oil temperatureis low immediately after the start ofdriving or when it is very hot.

. During some driving situations, hardbraking for example, the adaptive shiftcontrol may automatically operate. Thetransmission may automatically shiftto a lower gear for engine braking. Thisincreases engine speed but not vehiclespeed. Vehicle speed is controlled bythe accelerator pedal when the vehicleis in the Adaptive shift control mode.

. When the adaptive shift control oper-ates, the transmission sometimes

maintains a lower gear for a longerperiod of time than when adaptive shiftcontrol is not operating. Engine speedwill be higher for a specific vehiclespeed while ASC system is operatingthan when ASC is not operating.

Condition:

(359,1)


GUID-257948B5-20A0-48CE-9506-5664ADA8E8EF

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

. Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

. Do not use the shift lever in place of theparking brake. When parking, be surethe parking brake is fully engaged.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal *1 .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake *2 .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal *1and the parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarning light goes out.

GUID-AB657AC3-44F0-4111-80FB-3866A16BCDB1

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the LDW and LDPsystems could result in serious personalinjury or death.

. The LDW and LDP system will not steerthe vehicle or prevent loss of control. Itis the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely, keep the vehicle inthe traveling lane, and be in control ofvehicle at all times.

. The LDP system may activate if youchange lanes without first activatingyour turn signal or, for example, if aconstruction zone directs traffic to crossan existing lane marker. If this occursyou may need to apply corrective steer-ing to complete your lane change.

. Because the LDP may not activate underthe road, weather, and lane markerconditions described in this section, itmay not activate every time your vehiclebegins to leave its lane and you will needto apply corrective steering.


PARKING BRAKELANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)/LANEDEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) (if soequipped)

Condition:

(360,1)



. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system— warns the driver with a warning light

and chime that the vehicle is begin-ning to leave the driving lane.

. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system— warns the driver with a warning light

and chime, and helps assist thedriver to return the vehicle to thecenter of the traveling lane byapplying the brakes to the left orright wheels individually (for a shortperiod of time).

JVS0587X

The LDW and LDP systems use a camera *Ainstalled behind the windshield to monitorthe lane markers of your traveling lane.

Condition:

(361,1)


JVS0850X

*1 LDP ON indicator light/LDW indicatorlight (on the instrument panel)

*2 Warning systems switch

*3 Dynamic driver assistance switch

LDW SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-8D557681-A9F3-41E9-BE8A-647D9B612C14

The LDW system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70km/h) and when thelane markings are clear.

If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound.

NOTE:

The LDW system is not designed to warnwhen you operate the lane change signaland change traveling lanes in the directionof the signal. (The LDW system willbecome operable again approximately 2seconds after the lane change signal isturned off.)


Condition:

(362,1)



JVS0851X

*1 LDW indicator light (on the instrumentpanel)


*3 Warning systems ON indicator light

TURNING THE LDW SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-0F52910A-69E2-4D8B-BD34-C30E665226D0

The LDW system is automatically turned onwhen the engine is started and the warningsystems ON indicator light *3 illuminateson the switch.You can turn the LDW systemoff by pushing the warning systems switch*2 on the instrument panel. This switchwill turn on and off the LDW and FCWsystems at the same time.

NOTE:

If you continue to push the warningsystems switch from off to on for over 4seconds, a chime will sounds and the LDWindicator light (orange) *1 flashes. Thiswill change the default status of the LDWand FCW systems to OFF so that thesesystems will not automatically turn onwhen the engine is started. If this proce-dure is repeated, the default status willreturn to ON.

Condition:

(363,1)


LDP SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-A0FBDA55-1A13-4B54-8692-FD3F53246940

The LDP system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70km/h) and when thelane markings are clear.

If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound. Then, the LDP system will auto-matically apply the brakes for a shortperiod of time to help assist the driver toreturn the vehicle to the center of thetraveling lane.

NOTE:. The LDP system is not designed to work

when you operate the lane changesignal and change traveling lanes inthe direction of the signal. (The LDPsystem will become operable againapproximately 2 seconds after the lanechange signal is turned off.)

. The LDP braking assist will not operateor will stop operating and only awarning chime will sound under thefollowing conditions.— When the brake pedal is depressed.— When the steering wheel is turned

as far as necessary for the vehicle to

change lanes.— When the accelerator pedal is de-

pressed while brake control assistis provided.

— When the Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC), Forward Collision Warning(FCW) or Intelligent Brake Assist(IBA) warnings sound.

— When the hazard warning flashersare operated.

— When driving on a curve at a highspeed.

. While the LDP system is operating, youmay hear a sound of brake operation.This is normal and indicates that theLDP system is operating properly.


Condition:

(364,1)



JVS0852X

*1 LDP ON indicator light (on the instru-ment panel)


TURNING THE LDP SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-18D8110C-790B-4F3B-92F6-8E6287B12E0E

To turn on the LDP system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch *2 onthe steering wheel after starting theengine. The LDP ON indicator light (green)*1 on the instrument panel will illuminate.Push the dynamic driver assistance switch*2 again to turn off the LDP system. TheLDP ON indicator light *1 will turn off.

LDW/LDP SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-B41AF1B8-3381-4404-B8E8-B5E53F5F77BF

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe LDW and LDP systems. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The system will not operate at speedsbelow 45 MPH (70 km/h) or if it cannotdetect lane markers.

. The LDP system is primarily intended foruse on well-developed freeways or high-ways. It may not detect the lane markersin certain roads, weather or drivingconditions.

Condition:

(365,1)


. Do not use the LDP system under thefollowing conditions as it may notfunction properly:

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.).

— When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow, etc.

— When driving on winding or unevenroads.

— When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

— When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, non-standardwheels).

— When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or suspen-sion parts.

— When you are towing a trailer orother vehicle.

. The camera may not detect lane markersin the following situations and the LDWand LDP systems may not operateproperly.

— On roads where there are multipleparallel lane markers, lane markersthat are faded or not painted clearly,yellow painted lane markers, non-standard lane markers, or lane mar-kers covered with water, dirt, snow,etc.

— On roads where the discontinuedlane markers are still detectable.

— On roads where there are sharpcurves.

— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining after roadrepairs. (The LDW and LDP systemscould detect these items as lanemarkers.)

— On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s traveling direc-tion does not align with the lanemarker.

— When traveling close to the vehiclein front of you, which obstructs thelane camera unit detection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt adheres tothe windshield in front of the lanecamera unit.

— When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or if the aimingis not adjusted properly.

— When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, the lightdirectly shines on the front of thevehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, when thevehicle enters or exits a tunnel orunder a bridge.)

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.


Condition:

(366,1)



JVS0853X

*1 LDP ON indicator light (on the instru-ment panel)

*2 Warning systems ON indicator light



GUID-3D7199A3-5C57-4FCA-9CB4-4AA64377364E

Condition A:

Under the following conditions, a beep willsound and the LDP system will be canceledautomatically. The LDP ON indicator light*1 will blink in green, and the LDP systemcannot be activated:

. When the VDC system (except TCSfunction) or ABS operates.

. When the VDC system is turned off.

. When the SNOW mode switch is turnedon.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn off the LDP system. Push the dynamicdriver assistance switch *3 again to turnthe LDP system back on.

Condition B:

LDW system: If the vehicle is parked indirect sunlight under high temperatureconditions (over approximately 1048F(408C)) and then the LDW system is turnedon, the LDW system may be deactivatedautomatically, and the warning systems ONindicator light *2 on the switch will blink.

Condition:

(367,1)


LDP system: If the vehicle is parked indirect sunlight under high temperatureconditions (over approximately 1048F(408C)) and then the LDP system is turnedon, the LDP system will be turned offautomatically, a beep will sound and theLDP ON indicator light *1 will blink ingreen.

The LDW and LDP systems are not availableuntil the conditions no longer exist.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the LDW system will resume automatically.

For the LDP system, push the dynamicdriver assistance switch *3 again to turnthe LDP system back on.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONGUID-EFF0F028-A4A7-4AA1-8BF1-22D8DDB04A45

LDW system: When the LDW system mal-functions, it will cancel automatically, andthe LDW indicator light (orange) willilluminate.

LDP system: When the LDP system mal-functions, it will be turned off automati-cally, a beep will sound, and the LDWindicator light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, placethe vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine. If theLDW indicator light (orange) continues toilluminate, have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

SSD0453

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-034BD07C-D31B-4447-90F9-09CEE1C83643

The lane camera unit *1 for the LDW/LDPsystems is located above the inside mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the LDW/LDP systems and prevent a system mal-function, be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the windshield clean.

. Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install anaccessory near the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, suchas white paper or a mirror, on theinstrument panel. The reflection ofsunlight may adversely affect the cam-


Condition:

(368,1)



era unit’s capability of detecting thelane markers.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. It isrecommended you contact an INFINITIretailer if the camera unit is damageddue to an accident.

GUID-3AF831C5-B9AE-429C-98EA-DD3D081712CA

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROLGUID-C2EADEDF-B79F-40E7-9778-48FFABE14340

. If the cruise control system malfunc-tions, it will cancel automatically. TheSET indicator on the vehicle informationdisplay will then blink to warn thedriver.

. If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruisecontrol system will be canceled auto-matically.

. If the SET indicator blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and havethe system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. The SET indicator may sometimes blinkwhen the cruise control main switch isturned ON while pushing the ACCELER-ATE/RESUME, COAST/SET or CANCELswitch. To properly set the cruisecontrol system, perform the stepsbelow in the order indicated.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

Condition:

(369,1)


SSD0788

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch2. COAST/SET switch3. CANCEL switch4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSGUID-E3CE7F3D-06AD-405D-AC72-5E1139BE8F81

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theMAIN switch on. The CRUISE indicator willcome on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push the

COAST/SET switch and release it. (TheCRUISE SET indicator will come on in theinstrument panel.) Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thishappens, drive without the cruise con-trol.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

1. Push the CANCEL button. The SETindicator will go out.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorwill go out.

3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position. The SET indicator will go out.

4. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicator willgo out.

. If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the ACCELERATE/RESUME orCOAST/SET switch and reset at thecruising speed, the cruise control will

disengage. Turn the MAIN switch offonce and then turn it on again.

. The cruise control will automaticallycancel if the vehicle slows more than8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position, the cruise controlwill be canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the COAST/SETswitch.

. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. When the vehicle attainsthe speed you desire, release theswitch.

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.


Condition:

(370,1)



. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 25MPH (40 km/h).

GUID-9419D013-FCF6-417B-973D-87903F341120

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the ICC system couldresult in serious injury or death.

. ICC is not a collision avoidance orwarning device. For highway use onlyand not intended for congested areas orcity driving. Failure to apply the brakescould result in an accident.

. Always observe posted speed limits anddo not set the speed over them.

. Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using either cruise control mode.Read and understand the Owner’s Man-ual thoroughly before using the cruisecontrol. To avoid serious injury or death,do not rely on the system to preventaccidents or to control the vehicle’sspeed in emergency situations. Do notuse cruise control except in appropriateroad and traffic conditions.

. In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime will notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead. Pay special attentionto the distance between your vehicle andthe vehicle ahead of you or a collision

could occur.

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemmaintains a selected distance from thevehicle in front of you within the speedrange of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up tothe set speed. The set speed can beselected by the driver between 20 to 90MPH (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes.

. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode:For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you up to the preset speed.

. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode:For cruising at a preset speed.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC) (FULLSPEED RANGE) (if so equipped)

Condition:

(371,1)


JVS0854X

*1 Displays and indicators

*2 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches

*A MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

Push the MAIN switch *A to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode and the

conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode.

Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise controlmode. To change the mode, push the MAINswitch *A once to turn the system off. Thenpush the MAIN switch *A again to turn the

system back on and select the desiredcruise control mode.

Always confirm the setting in the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system display.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode” (P.5-34).

For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P.5-51).


Condition:

(372,1)



SSD0913

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE CON-TROL MODE

GUID-BCE82636-D7CE-45AE-8B00-E2FA51FA2F55

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode

GUID-73C83CCC-DF26-4F50-AD25-3E0D824851A8

To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode *1 , quickly push and releasethe MAIN switch *A .

Selecting the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

GUID-85DC5B8E-CF4F-4F3B-A1E0-CF52F6819FC5

To choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode *2 , push and hold theMAIN switch *A for longer than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds. See “Conventional

(fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-51).

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

GUID-1033BBEC-3D95-4F4A-AA90-4DFC7F7487F2

In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system automatically maintains a selecteddistance from the vehicle traveling in frontof you according to that vehicle’s speed (upto the set speed), or at the set speed whenthe road ahead is clear.

JVS0124X

The system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.

If the distance sensor *A detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system willreduce the vehicle speed so that yourvehicle follows the vehicle in front at theselected distance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to40% of vehicle braking power) if neces-sary.

The detection range of the sensor isapproximately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

Condition:

(373,1)


Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode operation

GUID-B0042474-0DAA-4754-A536-50D98F5520DE

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to matchthe slower vehicle ahead. The system willdecelerate the vehicle as necessary and ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill. How-ever, the ICC system can only apply up to40% of the vehicle’s total braking power.This system should only be used whentraffic conditions allow vehicle speeds toremain fairly constant or when vehiclespeeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or ifa vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decele-rates, the distance between vehicles maybecome closer because the ICC systemcannot decelerate the vehicle quickly en-ough. If this occurs, the ICC system willsound a warning chime and blink thesystem display to notify the driver to takenecessary action.

The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed is belowapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and avehicle is not detected ahead. The systemwill also disengage when the vehicle goes

above the maximum set speed.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-43).

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

. When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 20 and 90 MPH(32 and 144 km/h).

. When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by driver, from thevehicle ahead. The adjusting speedrange is up to the set speed. If thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill with-in the limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel once it judges astandstill with a warning chime.

. When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode accelerates and maintains vehi-cle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. You

must pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates ortraffic congestion.


Condition:

(374,1)



SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC will adjust the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If thevehicle ahead changes lanes or exits thefreeway, the ICC system will accelerate andmaintain the speed up to the set speed.Pay attention to the driving operation tomaintain control of the vehicle as itaccelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, youwill have to manually control the vehiclespeed.

Normally when controlling the distance to avehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicleaccording to the speed of the vehicleahead. Depress the accelerator pedal toproperly accelerate your vehicle whenacceleration is required for a lane change.Depress the brake pedal when decelera-tion is required to maintain a safe distanceto the vehicle ahead due to its suddenbraking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stayalert when using the ICC system.

SSD0914

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode switches

GUID-17F085DA-9D45-4B45-A9C6-44F2E0025210

The system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:

Sets desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasing

Condition:

(375,1)


the set speed.

4. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:. Long. Middle. Short

5. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch:

Master switch to activate the system

SSD0606

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode display and indicators

GUID-E41EE259-BFF2-474E-8CC7-1337AEE4D80E

The display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

3. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

4. Indicates your vehicle

5. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed isdisplayed in km/h.

6. Intelligent Cruise Control system warn-ing light (orange):

The light comes on if there is amalfunction in the ICC system.


Condition:

(376,1)



SSD0607

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the indicators come on asillustrated to check for a burned-out bulb,and it turns off when the engine is started.

SSD0915

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode

GUID-D2E6E26F-0ADF-41F5-9488-F82C852D9855

To turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch *A on. Thecruise indicator light, set distance indica-tor and set vehicle speed indicator come onand in a standby state for setting.

SSD0916

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distanceindicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on.) Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

Condition:

(377,1)


SSD0784

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set and the ICC indicators willblink for approximately 2 seconds:

. When traveling below 20 MPH (32km/h) and the vehicle ahead is notdetected

. When the shift lever is not in the D, DSor Manual mode

. When the windshield wipers are operat-ing at low (LO) or high speed (HI). If thevehicle is equipped with a rain-sensingauto wiper, the system may cancelwhen the wipers are operating at theintermittent (INT) speed.

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the brakes are operated by thedriver

SSD0614

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set.

A warning chime will sound and the ICCindicators will blink.

. When the SNOW mode switch is ON (Touse the ICC system, turn off the SNOWmode switch, push the MAIN switch toturn off the ICC and reset the ICC switchby pressing the MAIN switch again.)For details about the SNOW modeswitch, see “Snow mode switch” (P.2-48).

. When the VDC system is off (To use theICC system, turn on the VDC system.


Condition:

(378,1)



Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICCsystem and reset the ICC switch bypushing the MAIN switch again.)For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” (P.5-77).

. When ABS or VDC (including the trac-tion control system) is operating

. When driving into a strong light (forexample, sunlight)

. When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are nolonger slipping. Push the MAIN switchto turn off the ICC, and reset the ICCsystem by pushing the MAIN switchagain.)

SSD0610

*1 System set display with vehicle ahead*2 System set display without vehicle

ahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:GUID-7BD01E40-66F6-4D02-BE08-95D2D6F945FC

When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates thevehicle by controlling the throttle andapplying the brakes to match the speed

of a slower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain thedriver selected distance.

NOTE:. The stoplights of the vehicle come on

and the brake pedal depresses whenbraking is performed by the ICC sys-tem.

. When the brake operates, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator comeson. The ICC system will also display the set

Condition:

(379,1)


speed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:GUID-8663652B-B4E8-4B9C-ACBF-B9DE5937EC49

When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accel-eration to the set vehicle speed or any timethe ICC system is in operation, the systemcontrols the distance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), thesystem will be canceled.

SSD0611

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when the vehiclespeed exceeds the set speed. The vehicledetect indicator will turn off when the areaahead of the vehicle is open. When thepedal is released, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set inthe ICC system, you can depress theaccelerator pedal when it is necessary toaccelerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeed

GUID-20E117B0-BF05-4A66-93D5-4A22FE20F309

To cancel the preset speed, use any ofthese methods:

. Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Turn the MAIN switch off. The ICCindicators will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the COAST/SETswitch.

. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. The set vehicle speedwill increase by approximately 5 MPH(5 km/h for Canada).

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h forCanada).


Condition:

(380,1)



To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h forCanada).

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by approxi-mately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).


SSD0917

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

GUID-57D237CC-F524-408C-8494-A98EF42563F5

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on thetraffic conditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch *A ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long againin that sequence.

Condition:

(381,1)


SSD0613C

. The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the long-er the distance.

. If the engine is stopped, the setdistance becomes “long”. (Each timethe engine is started, the initial setting

becomes “long”.)

Approach warningGUID-AFF7DA6B-0A07-47C8-9749-D6C11FBE142D

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depres-sing the brake pedal to maintain a safevehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distancebetween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehi-cles is increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicleThe warning chime will not sound when:

. the vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

. the accelerator pedal is depressed,overriding the system.


Condition:

(382,1)



SSD0284A

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe ICC sensor detects some reflectors *Awhich are fitted on vehicles in other lanesor on the side of the road. This may causethe ICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle. The ICC sensor may detectthese reflectors when the vehicle is drivenon winding roads, hilly roads or whenentering or exiting a curve. The ICC sensormay also detect reflectors on narrow roadsor in road construction zones. In thesecases you will have to manually control theproper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicleis being driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationGUID-ABE70B6C-3B5C-4BED-A154-45426567DEC1

A chime sounds under the following con-ditions and the control is automaticallycanceled.

. When the vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. When the system judges the vehicle isat standstill


. When the windshield wipers are operat-ing at low (LO) or high speed (HI). If thevehicle is equipped with a rain-sensingauto wiper, the system may cancelwhen the wipers are operating at theintermittent (INT) speed.


. When the SNOW mode switch is turnedON

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When ABS or VDC (including the trac-tion control system) operates


. When distance measurement becomesimpaired due to adhesion of dirt orobstruction to the sensor

. When a wheel slips

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations

GUID-0068590B-5675-4F31-8813-EACB6A3E5FCC

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe ICC system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The system is primarily intended for useon straight, dry, open roads with lighttraffic. It is not advisable to use thesystem in city traffic or congested areas.

. This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. This system shouldbe used in evenly flowing traffic. Do notuse the system on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain orin fog.

Condition:

(383,1)


. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal, dependingon the distance to the vehicle ahead andthe surrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel once it judges thatthe vehicle has come to a standstill andsound a warning chime. To prevent thevehicle from moving, the driver mustdepress the brake pedal.

. Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manuallycontrol the proper following distance.The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode of the ICC system may not be ableto maintain the selected distance be-tween vehicles (following distance) orselected vehicle speed under somecircumstances.

. The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe ICC system under the followingconditions:

— On roads where the traffic is heavyor there are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

— When the windshield wiper is oper-ated at the low speed (LO) or highspeed (HI) position, the ICC system isautomatically canceled. If the vehicleis equipped with a rain-sensing autowiper, the system may cancel whenthe wipers are operating at theintermittent (INT) speed.

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (the vehi-cle may go beyond the set vehiclespeed and frequent braking may

result in overheating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

— When traffic conditions make itdifficult to keep a proper distancebetween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration

. Do not use the ICC system if you aretowing a trailer. The system may notdetect a vehicle ahead.

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. You may need tocontrol the distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Always stayalert and avoid using the ICC systemwhen it is not recommended in thissection.

The distance sensor will not detect thefollowing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane


Condition:

(384,1)



The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the reflectors on a vehicleahead. Therefore, if the sensor cannotdetect the reflector on the vehicle ahead,the ICC system may not maintain theselected distance.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis positioned high on the vehicle(trailer, etc.)

. When the reflector on the vehicle aheadis missing, damaged or covered

. When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis covered with dirt, snow and roadspray

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe sensor’s visibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation withinthe limitation of the system. When the

sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed,the system will automatically be canceled.If the sensor is covered with ice, atransparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc.,the ICC system may not detect them. Inthese instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode may not cancel andmay not be able to maintain the selectedfollowing distance from the vehicle ahead.Be sure to check and clean the sensorregularly.

Condition:

(385,1)


SSD0252

The detection zone of the ICC sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the ICC system maywarn you by blinking the system indicator

and sounding the chime. The driver mayhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from vehicle traveling ahead.


Condition:

(386,1)



SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theICC sensor may detect vehicles in adifferent lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. This maycause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in the lane,etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, theICC system may warn you by blinking thesystem indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manually

control the proper distance away from thevehicle traveling ahead.

Condition:

(387,1)


JVS0855X

*1 Warning light and display (example)

*2 MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

SSD0614

System temporarily unavailableGUID-C81AFEED-63C2-4DE9-9167-6D1539AC39D1

Condition A:GUID-2D7C3393-F5E0-4EC5-9D16-8B7D4D5B8BA3

Under the following conditions, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled. Thechime will sound and the system will notbe able to be set.

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When the VDC or ABS (including thetraction control system) operates

. When a tire slips

. When the SNOW mode switch is turnedON



Condition:

(388,1)



Action to take:GUID-F1D54DBD-634B-448A-98F9-A1BD4D3D17A4

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe MAIN Switch *2 . Turn the ICC systemback on to use the system.

SSD0615

Condition B:GUID-A2FE4731-3259-4492-A3EA-EFDC01ED6D84

When the sensor window is dirty, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theICC system is automatically canceled.

The chime sounds and the system warninglight (orange) will come on and the “CLEANSENSOR” indicator will appear.

Action to take:GUID-AC611CDF-E327-439E-8211-B146515916FA

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place, turn the engine off.Clean the sensor window with a soft clothand then perform the settings again.

SSD0621

Condition C:GUID-4048E6B3-F112-4F2C-8352-C4EA561A3C25

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the systemwarning light (orange) will come on.

Action to take:GUID-9096B072-3E0A-46CC-B8EF-7B95CC6E5E6F

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked. It

Condition:

(389,1)


is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

JVS0124X

System maintenanceGUID-94B8575A-01CD-498F-9352-7652D49484D0

The sensor for the ICC system *A is locatedbelow the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the sensor clean. Wipewith a soft cloth carefully so as not todamage the sensor.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor. Do not touch orremove the screw located on thesensor. Doing so could cause failureor malfunction. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer if the sensor is

damaged due to an accident.. Do not attach a sticker (including

transparent material) or install anaccessory near the sensor. This couldcause failure or malfunction.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

GUID-EE5C83FE-D896-4B3B-8CB7-8CBAF1001107

This mode allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

WARNING

. In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime does notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead, as neither the pre-sence of the vehicle ahead nor thevehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

. Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision could occur.

. Always confirm the setting in the In-telligent Cruise Control system display.

. Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode when driving


Condition:

(390,1)



under the following conditions:

— when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

— in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

— on winding or hilly roads

— on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

— in very windy areas

. Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident. SSD0736

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switch

GUID-604A28F1-C0FE-4C1B-82DF-45692AAEB758

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:

Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

SSD0618

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indica-tors

GUID-078516D5-42A5-4906-9C7B-8E13AFD2CE68

The display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

2. Cruise set switch indicator:

Displays while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode of the ICCsystem.

Condition:

(391,1)


3. Cruise system warning light:

Comes on if there is a malfunction inthe cruise control system.

SSD0918

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

GUID-A3567A6F-C084-47EE-9668-CFF03C274363

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theMAIN switch *A for longer than about 1.5seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, theIntelligent Cruise Control system displayand the CRUISE indicator are displayed onthe vehicle information display. After youhold the MAIN switch on for longer thanabout 1.5 seconds, the Intelligent CruiseControl system display goes out. TheCRUISE indicator stays lit. You can now

set your desired cruising speed. Pushingthe MAIN switch again will turn the systemcompletely off.

When the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position, the system is also automati-cally turned off. To use the IntelligentCruise Control again, quickly push andrelease the MAIN switch (vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode) or push and hold it(conventional cruise control mode) again toturn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF switch offwhen not using the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol.


Condition:

(392,1)



SSD0919

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (The SETindicator will come on in the display.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually main-tain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL button. The SETindicator will go out.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorwill go out.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicator willgo out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the COAST/SETswitch.

2. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME set switch. When the vehicleattains the speed you desire, releasethe switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push

the COAST/SET switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).


System temporarily unavailableGUID-305DCE17-9777-4AB8-85F8-35B33F8B1F2C

Under the following condition, a chime willsound and the system control is automa-tically canceled.

. When the vehicle slows downmore than8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed

. When the vehicle speed falls belowapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h)



. When the VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates

Condition:

(393,1)


. When a wheel slips

JVS0573X

Warning lightGUID-CB36463B-1D01-4F3B-BA28-EDB086F181ED

When the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the system warninglight (orange) will come on.

Action to take:GUID-5363350B-2A10-4421-ABB9-E28990249376

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and thenperform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle isstill driveable under normal conditions,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-

mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

PREVIEW FUNCTION (for IntelligentCruise Control system equippedmodels)

GUID-E4B8CEC2-F3BF-4E10-88DC-F972BCD947B0

The ICC system with the preview functionidentifies the need to apply emergencybraking by sensing the vehicle ahead in thesame lane and the distance to the vehicleahead and relative speed from it, it appliesthe brake pre-pressure before the driverdepresses the brake pedal and helpsimprove brake response by reducing pedalfree play.

For more details, see “Brake assist” (P.5-74).


Condition:

(394,1)



GUID-9D0FF075-F758-4F25-807A-567019792C9D

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the FCW system couldresult in serious personal injury or death.

. The FCW system is intended to warn thedriver before a collision but it will notintervene to avoid a collision. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

. As there is a performance limit, thesystem may not provide a warning incertain conditions.

JVS0124X

The FCW system will help warn the driverby an indicator and chime when the vehicleis getting close to the vehicle ahead in thetraveling lane.

The FCW system uses the distance sensor*A located below the front bumper tomeasure the distance to the vehicle ahead.

FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW) (ifso equipped)

Condition:

(395,1)


JVS0859X

*1 Vehicle ahead detection indicator (onthe vehicle information display)


FCW SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-C8DB251F-0B29-438C-A7FE-52E087C72C07

The FCW system will function at speeds ofapproximately 10 MPH (15 km/h) andabove, when the system turns on.

When the system judges that your vehicleis getting close to the vehicle ahead in thetravel lane, the vehicle ahead detectionindicator *1 on the vehicle informationdisplay blinks and a warning chimesounds.

The FCW system has an automatic settingmode and a manual setting mode to turnthe system on. The setting mode can bechanged.


Condition:

(396,1)



JVS0860X

*1 LDW indicator light (orange)

*2 Warning systems switch*3 Warning systems ON indicator light*4 Vehicle ahead detection indicator

TURNING THE FCW SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-25A986DD-2AAB-4268-BF7A-DF44A1C8BC66

The FCW system is automatically turned onwhen the engine is started and the warningsystems ON indicator light *3 illuminateson the switch. You can turn the FCW systemoff by pushing the warning systems switch*2 on the instrument panel. This switchwill turn on and off the FCW and LDWsystems at the same time.

NOTE:

If you continue to push the warningsystems switch from off to on for over 4seconds, a chime will sounds and the LDWindicator light (orange) *1 flashes. Thiswill change the default status of the FCWand LDW systems to OFF so that thesesystems will not automatically turn onwhen the engine is started. If this proce-dure is repeated, the default status willreturn to ON.

Condition:

(397,1)


FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-900DF3B0-1E06-4D16-AD92-2F3F31C98251

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations ofthe FCW system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The system will not detect the followingobjects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

— Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. The system will not detect anothervehicle under the following conditions:

— When the sensor gets dirty and it isimpossible to detect the distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

— When driving into a strong light (forexample, sunlight)

. The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the reflectors on a vehicleahead. Therefore, the system may notfunction properly under the followingconditions:

— When the reflectors of the vehicleahead are positioned high or close toeach other (including a small vehiclesuch as motorcycles).

— When the sensor gets dirty or it isimpossible to detect the distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

— When the reflectors on the vehicleahead are missing, damaged orcovered.

— When the reflectors of the vehicleahead are covered with dirt, snow orroad spray.

— When visibility is low (such as rain,fog, snow, etc.).

— When snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles is splashed.

— When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe visibility of the sensor.

— When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle.

— When abruptly accelerating or de-celerating.

— On a steep downhill slope or onroads with sharp curves.

— When there is a highly reflectiveobject near the vehicle ahead (forexample, being very close to anothervehicle, signboard, etc.)

— When you are towing a trailer.

. Depending on certain road conditions(curved or beginning of a curve), vehicleconditions (steering position or vehicleposition), or the preceding vehicle’sconditions (position in lane, etc.), thesystem may not function properly. Thesystem may detect highly reflectiveobjects such as reflectors, signs, whitemarkers, and other stationary objects onthe road or near the traveling lane andprovide unnecessary warning.

. The system may not function in offsetconditions.

. The system may not function when thedistance to the vehicle ahead is extre-mely close.

. The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s functionality. If thesensor is covered with ice, a transparentor translucent plastic bag, etc., the


Condition:

(398,1)



system may not detect them. In theseinstances the system may not be able towarn the driver properly. Be sure tocheck and clean the sensor regularly.


. A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front(for example, it abruptly cuts in) may notbe detected and the system may notwarn the driver soon enough.

SSD0748

*A IBA OFF indicator light*B IBA OFF switch


GUID-6B1CD368-F696-426F-AC4B-322AF2688B65

The system will be cancelled automaticallywith a beep sound and the IBA OFFindicator light *A will illuminate underthe following conditions:

. When the sensor window is dirty

. When the system malfunctionsIf the IBA OFF indicator light *A illuminateswith a beep sound, pull off the road to asafe location, stop the vehicle and turn theengine off. Check to see if the sensor

window is dirty. If the sensor window isdirty, clean it with a soft cloth and restartthe engine. If the sensor window is notdirty, restart the engine. If the IBA OFFindicator light *A continues to illuminateeven if the IBA system is turned on with theIBA OFF switch *B , have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

To turn on the IBA system, push and holdthe IBA OFF switch *B for more than 1second after starting the engine.

Condition:

(399,1)


JVS0124X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-C97FBECE-0874-443D-AC44-6259900FB365

The sensor *A for the FCW system islocated below the front bumper.

To keep the FCW system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:





GUID-665A8ADA-374A-4EAF-A460-D7783922A131

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the IBA system couldresult in serious personal injury or death.

. The IBA system is not a collisionavoidance system. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

. As there is a performance limit, thesystem may not provide a warning orbraking in certain conditions.


INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST (IBA) (if soequipped)

Condition:

(400,1)



JVS0124X

The IBA system helps to warn the driverwhen there is a risk of a collision with thevehicle ahead in the traveling lane and thedriver must take avoidance action immedi-ately. The system helps reduce the rear-end collision speed by applying the brakeswhen the system judges that a collision isunavoidable.

The IBA system uses a distance sensor *Alocated below the front bumper to measurethe distance to a vehicle ahead.

Condition:

(401,1)


JVS0861X

*1 Vehicle ahead detection indicator

*2 IBA OFF indicator light*3 IBA OFF switch

IBA SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-2FEE18DA-83F2-4E3A-8B0B-DDF85854D52D

The IBA system will function when yourvehicle is driven at speeds of at least 10MPH (15 km/h) or above, and when thevehicle’s speed is at least 10 MPH (15km/h) faster than that of the vehicle ahead.

When the system judges that your vehicleis getting close to the vehicle ahead in thetraveling lane, the vehicle ahead detectionindicator *1 on the vehicle informationdisplay blinks and a warning chimesounds.


Condition:

(402,1)



JVS0862X

*1 IBA OFF indicator light

*2 IBA OFF switch

TURNING THE IBA SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-512B647E-9AA0-4A72-AB05-14A7A9C3FCDD

The IBA system will be turned on/off bypushing the IBA OFF switch *2 . The IBA OFFindicator light *1 will illuminate when thesystem is turned off.

To turn the system off/on, push and holdthe IBA OFF switch *2 for more than 1second after starting the engine. When theIBA OFF indicator light *1 on the instru-ment panel turns off and the IBA OFF switch*2 is pushed, the system will turn off andthe IBA OFF indicator light *1 will illumi-nate. When the IBA OFF switch *2 ispushed again, the system will turn onand the IBA OFF indicator light *1 will turnoff.

The IBA system will remain in the last ON orOFF state it was left in until it is manuallychanged by pressing the IBA OFF switch*2 .

Condition:

(403,1)


IBA SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-B880B3F4-9156-4E93-89B7-9AB51DF81FA6

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations ofthe IBA system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The system will not detect the followingobjects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

— Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. The system will not detect anothervehicle under the following conditions:


— When driving into a strong light (forexample, sunlight)

. The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the reflectors on a vehicleahead. Therefore, the system may notfunction properly under the followingconditions:

— When the reflectors of the vehicleahead are positioned high or close toeach other (including a small vehiclesuch as motorcycles).


— When the reflectors on the vehicleahead are missing, damaged orcovered.

— When the reflectors of the vehicleahead are covered with dirt, snow orroad spray.

— When visibility is low (such as rain,fog, snow, etc.).

— When snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles is splashed.

— When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe visibility of the sensor.

— When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle.

— When abruptly accelerating or de-celerating.

— On a steep downhill slope or onroads with sharp curves.

— When there is a highly reflectiveobject near the vehicle ahead (forexample, being very close to anothervehicle, signboard, etc.)

— When you are towing a trailer.

. Depending on certain road conditions(curved or beginning of a curve), vehicleconditions (steering position or vehicleposition), or the preceding vehicle’sconditions (position in lane, etc.), thesystem may not function properly. Thesystem may detect highly reflectiveobjects such as reflectors, signs, whitemarkers, and other stationary objects onthe road or near the traveling lane andprovide unnecessary warning.

. The system may not function in offsetconditions.

. The system may not function when thedistance to the vehicle ahead is extre-mely close.


Condition:

(404,1)



SSD0782

Reflectors on the road

WARNING

. The system may detect highly reflectiveobjects such as reflectors, signs, whitemarkers and other stationary objects onthe road or near the traveling lane.

In extreme conditions, detection of theseobjects may cause the system to acti-vate.

. The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s functionality. If thesensor is covered with ice, a transparentor translucent plastic bag, etc., the

system may not detect them. In theseinstances the system may not be able towarn the driver properly. Be sure tocheck and clean the sensor regularly.


. Never place your foot under the brakepedal when the IBA system turns on.Your foot may be caught when thesystem controls the brake.

. A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front(for example, it abruptly cuts in) may notbe detected and the system may notwarn the driver soon enough.

SSD0748

*A IBA OFF indicator light*B IBA OFF switch


GUID-F0F5B764-94B5-4BE1-9E41-C892A18B8E63

Illumination of the IBA OFF indicator light*A without the warning chime sound is anindication that the IBA system is tempora-rily unavailable. It will occur under thefollowing conditions:


The IBA OFF indicator light *A will turn offwhen the system returns to its normaloperating conditions.

Condition:

(405,1)


The system will be cancelled automaticallywith a beep sound and the IBA OFFindicator light *A will illuminate underthe following conditions:

. When the sensor window is dirty

. When the system malfunctionsIf the IBA OFF indicator light *A illuminateswith a beep sound, pull off the road to asafe location, stop the vehicle and turn theengine off. Check to see if the sensorwindow is dirty. If the sensor window isdirty, clean it with a soft cloth and restartthe engine. If the sensor window is notdirty, restart the engine. If the IBA OFFindicator light *A continues to illuminateeven if the IBA system is turned on with theIBA OFF switch *B , have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

To turn on the IBA system, push and holdthe IBA OFF switch *B for more than 1second after starting the engine.

JVS0124X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-F209FA29-51DA-4932-8713-B6A146BF0088

The sensor for the IBA system *A is locatedbelow the front bumper.

To keep the IBA system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:






Condition:

(406,1)



GUID-BBE8A815-8277-48E0-B723-3E38508B3029

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle.

Failure to follow these recommendationsmay result in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow. Do notrun the engine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possi-ble.

. Do not tow a trailer for the first 500miles (805 km).

GUID-AC5C8839-7760-4F94-BC75-AAFD11BFF7DF

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.

1. Use smooth accelerator and brakepedal application.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possi-ble.

. Maintain constant speed while com-muting and coast whenever possi-ble.

2. Maintain constant speed.. Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with traf-

fic lights allows you to reduce yournumber of stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed canminimize red light stops and im-prove fuel efficiency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at highervehicle speeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool thevehicle due to increased aerody-

namic drag.. Recirculating the cool air in the cabin

when the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-tances.. Observing the speed limit and not

exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuelefficiency due to reduced aerody-namic drag.

. Maintaining a safe following dis-tance behind other vehicles reducesunnecessary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to antici-pate changes in speed permitsreduced braking and smooth accel-eration changes.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steadyspeed.

. Cruise control is particularly effec-tive in providing fuel savings whendriving on flat terrains.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

Condition:

(407,1)


6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to savetime.

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe

for stops exceeding 30-60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruis-ing speed through the toll and avoidstopping and starting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact

to fuel economy.. Vehicles typically need no more than

30 seconds of idling at start-up toeffectively circulate the engine oilbefore driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its idealoperating temperature more quicklywhile driving versus idling.

10.Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered

parking area or in the shade when-ever possible.

. When entering a hot vehicle, open-ing the windows will help to reducethe inside temperature faster, result-ing in reduced demand on your A/Csystem.

GUID-91069CFD-9E75-4D1E-A165-89DB287A33C0

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. (See “Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation” (P.10-6).)


INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

Condition:

(408,1)



GUID-44459E62-6D34-4985-AA7E-DB14511A5AF5

SSD0336

The AWD warning light is located in themeter.

The AWD warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. It turns off soon after the engineis started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD

system while the engine is running, thewarning light will come on.

The warning light may blink rapidly (abouttwice per second) while trying to free astuck vehicle due to high power train oiltemperature. The driving mode may changeto two-wheel drive. If the warning lightblinks rapidly during operation, stop thevehicle with the engine idling in a safeplace immediately. Then if the light goesoff after a while, you can continue driving.

A large difference between the diametersof front and rear wheels will make thewarning light blink slowly (about once pertwo seconds). Pull off the road in a safearea, and idle the engine. Check that all tiresizes are the same, tire pressure is correctand tires are not worn.

If the warning light is blinking after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off the

ground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing) or similarequipment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure youinform the test facility personnel thatyour vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment mayresult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the engine on a free rollerwhen any of the wheels are raised.

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunction in the

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so equipped)

Condition:

(409,1)


AWD system. Reduce the vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

. If the warning light remains on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

. The power train may be damaged if youcontinue driving with the warning lightblinking.

GUID-DFDB9EA5-E13F-4559-98B4-938C338DC9E5

SD1006MA

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may ignite andcause a fire.

. Never leave the engine running while thevehicle is unattended.


. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

. Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be applied andthe transmission be placed in the P(Park) position. Failure to do so could


PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Condition:

(410,1)



cause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in an accident.

. Make sure the automatic transmissionshift lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on asloping drive way, it is a good practiceto turn the wheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: *1

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *2Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: *3Turn the wheels toward the side ofthe road so the vehicle will move

away from the center of the road if itmoves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

GUID-69A8E429-58F0-4CCE-9B6D-523B3C9744B5

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will beharder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hy-draulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks,you will still have control of the vehicle.However, much greater steering effort isneeded, especially in sharp turns and atlow speeds.

POWER STEERING

Condition:

(411,1)


GUID-6DF590D4-0002-43C1-827E-52B2DE446E09

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSGUID-EA2FD39A-BD9D-4E8E-AF4A-9322C69DA0C2

The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

You may feel a small click and hear a soundwhen the brake pedal is fully depressedslowly. This is not a malfunction andindicates that the brake assist mechanismis operating properly.

Vacuum assisted brakesGUID-0E1D6A80-0274-4A26-A623-0BADF2331BC9

The brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and the stopping distancewill be longer.

When the brake pedal is depressed slowlyand firmly, you may hear a clicking noiseand feel a slight pulsation. This is normaland indicates that the Brake Assist Systemis operating.

Wet brakesGUID-3BD5523B-65BC-4A09-A593-A0BC7F39CCDE

When the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet.As a result, your braking distance will belonger and the vehicle may pull to one side

during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly tapping the brake pedalto heat-up the brakes. Do this until thebrakes return to normal. Avoid driving thevehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INGUID-36411D19-F299-446A-83AC-A14A35BE9B8C

Break in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced,in order to assure the best brakingperformance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Using the brakesGUID-98E832A3-094F-4A4A-8804-5861D5B2288F

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will cause overheatingof the brakes, wearing out the brake andpads faster and reduce gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performance

and could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

. If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thebrakes will not work. Braking will beharder.


BRAKE SYSTEM

Condition:

(412,1)



GUID-01CCB45E-CD0C-45A3-8A40-83FF9D02ADC2

BRAKE ASSISTGUID-298DD3E9-15D6-4D17-B892-5E03BDFDA57F

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster evenwith light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

PREVIEW FUNCTION (IntelligentCruise Control system equippedmodels)

GUID-2F7E0AB1-645D-448E-8D34-AF921D247572

When the Preview Function identifies theneed to apply emergency braking bysensing a vehicle ahead in the same laneand the distance and relative speed from it,it applies the brake pre-pressure beforethe driver depresses the brake pedal andhelps improve brake response by reducingpedal free play.

. This system will not operate when thevehicle is moving at approximately 20MPH (32 km/h) or less.

. The pre-pressure function ceases whenthe following conditions are met:1) When the driver depresses the

accelerator pedal or the brakepedal.

2) If the driver does not operate theaccelerator or brake pedal withinapproximately 1 second.

SSD0338

. The sensor will not detect:1) Pedestrians or objects in the road-

way2) Oncoming vehicles in the same lane3) Motorcycles traveling offset in the

travel lane as illustrated

WARNING

. This system is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle at

BRAKE ASSIST

Condition:

(413,1)


all times.

. As there is a performance limit to thePreview Function, never rely solely onthis system. This system does notcorrect careless inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibi-lity in rain, fog, or other bad weather.Reduce vehicle speed by depressing thebrake pedal, in order to maintain a safedistance between vehicles.

. The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. The Preview Function maynot operate properly under the followingconditions. The vehicle is still driveableunder normal conditions and the BrakeAssist will operate.

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle

— Winding or hilly roads may causethe sensor to temporarily not detecta vehicle in the same lane or maydetect objects or vehicles in otherlanes.

— Vehicle position in the lane maycause the sensor to temporarily notdetect a vehicle in the same lane ormay detect objects or vehicles inother lanes.

SSD0471

Warning light and displayGUID-F05BFAA4-6C4A-4B6F-9C5D-316F526FB2AD

When the Preview Function is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the systemwarning light (orange) will come on.

Action to take:GUID-F3661350-5569-4E5D-A0D4-F2435ED85A59

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine and resume driving.

If the indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the Preview Function is malfunction-ing (the brake is operative). Although theVehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITI


Condition:

(414,1)



retailer for this service.

How to handle the sensorGUID-5632CECC-F890-4367-AFBB-85D65FBBD291

The sensor for the Preview Function iscommon with Intelligent Cruise Control andis located below the front bumper.

To keep the Preview Function operatingproperly, be sure to observe the following:


. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor. Do not touch orremove the screw located on thesensor. Doing so could cause failureor malfunction. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer if the sensor isdamaged due to an accident.

. Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install anaccessory near the sensor. This couldcause failure or malfunction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)GUID-05BD6092-1B8E-4209-895B-C61E290C6BAD

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is asophisticated device, but it cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from careless ordangerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control duringbraking on slippery surfaces. Rememberthat stopping distances on slipperysurfaces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in front ofyou. Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

. Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. See “Tire

and Loading Information label” (P.10-13) of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” (P.8-26) of thismanual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con-trols the brakes so the wheels do not lockduring hard braking or when braking onslippery surfaces. The system detects therotation speed at each wheel and variesthe brake fluid pressure to prevent eachwheel from locking and sliding. By pre-venting each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemGUID-7F02BBD8-102F-4B00-AF0A-8097D98E8D92

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheelsfrom locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoidobstacles.

Condition:

(415,1)


WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so mayresult in increased stopping distances.

Self-test featureGUID-DB37B5A8-D8AB-42C5-82AE-8606C85BDFB4

The ABS includes electronic sensors, elec-tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and acomputer. The computer has a built-indiagnostic feature that tests the systemeach time you start the engine and movethe vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse.When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsa-tion in the brake pedal. This is normal anddoes not indicate a malfunction. If thecomputer senses a malfunction, it switchesthe ABS off and illuminates the ABSwarning light on the instrument panel.The brake system then operates normally,but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operationGUID-073F731A-9A7E-4179-A85D-2D7BE89E5EE1

The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed variesaccording to road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulicpressure. This action is similar to pumpingthe brakes very quickly. You may feel apulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise from under the hood or feel avibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicatesthat the ABS is operating properly. How-ever, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care isrequired while driving.

GUID-D67A8026-F86D-4968-84F4-BD8A6825F8E0

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driverinputs and vehicle motion. Under certaindriving conditions, the VDC system helpsto perform the following functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce tireslip on one slipping drive wheel sopower is transferred to a non slippingdrive wheel on the same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engineoutput to reduce drive wheel slip basedon vehicle speed (traction control func-tion).

. Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:— understeer (vehicle tends to not

follow the steered path despiteincreased steering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin dueto certain road or driving condi-tions).

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but itcannot prevent loss of vehicle control inall driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panel


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM

Condition:

(416,1)



flashes so note the following:

. The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is requiredto keep the vehicle on the steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibrationfrom under the hood. This is normal andindicates that the VDC system is work-ing properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-19) and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-21).

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC warning light illuminates in theinstrument panel. The VDC system auto-matically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The VDC off indicatorilluminates to indicate the VDC system isoff.When the VDC switch is used to turn offthe system, the VDC system still operatesto prevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non slipping drivewheel. The VDC warning light flashes ifthis occurs. All other VDC functions are off,and the VDC warning light will notflash. The VDC system is automatically

reset to on when the ignition switch isplaced in the off position then back to theon position.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-19) and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-21)

The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicleforward or in reverse at a slow speed.Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a“clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and is notan indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain stability but does notprevent accidents due to abrupt steeringoperation at high speeds or by carelessor dangerous driving techniques. Reducevehicle speed and be especially carefulwhen driving and cornering on slipperysurfaces and always drive carefully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shockabsorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer

bars, bushings and wheels are notINFINITI recommended for your vehicleor are extremely deteriorated, the VDCsystem may not operate properly. Thiscould adversely affect vehicle handlingperformance, and the VDC warning light

may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are not INFINITIrecommended or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not operateproperly and the VDC warning lightmay illuminate.

. If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, the VDC warning lightmay illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked corners,the VDC system may not operate prop-erly and the VDC warning light mayilluminate. Do not drive on these types ofroads.

. When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the VDC warning light mayilluminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving onto a

Condition:

(417,1)


stable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.

GUID-FAC2ED51-CA52-4528-B158-8817EBFB6B45

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKGUID-AC851344-BEA1-476B-965E-E02FA2886BDF

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole or use theIntelligent Key system.

ANTIFREEZEGUID-2C2A8F5A-A840-4D93-A592-90FCF7706505

In the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F(08C), check antifreeze to assure properwinter protection. For additional informa-tion, see “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4).

BATTERYGUID-21967746-9C33-498E-AEAE-5CD3B9B05D60

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.For additional information, see “Battery”(P.8-11).

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERGUID-02278D3F-D9BB-4794-81B8-33577A07CD9E

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, in-cluding the engine block. Refill beforeoperating the vehicle. For details, see“Engine cooling system” (P.8-4).

TIRE EQUIPMENTGUID-1A7BBCE1-397B-4946-94A0-5BF38232E314

SUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It isrecommended you consult an INFINITIretailer for the tire type, size, speed ratingand availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However, someU.S. states and Canadian provinces prohi-bit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see“Tire chains” (P.8-33) of this manual.

For all-wheel driveGUID-1E80E46D-D63E-44FA-879F-C45DAC284A8B

If you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction andtread pattern on all four wheels.


COLD WEATHER DRIVING

Condition:

(418,1)



SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTGUID-85D9615F-2E15-46C3-A083-8ABF8710732C

It is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush toremove ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICEGUID-5760D593-62A6-4433-A8B6-53F050F8EA66

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting toofast, the drive wheels will lose even moretraction.

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

. Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwise clearroad in shaded areas. If a patch of ice isseen ahead, brake before reaching it. Trynot to brake while on the ice, and avoidany sudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control on slipperyroads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. Keep snow clear ofthe exhaust pipe and from around yourvehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

GUID-16E27802-4A4A-4696-B0C2-99BC154BED39

Engine block heaters are used to assistwith cold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 208F(−78C) or lower.

To use the engine block heaterGUID-F886691A-5382-4786-9973-2C2D459F6E16

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours,depending on outside temperatures, toproperly warm the engine coolant. Usean appropriate timer to turn the engineblock heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heater withan ungrounded electrical system or a 2-pronged adapter. You can be seriouslyinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.

Condition:

(419,1)


. Disconnect and properly store the en-gine block heater cord before startingthe engine. Damage to the cord couldresult in an electrical shock and cancause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least 10A.Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-VAC outlet. Failure to use the properextension cord or a grounded outlet canresult in a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.


Condition:

(420,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(421,1)


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ............................... 6-2Roadside assistance program ................................ 6-2Emergency engine shut off ..................................... 6-3Flat tire .................................................................. 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............ 6-3Changing a flat tire ............................................ 6-4

Jump starting ........................................................ 6-9Push starting ...................................................... 6-11If your vehicle overheats ..................................... 6-11Towing your vehicle ............................................. 6-12

Towing recommended by INFINITI ................... 6-13Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ....... 6-14

Condition:

(422,1)


6-2 In case of emergency

GUID-8A4B8BE2-9A68-48E3-B588-BA5343A1DA47

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights willflash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

. Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unlessunusual circumstances force you to driveso slowly that your vehicle might be-come a hazard to other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with theignition switch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

GUID-625ECD32-3C69-42A6-A197-C5CDC9EA34AC

In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is available toyou. Please refer to your Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & RoadsideAssistance Information Booklet (Canada)for details.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

Condition:

(423,1)


GUID-84BCA28C-0818-44A2-B472-211FDD73486F

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

GUID-56154336-6F9C-40A3-825E-5A5E88DAC7C3

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

GUID-9B66B09D-505A-46D8-9986-C762A481A3BD

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning appears on the vehicleinformation display, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. If thevehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the TPMS will activate and warnyou of it by the low tire pressure warninglight. This system will activate only whenthe vehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see“Warning lights, indicator lights and audi-ble reminders” (P.2-13), “Tire Pressureinformation” (P.4-11) and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates or LOW PRESSURE informa-tion is displayed on the monitor screenwhile driving, avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe

location and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. Driving with under-inflatedtires may permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tire fail-ure. Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury. Checkthe tire pressure for all four tires. Adjustthe tire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. If thelight still illuminates while driving afteradjusting the tire pressure, a tire may beflat. If you have a flat tire, replace it witha spare tire as soon as possible.

. Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon as possible.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.


In case of emergency 6-3

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

Condition:

(424,1)



. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREGUID-FA679F87-F997-4151-B522-0DE43FDBA746

If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc-tions below.

Stopping the vehicleGUID-381E5766-03AF-4FD3-89C7-7ED8727FAD06

1. Safely move the vehicle off the roadand away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,and to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the automatic transmissionis in the P (Park) position.

. Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

. Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsGUID-ADDA1889-38A1-4B96-9E20-2B7AA8063F22

Place suitable blocks *1 at both the frontand back of the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire to prevent the vehicle frommoving when it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

Condition:

(425,1)


SCE0766

Getting the spare tire and toolsGUID-0DFA8917-4964-498D-B184-9E0295C657AC

1. Remove the cargo cover (if soequipped).

See “Cargo cover” (P.2-56).

2. Raise the luggage room floor coverusing the handle *A , then hang it onthe edge of the luggage room openingusing the hook *B .

SCE0767

Remove jacking tools and the spare tirelocated under the luggage room.

Turn the retainer counterclockwise *A ,remove the subwoofer *B (if so equipped)and place it on the side of the luggageroom (with the flat surface facing down),then remove the spare tire. Be careful notto let the subwoofer fall down.

Jacking up the vehicle and remov-ing the damaged tire

GUID-814AF3D9-ACA5-4AFC-AC40-8774905BF685

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use thejack provided with your vehicle on othervehicles. The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points. Never useany other part of the vehicle for jacksupport.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under the jack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it may cause thevehicle to move. This is especially truefor vehicles with limited slip differen-tials.

. Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.


Condition:

(426,1)



Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

SCE0771

Jack-up point1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up

point as illustrated so the top of thejack contacts the vehicle at the jack-uppoint. Align the jack head between thetwo notches in the front or the rear asshown. Also fit the groove of the jackhead between the notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

Condition:

(427,1)


SCE0504

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turnsby turning counterclockwise with thewheel nut wrench. Do not remove thewheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rodwith both hands as shown above.Remove the wheel nuts, and thenremove the tire.

SCE0661

Installing the spare tireGUID-CF42A2BB-652A-43B4-A57C-ED927D7D7766

The T-type spare tire is designed foremergency use. (See specific instructionsunder the heading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-26).)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated (*1 , *2 , *3 , *4 ,*5 ) until they are tight.


Condition:

(428,1)



4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence illu-strated. Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tigh-tened wheel nuts can cause the wheel tobecome loose or come off. This couldcause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to specification at all times. Itis recommended that wheel nuts be

tightened to specifications at eachlubrication interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver side centerpillar.

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLDtire pressure, the display of the tirepressure information may show higherpressure than the COLD tire pressure afterthe vehicle has been driven more than 1mile (1.6 km). This is because the tirepressurizes as the tire temperature rises.This does not indicate a system malfunc-tion.

Stowing the damaged tire and toolsGUID-22CDEED7-BB58-4ECF-8D61-D99D1F675F76

1. Securely store the damaged tire, jackand tools in the storage area.

2. Close the luggage floor cover.

3. Close the lift gate.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tire andjacking equipment are properly securedafter use. Such items can become dan-gerous projectiles in an accident orsudden stop.

. The T-type spare tire and small sizespare tire are designed for emergencyuse. See specific instructions under theheading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-26).

Condition:

(429,1)


GUID-D634C67C-A8EA-4F4B-B8C2-6543FA38779A

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions belowmust be followed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is always pre-sent in the vicinity of the battery. Keepall sparks and flames away from thebattery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solution whichcan cause severe burns. If the fluidshould come into contact with anything,immediately flush the contacted areawith water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at 12volts. Use of an improperly rated batterycan damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at any time.Keep hands and other objects away fromit.


JUMP STARTING

Condition:

(430,1)



SCE0772

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Fail-ure to do so could result in damage to thecharging system and cause personal injury.

1. Remove the engine compartment cover,if necessary. See “Engine compartmentcheck locations” (P.8-3).

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle *A , position the two vehicles(*A and *B ) to bring their batteriesinto close proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

3. Apply parking brake. Move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position. Switch offall unnecessary electrical systems(light, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

4. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with afirmly wrung out moist cloth *C toreduce explosion hazard.

5. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceillustrated (*1 ? *2 ? *3 ? *4 ).

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to positive(+) and negative (−) to body ground (asillustrated) — not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that clamps do not contactany other metal.

6. Start the engine of the booster vehicle*A and let it run for a few minutes.

7. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *A at about 2,000 rpm, andstart the engine of the vehicle beingjump started *B .

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the starter motordoes not start by pushing the ignitionswitch, push the ignition switch to the“OFF” position before trying again.

8. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable and then

Condition:

(431,1)


the positive cable (*4 ? *3 ? *2 ?

*1 ).

9. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may becontaminated with corrosive acid.

10.Put the battery cover on.

GUID-8F734789-4805-4E0C-92FB-50388D51A3B4

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION

. Automatic transmission models cannotbe push-started or tow-started. Attempt-ing to do so may cause transmissiondamage.

. Three way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushing sincethe three way catalyst may be damaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle by towingit; when the engine starts, the forwardsurge could cause the vehicle to collidewith the tow vehicle.

GUID-677EEC53-B524-4F63-88AA-5536A89B6328

CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot.When the radiator capis removed, pressurized hot water willspurt out, possibly causing seriousinjury.

. Do not open the hood if steam is comingout.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc., takethe following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the climate control. Open allthe windows, move the heater or airconditioner temperature control tomaximum hot and fan control to high


PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Condition:

(432,1)



speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused byclimbing a long hill on a hot day, runthe engine at a fast idle (approximately1,500 rpm) until the temperature gaugeindication returns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine.) Do not open the hoodfurther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the engine,stand clear to prevent getting burned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fanis running. The radiator hoses andradiator should not leak water. If cool-ant is leaking or the cooling fan doesnot run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling fancan start at any time.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank withthe engine running. Add coolant to thereservoir tank if necessary. Have yourvehicle repaired. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

GUID-1937801A-8C43-4A34-98FB-067C4D2FEE47

When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle.Towing instructions are available from anINFINITI retailer. Local service operators arefamiliar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damageto your vehicle, INFINITI recommends thatyou have a service operator tow yourvehicle. It is advisable to have the serviceoperator carefully read the following pre-cautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system andpowertrain are in working condition. Ifany unit is damaged, dollies must be

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

Condition:

(433,1)


used.

. Always attach safety chains before tow-ing.

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), see“Flat towing” (P.10-27) of this manual.

SCE0768

Two-wheel drive modelsTOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

GUID-34DF7332-3927-4A5F-A5CB-1643FD04A697

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsGUID-C85BC796-4F54-47C4-A1DD-C031FAEA4A2E

INFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow automatic transmission mod-els with the rear wheels on the ground orfour wheels on the ground (forward or

backward), as this may cause seriousand expensive damage to the transmis-sion. If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels raised, always usetowing dollies under the rear wheels.

. When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the ground oron towing dollies: Push the ignitionswitch to the ACC or ON position, andsecure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or similardevice.


Condition:

(434,1)



SCE0736

All-wheel drive modelsAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

GUID-ED4C6466-2031-4B2E-A84B-2EAA13822FA0

INFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or thevehicle be placed on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thepowertrain.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

GUID-07A45EE1-5A3F-4E29-AC26-C85B78AE7705

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious personalinjury or death when recovering a stuckvehicle:

. Contact a professional towing service torecover the vehicle if you have anyquestions regarding the recovery proce-dure.

. Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to main structural members of thevehicle.

. Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to towor free a stuck vehicle.

. Only use devices specifically designedfor vehicle recovery and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Always pull the recovery device straightout from the front of the vehicle. Neverpull at an angle.

. Route recovery devices so they do nottouch any part of the vehicle except theattachment point.

Condition:

(435,1)


If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other devicedesigned specifically for vehicle recovery.Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicleGUID-05A4E020-4132-4AB9-BB26-7A547032D4A2

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.. Shift back and forth between R

(reverse) and D (drive).. Apply the accelerator as little as

possible to maintain the rockingmotion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing

service to remove the vehicle.


Condition:

(436,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(437,1)


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ................................................... 7-2Washing ............................................................ 7-2Waxing .............................................................. 7-2Removing spots ................................................. 7-3Underbody ........................................................ 7-3Glass ................................................................. 7-3Wheels .............................................................. 7-3Chrome parts .................................................... 7-4Tire dressing ..................................................... 7-4

Cleaning interior ................................................... 7-4Air fresheners .................................................. 7-5Floor mats ....................................................... 7-5Seat belts ........................................................ 7-6

Corrosion protection .............................................. 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion ............................................. 7-7Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ..................................................... 7-7To protect your vehicle from corrosion ............. 7-7

Condition:

(438,1)


7-2 Appearance and care

GUID-7DA65DF6-984A-4FE6-81A9-B97E4987FE00

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper careof it.

To protect the paint surface, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possibledamage from acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park yourvehicle inside a garage or in a coveredarea.

When it is necessary to park outside, parkin a shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGGUID-967F55E2-2C10-4FF2-8BBE-2AC7FCA42BAA

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet spongeand plenty of water. Clean the vehiclethoroughly using a mild soap, a specialvehicle soap or general purpose dishwash-ing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm(never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes, espe-cially brushless ones, use some acid forcleaning. The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, causingthem to crack. This could affect theirappearance, and also could cause themnot to function properly. Always checkwith your car wash to confirm that acid isnot used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Care must

be taken when removing caked-on dirt orother foreign substances so the paintsurface is not scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt.Therefore, these areas must be regularlycleaned. Make sure that the drain holes inthe lower edge of the door are open. Spraywater under the body and in the wheelwells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to dry thevehicle.

WAXINGGUID-4D98355F-173B-42A8-8CAB-D851A522BA12

Regular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance before reapplying wax.

An INFINITI retailer can assist you inchoosing the proper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough

CLEANING EXTERIOR

Condition:

(439,1)


washing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing anyabrasives, cutting compounds or clea-ners that may damage the vehiclefinish.

Machine compound or aggressive polish-ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSGUID-F5696011-CD8A-4F11-A4C6-D7B1399ADE87

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at an INFINITIretailer or any automotive accessorystores.

UNDERBODYGUID-7128AA62-7E88-4BF2-939C-B6BE051BB88B

In areas where road salt is used in winter,the underbody must be cleaned regularly.This will prevent dirt and salt from buildingup and causing the acceleration of corro-sion on the underbody and suspension.Before the winter period and again in thespring, the underseal must be checkedand, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSGUID-27B1A639-2F82-4702-8756-90D479238C47

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It isnormal for glass to become coated with afilm after the vehicle is parked in the hotsun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth willeasily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant clea-ners. They could damage the electricalconductors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

WHEELSGUID-051AA375-F8C4-4A95-AEC6-3FFAF01589D7

Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the undersideof the vehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

. INFINITI recommends that the roadwheels be waxed to protect againstroad salt in areas where it is usedduring winter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsGUID-06732302-D203-4FE2-A7E2-FF710BFAF009

Wash regularly with a sponge dampened ina mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt isused. Salt could discolor the wheels if notremoved.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid stain-ing or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same as

Appearance and care 7-3

Condition:

(440,1)



ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes after thecleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSGUID-28FAC3FB-0B34-4D74-B52E-7428720F5196

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.

TIRE DRESSINGGUID-EA7B6EDA-07C1-4C18-98DA-E54E3BF3E5A5

INFINITI does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce dis-coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing isapplied to the tires, it may react with thecoating and form a compound. This com-pound may come off the tire while drivingand stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, takethe following precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves moreeasily with an oil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing tohelp prevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be diffi-cult to remove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry asrecommended by tire dressing manu-facturer.

GUID-DE9D8124-DEFF-4BB6-A81E-2BB69F093795

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats usinga vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush.Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with aclean, soft cloth dampened in mild soapsolution, then wipe clean with a dry softcloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classificationsensors. This can also affect the operation ofthe air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Condition:

(441,1)


CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampenedwith water. Never use a rough cloth,alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratch orcause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as water onthe meter lens. Spraying liquid maycause the system to malfunction.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to the leather surfaces andshould be removed promptly. Do not usesaddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils,cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents orammonia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Only use fabric protectors approved byINFINITI.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSGUID-F0C40CEB-AFB9-4FAC-BE6C-9B57EABAA055

Most air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If you usean air freshener, take the following pre-cautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when theycontact vehicle interior surfaces. Placethe air freshener in a location thatallows it to hang free and not contactan interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the ventilators. These products cancause immediate damage and disco-loration when spilled on interior sur-faces.

Carefully read and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions before using air fresh-eners.

FLOOR MATSGUID-D8FD846C-C732-4C2D-AC31-2BCB593455C4

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference thatmay result in a collision, injury or death:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver front

position or install them upside down orbackwards.

. It is recommended that you use onlygenuine INFINITI floor mats specificallydesigned for use in your vehicle modeland model year.

. Properly position the mats in the floor-well using the floor mat positioninghook. See “Floor mat installation” (P.7-6).

. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation.

. Periodically check the floor mats to makesure they are properly installed.

. After cleaning the vehicle interior, checkthe floor mats to make sure they areproperly installed.

The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become exces-sively worn.


Condition:

(442,1)



SAI0039

Floor mat installationGUID-E56B69B7-55B5-4A96-AB92-03F37761DFB1

Your vehicle is equipped with floor matpositioning hook(s). The number andshape of the floor mat positioning hook(s)for each seating position varies dependingon the vehicle.

When installing genuine INFINITI floormats, follow the installation instructionsprovided with the mat and the following:

1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell sothat the floor mat grommet holes arealigned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into thehook(s) and ensure that the floor mat

is properly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation. Withthe ignition in the OFF position andthe shift lever in the P (Park) position,fully apply and release all pedals. Thefloor mat must not interfere with pedaloperation or prevent the pedal fromreturning to its normal position.

See an INFINITI retailer for details aboutinstalling the floor mats in your vehicle.

SAI0055

Positioning hooksThe illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSGUID-DE2B2755-ECDA-4EA6-B95F-A14A75039089

The seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to drycompletely before using them.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or chemi-

Condition:

(443,1)


cal solvents to clean the seat belts, sincethese materials may severely weaken theseat belt webbing.

GUID-066BD795-9CC4-4ADE-8C1C-ED6C1A7E3278

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

GUID-EE337E21-AE9D-4463-8D40-C1336FD809DC

. The accumulation of moisture-retainingdirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

GUID-A4374A33-FE35-4C3B-968B-70FD769F618F

MoistureGUID-0C3888BC-0A4B-49B3-9C34-DA1CF9807030

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle, and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityGUID-6BED6DC9-0B5E-4BE8-8837-CBE54FFA9FF6

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially thoseareas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing where atmospheric pollution ex-ists, or where road salt is used.

TemperatureGUID-0D898417-7F97-4A13-A0CC-3D684887E7BA

A temperature increase will accelerate therate of corrosion to those parts which arenot well ventilated.

Air pollutionGUID-8189C2A5-9C95-41B7-989B-BAFBE088D580

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disinte-gration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

GUID-FE8CE912-2C5F-49EE-ABC9-5AC5EB7DCECC

. Wash and wax your vehicle often tokeep the vehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

. Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, washwith water as soon as possible.


CORROSION PROTECTION

Condition:

(444,1)



CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debrisfrom the passenger compartment bywashing it out with a hose. Remove dirtwith a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floorpan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended you consult anINFINITI retailer.

Condition:

(445,1)


8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ....................................... 8-2Engine compartment check locations ..................... 8-3

VQ37VHR engine ............................................... 8-3Engine cooling system ........................................... 8-4

Checking engine coolant level ........................... 8-5Changing engine coolant ................................... 8-5

Engine oil .............................................................. 8-6Checking engine oil level ................................... 8-6Changing engine oil and filter ............................ 8-6

Automatic transmission fluid ................................. 8-8Power steering fluid ............................................... 8-9Brake fluid ............................................................. 8-9

Brake fluid ...................................................... 8-10Window washer fluid ........................................... 8-10Battery ................................................................ 8-11

Jump starting ................................................... 8-12Variable voltage control system ........................... 8-13Drive Belts ........................................................... 8-13Spark plugs ......................................................... 8-14

Replacing spark plugs ..................................... 8-14Air cleaner ........................................................... 8-15

Windshield wiper blades ..................................... 8-16Cleaning ........................................................ 8-16Replacing ....................................................... 8-16

Rear window wiper blades ................................... 8-17Brakes ................................................................ 8-17

Self-adjusting brakes ..................................... 8-17Brake pad wear warning ................................ 8-17

Fuses .................................................................. 8-18Engine compartment ...................................... 8-18Passenger compartment ................................. 8-19

Intelligent Key battery replacement ..................... 8-20Lights .................................................................. 8-23

Headlights ..................................................... 8-24Exterior and interior lights ............................. 8-24

Wheels and tires ................................................. 8-26Tire pressure .................................................. 8-26Tire labeling ................................................... 8-30Types of tires ................................................. 8-32Tire chains ..................................................... 8-33Changing wheels and tires ............................. 8-33

Condition:

(446,1)


8-2 Do-it-yourself

GUID-9DA65E6F-BFE5-4ED0-B735-87C7784512BB

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface, applythe parking brake securely and block thewheels to prevent the vehicle frommoving. Move the shift lever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

. Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

. Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related component har-nesses disconnected while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans, beltsand any other moving parts.

. It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in an enclosedspace such as a garage, be sure there isproper ventilation for exhaust gases toescape.

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may come onat any time without warning, even if theignition key is in the OFF position andthe engine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect the negativebattery cable before working near thefan.

. On gasoline engine models, the fuelfilter or fuel lines should be servicedbecause the fuel lines are under high

pressure even when the engine is off. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used engine oiland coolant. Improperly disposed engineoil, coolant, and/or other vehicle fluidscan damage the environment. Alwaysconform to local regulations for disposalof vehicle fluid.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives in-structions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner toperform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” (P.10-32).)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect your warranty coverage. If in

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Condition:

(447,1)


doubt about any servicing, it is recom-mended you have it done by an INFINITIretailer.

GUID-591BFA5B-ACC0-4C10-805D-84A972DE4007

SDI2262

VQ37VHR ENGINEGUID-A9A92F72-9984-4610-9A98-DDA348D7EADC

1. Fuse/fusible link holder2. Battery3. Radiator filler cap4. Engine oil dipstick5. Engine oil filler cap

6. Brake fluid reservoir7. Window washer fluid reservoir8. Power steering fluid reservoir9. Air cleaner10. Drive belts11. Coolant reservoir

Do-it-yourself 8-3

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

Condition:

(448,1)


8-4 Do-it-yourself

GUID-D578AF43-9C89-4D61-B7ED-7173E3DD4951

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection.The antifreeze solution contains rust andcorrosion inhibitors. Additional enginecooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiator cooldown. Serious burns could be caused byhigh pressure fluid escaping from theradiator. See precautions in “If yourvehicle overheats” (P.6-11) of this man-ual.

. The radiator is equipped with a pressuretype radiator cap. To prevent enginedamage, use only a genuine NISSANradiator cap.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling system additivessuch as radiator sealer. Additives mayclog the cooling system and causedamage to the engine, transmissionand/or cooling system.

. When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equiva-lent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted toprovide antifreeze protection to −348F(−378C). If additional freeze protection isneeded due to weather where youoperate your vehicle, add GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(blue) concentrate following the direc-tions on the container. If an equivalentcoolant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used,follow the coolant manufacturer’s in-structions to maintain minimum anti-freeze protection to −348F (−378C). Theuse of other types of coolant solutionsother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentmay damage the engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km)or 7 years. Mixing any other type ofcoolant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), includingGenuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant. Referto the “9. Maintenance and schedules”section of this manual for more details.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Condition:

(449,1)


SDI2198

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVELGUID-3CF28E83-366C-49C6-8274-587066B1DFFF

Check the coolant level in the reservoirtank when the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below MIN *2 , open the reservoirtank cap and add coolant up to the MAX *1level. If the reservoir tank is empty, checkthe coolant level in the radiator when theengine is cold. If there is insufficientcoolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening andalso add it to the reservoir tank up to theMAX level *1 .

Tighten the cap securely after addingengine coolant.

If the cooling system requires coolantfrequently, have it checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTGUID-033EF515-5494-4AB1-84BA-077C94E5729B

It is recommended that major coolingsystem repairs be performed by an INFINITIretailer. The service procedures can befound in the appropriate INFINITI ServiceManual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of the reach of childrenand pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

Do-it-yourself 8-5

Condition:

(450,1)


8-6 Do-it-yourself

GUID-5210A6E6-C6B7-4FCD-AA09-0EDFFFC94B9C

SDI2045

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVELGUID-88F2BE58-218A-440E-9B33-A125F33C91B7

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be within therange *1 . If the oil level is below *2 ,remove the oil filler cap and pour

recommended oil through the opening.Do not overfill *3 .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, andsuch damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTERGUID-CFCC7766-5B79-4529-8151-A423D9855988

Vehicle set-upGUID-17B3B655-31C5-4E78-A6F1-19C97F06E7D3

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jackstands.. Place the safety jack stands under

the vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be at-

tached to the jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.

a. Remove the small plastic clip at thecenter point of the undercover.

b. Then remove the other bolts thathold the undercover in place.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and supportpoints are used to avoid vehicle damage.

ENGINE OIL

Condition:

(451,1)


SDI2335

2WD models

SDI2047

AWD models

Engine oil and filterGUID-C484B1D4-4796-401A-AB5C-5EEA342E054A

1. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug *1 with awrench and completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.

4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when theengine oil filter change is needed.)

Loosen the oil filter *2 with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turningit by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mountingsurface with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of the

engine. Failure to do so could lead to enginedamage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug witha new washer. Securely tighten thedrain plug with a wrench.Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

9. Refill engine with recommended oil andinstall the oil filler cap securely.

CAUTION

The dipstick must be inserted in place toprevent oil spillage from the dipstick holewhile filling the engine with oil.

Do-it-yourself 8-7

Condition:

(452,1)


8-8 Do-it-yourself

See “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drainand refill capacity. The drain and refillcapacity depends on the oil tempera-ture and drain time. Use these specifi-cations for reference only. Always usethe dipstick to determine the properamount of oil in the engine.

10.Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11.Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operationGUID-7C3C0239-7ED0-4AE3-A52F-2180EF497C43

1. Install the engine undercover intoposition as the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plasticclip out.

b. Hold the engine undercover intoposition.

c. Insert the clip through the under-cover into the hole in the frame, thenpush the center of the clip in to lockthe clip in place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold theundercover in place. Be careful not

to strip the bolts or over-tightenthem.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact with usedoil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

GUID-57DE2F85-5B99-4BF8-8E37-3E09A9B16B2E

When checking or replacement is required,we recommend an INFINITI retailer forservicing.

CAUTION

. It is recommended you use only GenuineNISSAN Matic S ATF. Do not mix withother fluids.

. INFINITI recommends using GenuineNISSAN Matic S ATF ONLY in INFINITIautomatic transmissions. Do not mixwith other fluids. Using fluids that arenot equivalent to Genuine NISSAN MaticS ATF may damage the automatic trans-mission. Damage caused by the use offluids other than as recommended is notcovered under the INFINITI’s new vehiclelimited warranty.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID

Condition:

(453,1)


GUID-09E75EC1-1AD4-47E4-A931-D89C5B44A139

SDI1765A

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range (*1 : HOT MAX., *2 : HOT MIN.)at fluid temperatures of 122 to 1768F (50 to808C) or using the COLD range (*3 : COLDMAX., *4 : COLD MIN.) at fluid tempera-tures of 32 to 868F (0 to 308C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, addGenuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Re-move the cap and fill through the opening.

CAUTION

. Do not overfill.

. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.

GUID-0ABA4A17-3963-4E68-8380-8E5E3D7B6E5A

For further brake fluid specification infor-mation, see “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealed contain-er. Old, inferior or contaminated fluidmay damage the brake system. The useof improper fluids can damage the brakesystem and affect the vehicle’s stoppingability.

. Be sure to clean the filler cap beforeremoving.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers outof the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces.This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled,wash the surface with water.

Do-it-yourself 8-9

POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID

Condition:

(454,1)


8-10 Do-it-yourself

SDI2025

BRAKE FLUIDGUID-A9CC355A-319F-4CB0-AC70-A6C049E334C5

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line *2 or the brakewarning light comes on, add GenuineNISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid orequivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line*1 . If fluid must be added frequently, thesystem should be checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

GUID-2DDDC4D2-AE5E-46EC-B052-FE391115B3E2

SDI2267

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers outof the reach of children.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoirperiodically. Add window washer fluidwhen the low washer fluid warning on thevehicle information display comes on.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pourthe window washer fluid into the tankopening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of window washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution. Thismay result in damage to the paint.

. Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Condition:

(455,1)


Do not use the window washer reservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

GUID-F3960FAE-D588-413D-8041-2482079DAD1F

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution ofbaking soda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30days or longer, disconnect the negative(−) battery terminal cable to preventdischarging it.

NOTE:





WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flames orelectrical sparks. Hydrogen gas gener-

ated by the battery is explosive. Do notallow battery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. Aftertouching a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid inthe battery is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the battery whichcan generate heat, reduce battery life,and in some cases lead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

Do-it-yourself 8-11

BATTERY

Condition:

(456,1)


8-12 Do-it-yourself

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell (Removethe battery cover if it is necessary). Itshould be between the UPPER LEVEL *1and LOWER LEVEL *2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs *A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL *1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level bylooking directly above the cell; thecondition *1 indicates OK and theconditions *2 needs more to be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs *A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGGUID-40948495-A7CB-4589-B06B-B465B0A3334B

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” (P.6-9). If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Condition:

(457,1)


GUID-8EFC3123-4B89-4F5B-A796-63FB00FD5B0F

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directly to thebattery terminal. Doing so will bypassthe variable voltage control system andthe vehicle battery may not chargecompletely.

. Use electrical accessories with the en-gine running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltagegenerated by the generator.

GUID-05CDF06C-B4F9-4EF4-8E28-B9EF84AC9671

SDI2119

1. Power steering fluid pump2. Alternator3. Crankshaft pulley4. Air conditioner compressor5. Drive belt auto-tensioner

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF orLOCK position before servicing drive belts.The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or loosen-

ess. If the belt is in poor condition orloose, have it replaced or adjusted. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in the“9. Maintenance and schedules” sec-tion of this manual.

Do-it-yourself 8-13

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELTS

Condition:

(458,1)


8-14 Do-it-yourself

GUID-5185F31D-BAF7-44C6-B33E-3321ADFDFCAF

WARNING

Be sure the engine and the ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to removethe spark plugs. An incorrect socket candamage the spark plugs. SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSGUID-72A1B54E-E710-47A8-83D4-3549078FDD28

If replacement is required, it is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsGUID-6A0A8CDC-45E6-43BA-9D94-7B44EC872AD0

It is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped spark plugs as frequently as theconventional type spark plugs since theywill last much longer. Follow the main-tenance schedule in the “9. Maintenanceand schedules” section of this manual, butdo not reuse them by cleaning or regap-ping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SPARK PLUGS

Condition:

(459,1)


GUID-1D2058ED-A85C-4A74-99D6-E47E69B6E892

SDI2033

Remove the retainers *1 as illustrated andpull out the filter element *2 .

The filter element should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance intervals. See the “9. Main-tenance and schedules” section of thismanual for maintenance intervals. When

replacing the filter, wipe the inside of theair cleaner housing and the cover with adamp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the air cleanerremoved can cause you or others to beburned. The air cleaner not only cleansthe air, it stops flame if the enginebackfires. If it isn’t there, and the enginebackfires, you could be burned. Do notdrive with the air cleaner removed, andbe careful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could resultin serious injury.

Do-it-yourself 8-15

AIR CLEANER

Condition:

(460,1)


8-16 Do-it-yourself

GUID-D93761D7-59ED-4282-8998-764FDC2F88AC

CLEANINGGUID-4C824009-6153-43A5-9BEC-084D777EACE7

If your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or othermaterial may be on the blade or wind-shield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a milddetergent. Then rinse the blade with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

Worn windshield wiper blades can damagethe windshield and impair driver vision.

SDI2048

REPLACINGGUID-AD379CCA-9AF2-4BC3-8BBE-76D4568A2624

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the release tab *A , and thenmove the wiper blade down the wiperarm *1 while pushing the release tabto remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple isin the groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;

otherwise it may be damaged when thehood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arm may be da-maged from wind pressure.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Condition:

(461,1)


SDI2362

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle*A . This may cause improper windshieldwasher operation. If the nozzle is clogged,remove any objects with a needle or smallpin *B . Be careful not to damage thenozzle.

GUID-0113D1DF-9C7F-426E-BFC2-6791CF890827

If checking or replacement is required, it isrecommended you contact an INFINITIretailer.

GUID-4E660802-2B18-4F2E-BA05-680E29FD0E98

If the brakes do not operate properly, it isrecommended you have the brakeschecked by an INFINITI retailer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESGUID-9B64AAF3-64AC-4DFC-A400-5537D306079D

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjust-ing brakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every timethe brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if the brakepedal height does not return to normal. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGGUID-55047C50-D626-4F99-9CD4-EBC5AD8FEBF2

The disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will first occuronly when the brake pedal is depressed.After more wear of the brake pad, thesound will always be heard even if thebrake pedal is not depressed. Have thebrakes checked as soon as possible if thewear warning sound is heard.

Do-it-yourself 8-17

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADES BRAKES

Condition:

(462,1)


8-18 Do-it-yourself

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops isnormal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information,see the maintenance intervals shown in the“9. Maintenance and schedules” section ofthis manual.

GUID-1FFE3F37-9A0E-403A-AB85-F46C763F61A1

SDI1479A

ENGINE COMPARTMENTGUID-52624265-87A7-4571-8C28-08C50EC3EF99

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or electronic control unitsor cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF or LOCK position and the

headlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the battery.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

FUSES

Condition:

(463,1)


SDI1754

5. If the fuse is open *A , replace it with anew fuse *B . Spare fuses are stored inthe passenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repaired.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Fusible linksGUID-D884C9A5-FCA0-409B-890B-D500A8CB43BA

If any electrical equipment does notoperate and fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links. If any of thesefusible links are melted, replace only withgenuine INFINITI parts.

SDI2034

PASSENGER COMPARTMENTGUID-9F151796-01BF-4EB6-89CB-D2932E45E349

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or electronic control unitsor cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF or LOCK position and the

headlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller*A .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repaired.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Spare fuses arestored in the fuse box.

Do-it-yourself 8-19

Condition:

(464,1)


8-20 Do-it-yourself

SDI2704

Extended storage fuse switch (if soequipped)

GUID-841E2582-90C7-4A31-95B9-BCD88C3499FD

To reduce battery drain, the extendedstorage fuse switch comes from the factoryswitched off. Prior to delivery of yourvehicle, the switch is pushed in (switchedon) and should always remain on.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, remove the extended storage fuseswitch and check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

If the extended storage fuse switch mal-functions, or if the fuse is open, it is notnecessary to replace the switch. In this

case, remove the extended storage fuseswitch and replace it with a new fuse of thesame rating.How to remove the extended storage fuseswitch:

GUID-51B0C083-EDC0-4187-9561-E807B72114F6

1. To remove the extended storage fuseswitch, be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in theOFF position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabs *1 found oneach side of the storage fuse switch.

5. Pull the storage fuse switch straight outfrom the fuse box *2 .

GUID-C26BD3DD-C31B-406C-B9E9-1FBAAEABFC84

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery and removed parts.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Condition:

(465,1)


SDI2451

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Release the lock knob at the back of theIntelligent Key and remove the mechan-ical key.

2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver *Awrapped with a cloth into the slit *Bof the corner and twist it to separate the

upper part from the lower part.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 orequivalent.. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as it could cause amalfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges.Holding the battery across the con-tact points will seriously deplete thestorage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case. SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts, and then push them togetheruntil it is securely closed.

5. Push the buttons two or three times tocheck its operation.

If you need any assistance for replacement,it is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and

Do-it-yourself 8-21

Condition:

(466,1)


8-22 Do-it-yourself

(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

Condition:

(467,1)


GUID-9C564204-F2FB-40D8-AD0D-9E2E9A9E424C

JVM0720X

1. Headlight (high-beam, low-beam)2. Front turn signal light3. Map light4. Front side marker light5. Rear personal light6. Fog light (except for LIMITED FINAL

PACKAGE models)7. Parking light8. Puddle light9. Step light10. High-mounted stop light11. Cargo light (sidewall)12. Cargo light (lift gate)13. License plate light14. Back-up light15. Rear combination light (tail/stop/turn

signal/side marker light)16. Daytime running light (for LIMITED

FINAL PACKAGE models)

Do-it-yourself 8-23

LIGHTS

Condition:

(468,1)


8-24 Do-it-yourself

HEADLIGHTSGUID-4AD3ECC7-3D82-48E2-B8AE-10CFFBF7F486

ReplacingGUID-473483AB-2DF6-4F55-AB96-7C071B73F17A

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens ofthe exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This is not a malfunction. Iflarge drops of water collect inside the lens,it is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for servicing.

Xenon headlight bulb:GUID-973DFC01-E413-4880-B145-C8291A17243D

If replacement is required, it is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, they pro-duce a high voltage. To prevent an electricshock, never attempt to modify or disas-semble. Always have your xenon headlightsreplaced by a certified service technician.For additional information, see “Headlightand turn signal switch” (P.2-38).

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSGUID-60D504DD-FB69-4A8B-B1AE-63FF7F412A5A

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight*

High/Low beams (Xenon) 35 D2SFront turn signal light* 21 WY21W

Fog light (except for LIMITED FINAL PACKAGEmodels)*

35 H8

Parking light* 5 W5W

Front side marker light* 5 W5W

Daytime running light (for LIMITED FINAL PACKAGEmodels)*

LED —

Rear combination light*

back-up 21 W21Wstop/tail LED —

side marker 5 W5Wturn signal* 21 W21W

License plate light* 5 W5WPuddle light* LED —

Map light 8 —Rear personal light 8 —

Cargo light 8 —Vanity mirror light* 1.8 —

Step light* 5 —High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for replacement.NOTE:

Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latestinformation about parts.

Condition:

(469,1)


Replacement proceduresGUID-BC03F8C1-99EA-4AAD-A381-341D7579A20F

All other lights are either type A, B, C, D, Eor F. When replacing a bulb, first removethe lens and/or cover.

SDI1679

SDI2030

Map light

SDI2031

Rear personal light

Do-it-yourself 8-25

Condition:

(470,1)


8-26 Do-it-yourself

SDI1500B

Cargo light

GUID-C9D0BB2A-393E-4E74-924C-613E773CAD1A

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).

TIRE PRESSUREGUID-78198506-E051-440E-A60D-6844A6ED8029

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

GUID-6D695B32-5EAB-4CE1-A6B7-DF027C985ED6

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning appears on the vehicleinformation display, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may notdetect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample a flat tire while driving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-16), “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4) and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”(P.6-3).

Tire inflation pressureGUID-7F89E83E-62EB-45D7-A17F-1C8548684D3A

Check the pressure of the tires(including the spare) often and al-ways prior to long distance trips. The

recommended tire pressure specifi-cations are shown on the Tire andLoading Information label under the“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. TheTire and Loading Information label isaffixed to the driver side center pillar.Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

. Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or otherobjects or if the vehicle strikes acurb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehiclehas been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.

WHEELS AND TIRES

Condition:

(471,1)


WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires canfail suddenly and cause anaccident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rat-ing (GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weightcapacity is indicated on theTire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not load your vehiclebeyond this capacity. Over-loading your vehicle may re-sult in reduced tire life, unsafeoperating conditions due topremature tire failure, or un-favorable handling character-istics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading be-yond the specified capacitymay also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, or

whenever you heavily loadyour vehicle, use a tire pres-sure gauge to ensure that thetire pressures are at the spe-cified level.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Do-it-yourself 8-27

Condition:

(472,1)


8-28 Do-it-yourself

SDI2703

Tire and Loading Information labelGUID-8BD5460D-36B2-4C75-B017-C5417DDCDD2C

*1 Seating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicleloading information” (P.10-15).

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehi-cle at the factory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-

ered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. Therecommended cold tire inflationis set by the manufacturer toprovide the best balance of tirewear, vehicle handling, drive-ability, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see “Tire labeling”(P.8-30).

*6 Spare tire size or compact sparetire size (if so equipped)

Condition:

(473,1)


SDI1949

Checking the tire pressureGUID-8E0E69DD-16D5-4BB2-81F8-419999A87B5D

1. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe tire.

2. Press the pressure gaugesquarely onto the valve stem. Donot press too hard or force thevalve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heardwhile checking the pressure, re-position the gauge to eliminatethis leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare it tothe specification shown on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the coreof the valve stem briefly with thetip of the gauge stem to releasepressure. Recheck the pressureand add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all othertires, including the spare.

SIZE

COLD TIREINFLATIONPRES-SURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

P265/60R18109V

230 kPa,33 PSI

P265/50R20106V

230 kPa,33 PSI

P265/45R21104V

230 kPa,33 PSI

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

P265/60R18109V

230 kPa,33 PSI

P265/50R20106V

230 kPa,33 PSI

P265/45R21104V

230 kPa,33 PSI

SPARETIRE

T175/90D18110M

420 kPa,60 PSI

Do-it-yourself 8-29

Condition:

(474,1)


8-30 Do-it-yourself

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELINGGUID-C06F0174-1C35-4FD5-9775-02BD3370873A

Federal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized informa-tion on the sidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies and describesthe fundamental characteristics ofthe tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safetystandard certification. The TIN can beused to identify the tire in case of arecall.

SDI1606

Example*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16

94H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire isdesigned for passenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this informa-tion.)

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,

gives the tire’s ratio of height towidth.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This num-ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94):This number is the tire’s loadindex. It is a measurement ofhow much weight each tire cansupport. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because itis not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

Condition:

(475,1)


JVM0694X

Example*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)

for a new tire (example: DOT XXXX XXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-ment of Transportation”. The sym-bol can be placed above, below orto the left or right of the TireIdentification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional)

5. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing, thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

*3 Tire ply composition and materi-alThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also mustindicate the materials in the tire,which include steel, nylon,polyester, and others.

*4 Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatestamount of air pressure thatshould be put in the tire. Do notexceed the maximum permissi-ble inflation pressure.

*5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the max-imum load in kilograms andpounds that can be carried bythe tire. When replacing the tireson the vehicle, always use a tirethat has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.

*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tubetype”Indicates whether the tire re-quires an inner tube (“tubetype”) or not (“tubeless”).

*7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, ifthe tire has radial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this section,Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,

Do-it-yourself 8-31

Condition:

(476,1)


8-32 Do-it-yourself

bears white lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other side-wall of the tire, or (2) the outwardfacing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRESGUID-15388D9E-36C3-4875-A608-ADADAE22690F

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(Example: Summer, All Season or Snow)and construction. An INFINITI retailermay be able to help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.

. Replacing tires with those not originally

specified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

All season tiresGUID-5F58415E-0219-47E7-81C3-3C2855A9896B

INFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance allyear, including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than All Season tires andmay be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresGUID-70B4B5D7-9F42-4FF0-A9B3-FCD163835D9E

INFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating M&S on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, INFINITI recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on

all four wheels.

Snow tiresGUID-9C7F6AAF-7625-4E40-8C36-3369E34E40E3

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and loadrating to the original equipment tires. Ifyou do not, it can adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires andmay not match the potential maximumvehicle speed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However, someU.S. states and Canadian provinces prohi-bit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces,may be poorer than that of non-studdedsnow tires.

Condition:

(477,1)


TIRE CHAINSGUID-72A4B18E-532D-4B95-B54E-0D219FBB6687

Use of tire chains may be prohibitedaccording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When instal-ling tire chains, make sure they are theproper size for the tires on your vehicle andare installed according to the chain man-ufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEClass S chains. Class “S” chains are usedon vehicles with restricted tire to vehicleclearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAEstandard minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspensionor body component required to accommo-date the use of a winter traction device (tirechains or cables). The minimum clearancesare determined using the factory equippedtire size. Other types may damage yourvehicle. Use chain tensioners when recom-mended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tirechain must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping actiondamage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive ata reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handling

and performance may be adversely af-fected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith tire chains in such conditions cancause damage to the various mechanismsof the vehicle due to some overstress.

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESGUID-9542B1B5-2994-4FA8-8017-32C85477B3C6

Tire rotationGUID-42EB5F30-3AE6-495D-AF84-B1D635CAD1B9

INFINITI recommends rotating thetires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire repla-cing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

Do-it-yourself 8-33

Condition:

(478,1)


8-34 Do-it-yourself

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at alltimes. It is recommended that wheelnuts be tightened to the specifica-tion at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nutswhen the vehicle has beendriven for 600 miles (1,000km) (also in cases of a flattire, etc.).

. Do not include the T-typespare tire or any other smallsize spare tire in the tirerotation.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the War-

ranty Information Booklet.

SDI1663

*1 Wear indicator*2 Wear indicator location marks.

The locations are shown by“ ”, “TWI”, etc. depending ontire types.

Tire wear and damageGUID-B7694345-6802-44EB-BC68-13BA9192443D

WARNING

. Tires should be periodicallyinspected for wear, cracking,bulging or objects caught inthe tread. If excessive wear,

Condition:

(479,1)


cracks, bulging or deep cutsare found, the tire(s) shouldbe replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. Whenwear indicators are visible,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age anduse. Have tires, including thespare, over 6 years oldchecked by a qualified techni-cian, because some tire da-mage may not be obvious.Replace the tires as necessaryto prevent tire failure andpossible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in seriouspersonal injury. If it is neces-sary to repair the spare tire, itis recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this ser-vice.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tiresGUID-50D27E9A-C359-494D-A9B1-ACD968EE6ABE

When replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carry-ing capacity as originally equipped. (See“Specifications” (P.10-8) for recommendedtypes and sizes of tires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use of tiresof different brands, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), or tread patternscan adversely affect the ride, braking,handling, ground clearance, body-to-tireclearance, tire chain clearance, speed-ometer calibration, headlight aim andbumper height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and could result inserious personal injury.

. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models, ifyour vehicle was originally equippedwith 4 tires that were the same sizeand you are only replacing 2 of the 4tires, install the new tires on the rearaxle. Placing new tires on the front axlemay cause loss of vehicle control insome driving conditions and cause anaccident and personal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for any reason,always replace with wheels which havethe same off-set dimension. Wheels of adifferent off-set could cause prematuretire wear, degrade vehicle handlingcharacteristics and/or interference withthe brake discs/drums. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake pad/shoewear. See “Wheels and tires” (P.10-9) ofthis manual for wheel off-set dimen-sions.

. Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon as possible.

Do-it-yourself 8-35

Condition:

(480,1)


8-36 Do-it-yourself

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.


. The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it isnot handled correctly. Be careful whenhandling the TPMS sensor.

. When replacing the TPMS sensor, the IDregistration may be required. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for ID registration.

. Do not use a valve stem cap that is notspecified by INFINITI. The valve stem capmay become stuck.

. Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valve maybe clogged up with dirt and cause amalfunction or loss of pressure.

. Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been repaired.Such wheels or tires could have struc-tural damage and could fail withoutwarning.

. The use of retread tire is not recom-mended.

. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsGUID-0FC4E52D-3B91-4359-B693-493E6BA4A912

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears.

. ONLY use spare tires specified for theAWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it isrecommended that all four tires be re-placed with tires of the same size, brand,construction and tread pattern. The tirepressure and wheel alignment should alsobe checked and corrected as necessary. It

is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Wheel balanceGUID-84CA0E50-F38E-4E24-835E-33BF7157AA2A

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance. There-fore, they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book-let.

Care of wheelsGUID-3EFA0B65-42DB-42EE-8630-6AB4B920C876

See “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for detailsabout care of the wheels.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY(T-type) spare tire)

GUID-73D9CA20-E1C7-4CB1-A68E-B1182E63E37E

Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted(TEMPORARY USE ONLY or conventional),the TPMS will not function.

Observe the following precautions if the T-

Condition:

(481,1)


type spare tire must be used, otherwiseyour vehicle could be damaged or involvedin an accident.

WARNING

. The T-type spare tire should be used foremergency use. It should be replacedwith the standard tire at the firstopportunity to avoid possible tire ordifferential damage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.

. Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressure ofthe TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar). Always keepthe pressure of the full size spare tire (ifso equipped) at the recommended pres-sure for standard tires, as indicated onthe Tire and Loading Information label.For Tire and Loading Information labellocation, see “Tire and Loading Informa-tion label” in the index of this manual.

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive your vehicle at

speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire should be used on the frontwheels and original tire used on the rearwheels (drive wheels). Use tire chainsonly on the two rear original tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire will wear at a faster rate thanthe standard tire. Replace the spare tireas soon as the tread wear indicatorsappear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tire atthe same time.

. Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPOR-ARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains will notfit properly and may cause damage tothe vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also do not drivethe vehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

Condition:

(482,1)


8-38 Do-it-yourself

MEMO

Condition:

(483,1)


9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement ...................................... 9-2General maintenance ......................................... 9-2Scheduled maintenance ..................................... 9-2Where to go for service ...................................... 9-2

General maintenance ............................................. 9-2Explanation of general maintenance items ......... 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ......... 9-5Emission control system maintenance ............... 9-5Chassis and body maintenance ......................... 9-6

Maintenance schedules ......................................... 9-7Additional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions ........................................ 9-7

Standard maintenance .......................................... 9-7Emission control system maintenance .............. 9-8Chassis and body maintenance ...................... 9-11

Maintenance under severe driving conditions ...... 9-14Maintenance log ................................................. 9-15

Condition:

(484,1)


9-2 Maintenance and schedules

GUID-6D234818-99A3-4E79-AC55-3831D0E77D4C

Some day-to-day and regular maintenanceis essential to maintain your vehicle’s goodmechanical condition, as well as its emis-sion and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure that the scheduled maintenance, aswell as general maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance care. You are avital link in the maintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGUID-26720F67-5930-455C-92EE-47E0F67BEE5C

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation. They are essentialfor proper vehicle operation. It is yourresponsibility to perform these proceduresregularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill and onlya few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, an INFINITI retailer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEGUID-D0F489EB-A411-429F-A3C3-7F19BB01981D

The maintenance items listed in thissection are required to be serviced atregular intervals. However, under severedriving conditions, additional or morefrequent maintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEGUID-7A72C8E8-7435-46C0-B7B4-C79C1ECCFE07

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through techni-cal bulletins, service tips, and in-retailerinformation systems. They are completelyqualified to work on INFINITI vehiclesbefore work begins.

You can be confident that an INFINITIretailer’s service department can performthe service needed to meet the mainte-nance requirements on your vehicle.

GUID-226C1B86-67EB-4586-90B1-9230A1EC3F0C

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smell, be sure tocheck for the cause or it is recommended tohave an INFINITI retailer do it promptly. Inaddition, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer if you think that repairs arerequired.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, see “Maintenance precau-tions” (P.8-2).

EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAIN-TENANCE ITEMS

GUID-480B9E57-2F09-419D-B14E-58E4ED408DE8

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleGUID-1CD992C3-C0C4-4018-A8E0-9B8100DDFFCA

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood, operateproperly. Also ensure that all latches locksecurely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latchpins, rollers and links if necessary. Makesure that the secondary latch keeps the

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Condition:

(485,1)


hood from opening when the primary latchis released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubricationfrequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, andother lights are all operating properly andinstalled securely. Also check headlightaim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check-ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheelnuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotatedevery 5,000 miles (8,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure inall tires, including the spare, to thepressure specified. Check carefully fordamage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace theTPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve coreand cap when the tires are replaced due towear or age.

Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side whiledriving on a straight and level road, or ifyou detect uneven or abnormal tire wear,there may be a need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book-let.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield atleast every six months for cracks or otherdamage. Have a damaged windshieldrepaired by a qualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleGUID-DB07B445-03C4-4C92-895F-E85223346519

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing periodic maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedal

does not catch or require uneven effort.Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mechan-ism: On a fairly steep hill, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the shift leverin the P (Park) position without applyingany brakes.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenlygoes down further than normal, the pedalfeels spongy or the vehicle seems to takelonger to stop, have your vehicle checkedimmediately. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjusted, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, an-chors, adjuster and retractors) operateproperly and smoothly, and are installedsecurely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Condition:

(486,1)



fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and that alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints move upand down smoothly and that the locks (ifso equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes:Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properlyand that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleGUID-DEF815C0-1AAF-483B-A1CE-29D2986DAF12

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example, eachtime you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MINlines. Vehicles operated in high tempera-tures or under severe condition requirefrequent checks of the battery fluid level.

NOTE:





Brake fluid level*: Make sure that thebrake fluid level is between the MAX andMIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no beltis frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, imme-diately have the exhaust system inspected.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. (See “Precautionswhen starting and driving” (P.5-3) sectionfor exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaks orif gasoline fumes are evident, check for thecause and have it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold, withthe engine off. Check the lines for properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Condition:

(487,1)


Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks,deformation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust.It is very important to remove thesesubstances, otherwise rust will form onthe floor pan, frame, fuel lines and aroundthe exhaust system. At the end of winter,the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful toclean those areas where mud and dirt mayaccumulate. For additional information,see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

GUID-7378E3A3-3311-4123-9E55-76A78F631046

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items that shouldbe regularly checked or replaced. Themaintenance schedule indicates at whichmileage/time intervals each item requiresservice.

In addition to scheduled maintenance,your vehicle requires that some items bechecked during normal day-to-day opera-tion. Refer to “General maintenance” (P.9-2).

Items marked with “*” are recommendedby INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation.You are not required to perform mainte-nance on these items in order to maintainthe warranties which come with yourvehicle. Other maintenance items andintervals are required.

When applicable, additional informationcan be found in the “8. Do-it yourself”section of this manual.

NOTE:

INFINITI does not advocate the use of non-OEM approved aftermarket flushing sys-tems and strongly advises against per-forming these services on an INFINITIproduct. Many of the aftermarket flushingsystems use non-OEM approved chemicals

or solvents, the use of which has not beenvalidated by INFINITI.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Capaci-ties and recommended fluids/lubricants”(P.10-2) of this manual.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCE

GUID-CB775145-6F44-46B3-8942-DA55BB9CF85E

Drive belts*:

Check engine drive belts for wear, frayingor cracking and for proper tension. Replaceany damaged drive belts.

Engine air filter:

Replace at specified intervals. When driv-ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi-tions, check/replace the filter morefrequently.

Engine coolant*:

Replace coolant at the specified interval.When adding or replacing coolant, be sureto use only Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentwith the proper mixture. (Refer to “Enginecooling system” (P.8-4) to determine theproper mixture for your area.)


EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Condition:

(488,1)



NOTE:

Mixing any other type of coolant or the useof non-distilled water may reduce therecommended service interval of the cool-ant.

Engine oil and oil filter:

Replace engine oil and oil filter at thespecified intervals. For recommended oilgrade and viscosity refer to “Capacitiesand recommended fluids/lubricants”(P.10-2).

Engine Valve Clearance*:

Inspect only valve noise increases.

Adjust valve clearance if necessary.

Evaporative Emissions Control VaporLines*:

Check vapor lines and connections forleaks or looseness. Tighten connectionsor replace parts as necessary.

Fuel lines*:

Check the fuel hoses, piping and connec-tions for leaks, looseness, or deterioration.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Spark plugs:

Replace at specified intervals. Install newplugs of the type as originally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEGUID-4A1282C2-D0FF-462D-98FF-30064EE5AF70

Brake lines and cables:

Visually inspect for proper installation.Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration,and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio-rated or damaged parts immediately.

Brake pads and rotors:

Check for wear, deterioration and fluidleaks. Replace any deteriorated or da-maged parts immediately.

Exhaust system:

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, mufflerand hangers for leaks, cracks, deteriora-tion, and damage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.

In-cabin microfilter:

Replace at specified intervals. When driv-ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi-tions, replace the filter more frequently.

Propeller shaft(s):

Check for damage, looseness, and greaseleakage. (4WD/AWD/RWD)

Steering gear and linkage, axle andsuspension parts, drive shaft boots:

Check for damage, looseness, and leakageof oil or grease. Under severe drivingconditions, inspect more frequently.

Tire rotation:

Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles(8,000 km) according to the instructionsunder “Explanation of general mainte-nance items” (P.9-2). When rotating tires,check for damage and uneven wear. Re-place if necessary.

Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil andtransfer case oil:

Visually inspect for signs of leakage atspecified intervals.

Condition:

(489,1)


GUID-E40AAFD6-F783-45A8-9ADA-B72D12ABA3ED

To help ensure smooth, safe and economic-al driving, INFINITI provides two mainte-nance schedules that may be used,depending upon the conditions in whichyou usually drive. These schedules containboth distance and time intervals, up to120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 months.For most people, the odometer reading willindicate when service is needed. However,if you drive very little, your vehicle shouldbe serviced at the regular time intervalsshown in the schedule.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMSFOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDI-TIONS

GUID-6A1A9023-39A3-4453-822A-3EE910B7C543

Additional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions; should be performedon vehicles that are driven under especiallydemanding conditions. Additional mainte-nance items should be performed if youprimarily operate your vehicle under thefollowing conditions:

. Repeated short trips of less than 5miles (8 km).

. Repeated short trips of less than 10miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speed driv-ing for long distances, such as police,taxi or door-to-door delivery use.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

. Towing a trailer, using a camper or acar-top carrier.

NOTE:

For vehicles operated in Canada, bothstandard and severe maintenance itemsshould be performed at every interval.

GUID-72B63A7F-0DB6-4379-9688-877149D5E3E7

The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions, vary-ing road surfaces, individual driving habitsand vehicle usage, additional or morefrequent maintenance may be required.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time intervals.


MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES STANDARD MAINTENANCE

Condition:

(490,1)



EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-FD07BF28-4B29-4300-8E6B-CA10160B0DB2

Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles,kilometers or months, whichevercomes first.

Miles 6 1,000(km 6 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

Intake and exhaust valve clear-ance*

See NOTE (7)

Condition:

(491,1)


MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles,kilometers or months, whichevercomes first.

Miles 6 1,000(km 6 1,000)

Months


65(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I* I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

Intake and exhaust valve clear-ance*

See NOTE (7)

NOTE:

(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48months, inspect every 10,000 miles(16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace thedrive belts if found damaged.

(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions,more frequent maintenance may be re-quired.

(3) Periodic maintenance is not required.

(4) First replacement interval is 105,000miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. Afterfirst replacement, replace every 75,000miles (120,000 km) or 60 months.

(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentwith proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralized or distilledwater. Mixing any other type of coolant orthe use of non-distilled water may reduce

the life expectancy of the factory fillcoolant.

(6) Replace spark plug when the plug gapexceeds 0.055 in (1.4 mm) even if withinspecified replacement mileage.

(7) Periodic maintenance is not required.However, if valve noise increases, inspectvalve clearance.

*: Maintenance items and intervals with


Condition:

(492,1)



“*” are recommended by INFINITI forreliable vehicle operation. The owner doesnot need to perform such maintenance inorder to maintain the emission warranty ormanufacturer recall liability. Other main-tenance items and intervals are required.

Condition:

(493,1)


CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEGUID-9FBF96A7-6E5F-4B42-8FDF-CAF0B3AB92A1

Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles 6 1,000(km 6 1,000)

Months


5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

Automatic transmission fluid See NOTE (1)

Transfer fluid and differentialgear oil

See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear and linkage, axleand suspension parts$

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft and drive shaftboots (AWD models)$

I I I I I I

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R


Condition:

(494,1)



MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles 6 1,000(km 6 1,000)

Months


65(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Brake lines & cables I I I I I I

Brake pads & rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

Automatic transmission fluid See NOTE (1)

Transfer fluid and differentialgear oil

See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear & linkage, axle &suspension parts$

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft & drive shaftboots (AWD models)$

I I I I I I

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R

Condition:

(495,1)


NOTE:

Maintenance items with “$” should beperformed more frequently according to“Maintenance under severe driving condi-tions” (P.9-14).

(1) Periodic maintenance is not required.

(2) If towing a trailer, using a camper or acar-top carrier, or driving on rough ormuddy roads, change (not just inspect)oil at every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or24 months.

(3) Refer to “Tire rotation” under “Generalmaintenance” (P.9-2).


Condition:

(496,1)



GUID-4826F0AE-4CDF-4873-BC79-8FA64475E6CE

The maintenance intervals shown on thepreceding pages are for normal operatingconditions. If the vehicle is mainly oper-ated under severe driving conditions asshown below, more frequent maintenancemust be performed on the following itemsas shown in the table.

Severe driving conditions

. Repeated short trips of less than 5miles (8 km).

. Repeated short trips of less than 10miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speed driv-ing for long distances, such as police,taxi or door-to-door delivery use.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy, or salt spreadroads.

. Towing a trailer, using a camper or acar-top carrier.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspectand correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance interval

Brake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months

Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

Steering gear & linkage, axle &suspension parts

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots(AWD models)

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

Exhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE DRIVINGCONDITIONS

Condition:

(497,1)


GUID-A4020EDA-9568-4526-B9D5-8C07678FD407

5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 Months

Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


MAINTENANCE LOG

Condition:

(498,1)




Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:

Condition:

(499,1)



Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Condition:

(500,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(501,1)


10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ........................... 10-2

Fuel information .............................................. 10-4Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .......... 10-6Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ............................. 10-7

Specifications ...................................................... 10-8Engine ............................................................. 10-8Wheels and tires ............................................. 10-9Dimensions ................................................... 10-10

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ................................................. 10-11Vehicle identification ......................................... 10-11

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ....... 10-11Vehicle identification number(chassis number) ........................................... 10-11Engine serial number ..................................... 10-12F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .......... 10-12Emission control information label ................. 10-12Tire and Loading Information label ................ 10-13Air conditioner specification label .................. 10-13

Installing front license plate .............................. 10-14Vehicle loading information ............................... 10-15

Terms ............................................................ 10-15

Vehicle load capacity ................................... 10-17Securing the load ........................................ 10-18Loading tips ................................................. 10-18Measurement of weights .............................. 10-19

Towing a trailer ................................................. 10-19Maximum load limits ................................... 10-19Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/Maximum Gross Axle Weight (GAW) ............. 10-21Towing load/specification ............................ 10-23Towing safety ............................................... 10-23Flat towing ................................................... 10-27

Uniform tire quality grading .............................. 10-28Treadwear .................................................... 10-28Traction AA, A, B and C ................................ 10-28Temperature A, B and C ............................... 10-28

Emission control system warranty ..................... 10-29Reporting safety defects .................................... 10-30Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test .......................................................... 10-31Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................... 10-31Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information .............................................. 10-32

Condition:

(502,1)


10-2 Technical and consumer information

GUID-48931BE6-8CB1-42AD-9316-C84EE80464B2

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid typesCapacity (Approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsUS measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 23-3/4 gal 19-3/4 gal 90 · See “Fuel information” (P.10-4).

Engine oil*1 With oil filter change 5-1/8 qt 4-3/8 qt 4.9 · Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent*2*2: INFINITI recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Oil available at INFINITI retailer.

· Engine oil with API Certification Mark*3, Viscosity SAE 5W-30*3: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.10-6).

Drain and refill*1: For additional information,see “Changing engine oil andfilter” (P.8-6).

Without oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6

Engine coolant For towing package With reservoir 10-5/8 qt 8-3/4 qt 10 · Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Except for towing pack-age

With reservoir 10 qt 8-3/8 qt 9.5

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Automatic transmission fluid — — — · Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF· INFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF ONLY in INFINITI automatictransmissions. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSAN Matic S ATF may damage the automatic transmission. Damagecaused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under theINFINITI’s new vehicle limited warranty.

Front differential gear oil — — — · Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalentconventional (non-synthetic) oil

Rear differential gear oil For towing package — — — · API GL-5 synthetic gear oil, Viscosity SAE 75W-90

Except for towing package — — — · Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalentconventional (non-synthetic) oil

Transfer fluid — — — · Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF· INFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF ONLY in INFINITI transfers.Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSANMatic J ATF may damage the transfer. Damage caused by the use of fluids other thanas recommended is not covered under the INFINITI’s new vehicle limited warranty.

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to theinstructions in the “8. Do-it-yourself” sec-tion.

· Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent· DEXRONTMVI type ATF may also be used.

Brake fluid · Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*4 or equivalent DOT 3*4: Available in mainland U.S.A. through an INFINITI retailer.

Multi-purpose grease — — — · NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — · HFC-134a (R-134a)· For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” (P.10-11) for air conditionerspecification label.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

Condition:

(503,1)


Fluid typesCapacity (Approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsUS measure Imp measure Liter

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — · NISSAN A/C System Oil· Type S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid — — — · Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

Technical and consumer information 10-3

Condition:

(504,1)



FUEL INFORMATIONGUID-9FE4EF10-75DC-47EE-817B-C3BE5AF491FA

Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) may betemporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for max-imum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will

damage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for E-15 or E-85 fuel canadversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains the octanebooster methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuel con-taining MMT may adversely affectvehicle performance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers are labeledto indicate MMT content, so you mayhave to consult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use of MMTin reformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

Gasoline specificationsGUID-961966F1-212F-491F-B326-21A60F679F77

INFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)specifications where it is available. Manyof the automobile manufacturers devel-oped this specification to improve emis-sion system and vehicle performance. Askyour service station manager if the gaso-line meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasolineGUID-504B177F-1041-42FF-9B4C-84EB727C2A2E

Some fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designed to reduce vehicleemissions. INFINITI supports efforts to-wards cleaner air and suggests that youuse reformulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesGUID-50BCC06F-C19A-4B15-83BB-79A6D8B5F905

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt,ask your service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,

Condition:

(505,1)


please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. E-15 fuel contains more than 10%oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devicesand systems of the vehicle and shouldnot be used. Damage caused by suchfuel is not covered by the INFINITI newvehicle limited warranty.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.

At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in INFINITIvehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problemssuch as engine stalling or hard hot startingare experienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend ofMTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelGUID-F5BCC855-D685-4035-86D1-70AC95E91C96

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleadedgasoline. E-15 can only be used in vehiclesdesigned to run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. government reg-ulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified with small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

E-85 fuelGUID-48B8B256-DE2D-4098-8F8B-1B9D56EE3259

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleadedgasoline. E-85 can only be used in a

Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. governmentregulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

Fuel containing MMTGUID-19A13CD5-01AD-427C-B0AB-C0C2D87D247C

MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boostingadditive. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for moredetails.

Aftermarket fuel additivesGUID-96C6D2F9-CEA3-4D46-A34F-8ABC6FE68354

INFINITI does not recommend the use ofany aftermarket fuel additives (Example:fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, in-take valve deposit removers, etc.) whichare sold commercially. Many of theseadditives intended for gum, varnish ordeposit removal may contain active solventor similar ingredients that can be harmfulto the fuel system and engine.


Condition:

(506,1)



Octane rating tipsGUID-8C24FA67-AD34-4603-8F88-D3B54E4587C1

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock.(Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise.)If severe, this can lead to engine damage.If you detect a persistent heavy sparkknock even when using gasoline of thestated octane rating, or if you hear steadyspark knock while holding a steady speedon level roads, it is recommended you havean INFINITI retailer correct the condition.Failure to correct the condition is misuse ofthe vehicle, for which INFINITI is notresponsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result inknocking, after-run or overheating. This inturn may cause excessive fuel consumptionor damage to the engine. If any of theabove symptoms are encountered, haveyour vehicle checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for servicing.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

JVT0159X

*1 API certification mark*2 API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

GUID-7FA766D4-BA81-4A22-8437-DF0CC32EE9B0

Selecting the correct oilGUID-459F93C0-1B01-4407-ADAC-389E2B2BEF86

It is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance,see “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2). INFINITI recommendsthe use of an energy conserving oil in orderto improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the

American Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-cation or International Lubricant Standar-dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils which donot have the specified quality label shouldnot be used as they could cause enginedamage.

Oil additivesGUID-D4292531-7AB2-46DF-A195-92E81450DB3D

INFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Condition:

(507,1)


Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosityGUID-F3855EFB-B07A-438C-BCBB-413373B28445

The engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because of this,it is important that the engine oil viscositybe selected based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. Choosing an oilviscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterGUID-1454FFA0-B888-494A-B32E-4DA00FD78344

Your new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervalsGUID-3F7E6474-9532-420E-B246-24FA7BC1BB4B

The oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Oil andfilter other than the specified quality, or oiland filter change intervals longer thanrecommended could reduce engine life.Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil and

filter quality and/or viscosity is not coveredby the new INFINITI vehicle limited warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do nothave to change the oil before the firstrecommended change interval.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONS

GUID-558B321D-F9C9-4FBF-9567-416C100E8D90

The air conditioning system in yourINFINITI vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and thelubricant, NISSAN A/C system oil Type Sor the exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubricantmay cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and may require thereplacement of all air conditioner systemcomponents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant does

not affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernmental regulations require the re-covery and recycling of any refrigerantduring automotive air conditioning systemservice. Your INFINITI retailer has thetrained technicians and equipment neededto recover and recycle your air conditioningsystem refrigerant.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer when servicing your air condition-ing system.


Condition:

(508,1)



GUID-9871FDBA-D97A-4878-B5F8-F5BF185B27FF

ENGINEGUID-CA2E3267-31C6-4935-A9C5-1AD5B4A6552D

Model VQ37VHR

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 608

Bore 6 Stroke in (mm)3.760 6 3.385(95.5 6 86.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 225.54 (3,696)Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpmSee the emission control information label onthe underside of the hood.Ignition timing

(B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard FXE24HR-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

STI0425

SPECIFICATIONS

Condition:

(509,1)


WHEELS AND TIRESGUID-D638F2F8-DA49-4C08-83F7-562AED633CC3

Road wheelGUID-CAE1A699-BCE5-4A3E-8A71-5956FB428C41

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional

18 6 8J

1.97 (50)20 6 8J

21 6 9-1/2J

Spare 18 6 4-1/2T 1.18 (30)

TireGUID-B52EE1AE-D44B-4EEC-99AC-4F961D30C7ED

Type Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

P265/60R18

33 (230)P265/50R20

P265/45R21

Spare (T-type) T175/90D18 60 (420)


Condition:

(510,1)



DIMENSIONSGUID-2D600776-9DE1-495C-9B09-FD7C708BD79F

Overall length (With front license plate) in (mm) 191.3 (4,860)Overall width in (mm) 75.9 (1,925)

Overall heightin (mm) 65.0 (1,650)*1

66.1 (1,680)*2Front tread in (mm) 64.4 (1,635)

Rear tread in (mm) 64.6 (1,640)Wheelbase in (mm) 113.6 (2,885)

*1: Model without roof rack*2: Model with roof rack

Condition:

(511,1)


GUID-2219A828-FF43-4C5E-8727-2B7B70127420

If you plan to travel in another country, youshould first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmay cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedgasoline. Therefore, avoid taking yourvehicle to areas where appropriate fuel isnot available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modifythe vehicle to meet local laws and regula-tions.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specificationsmay differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation, and registration are the respon-sibility of the user. INFINITI is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

GUID-7AF738ED-4EF7-4A6E-B6AB-A911475C7BFB

STI0431

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

GUID-8AE65E1D-7402-43F1-9A5E-9857556498AA

The vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is usedin the vehicle registration.

STI0492

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)

GUID-23823C71-3056-4017-BDF8-FF018229A636

The number is stamped as shown in theengine compartment.


WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOURVEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Condition:

(512,1)



STI0509

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERGUID-EE9E0254-9A46-4729-A2D4-B56B1F343430

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

STI0448

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICA-TION LABEL

GUID-46B1ABAE-E1E2-46A1-A0B4-F366EF7A1503

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifica-tion label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information,such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings(GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR),month and year of manufacture, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), etc. Review itcarefully.

STI0422

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABEL

GUID-272AD403-9633-4959-87B5-5695C542AF87

The emission control information label isattached as shown.

Condition:

(513,1)


STI0373

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

GUID-658A04C7-A37F-4A12-AC64-F251B17B1022

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label affixed tothe pillar as illustrated.

STI0495

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

GUID-ADCFB1CA-1E95-4B6B-AA9B-B1A3650B0613

The air conditioner specification label isattached as shown.


Condition:

(514,1)



GUID-668278F1-1E9D-42E6-8C9E-2CCF21C37E2B

JVT0147X

Use the following steps to mount thelicense plate.

Before mounting the license plate, confirmthat the following parts are enclosed in theplastic bag.

Only use the recommended mountingposition, otherwise Intelligent Cruise Con-trol (ICC) sensor obstruction (if soequipped) may result.

. License plate bracket

. J-nut 6 2

. Screw 6 2

. Screw grommet 6 21. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Locate the center position indicator *Aon the lower part of the grille. Line upthe marks under the top of the frontbumper *B with the tabs *C on thelicense plate bracket. Hold the licenseplate bracket in place.

3. Mark the center of the hole *D with afelt-tip pen.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit at the markedlocations. (Be sure that the drill onlygoes through the bumper fascia.)

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Condition:

(515,1)


5. Insert grommets into the hole on thefascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 908 turn onto thepart *E .

7. Insert a J-nut into the license platebracket before placing the license platebracket on the fascia.

8. Install the license plate bracket withscrews.

9. Install the license plate with bolts thatare no longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

GUID-C4FA74CC-1F05-48F9-BF22-DBF7AC5BAC7A

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area inside thevehicle. In a collision, peopleriding in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injuredor killed.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

. Be sure everyone in yourvehicle is in a seat and usinga seat belt properly.

TERMSGUID-F9E2C68F-801E-41D9-9739-914B64F78BF3

It is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:. Curb Weight (actual weight of your

vehicle) - vehicle weight includ-ing: standard and optional equip-ment, fluids, emergency tools,

and spare tire assembly. Thisweight does not include passen-gers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weightof passengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit spe-cified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - max-


VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

Condition:

(516,1)



imum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers and car-go) for the vehicle. This is themaximum combined weight ofoccupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

. Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the weight oftotal occupants weight subtractedfrom the load limit.

STI0445

Condition:

(517,1)


VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYGUID-FB0AE9D8-2912-40C9-99F6-E501B3AC2449

Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Capa-city” on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.

To get “the combined weight ofoccupants and cargo”, add theweight of all occupants, then addthe total luggage weight. Examplesare shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit

GUID-0ED5928A-07E7-45A8-8987-5273C3983745

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For exam-ple, if the XXX amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb. passengers in your vehi-cle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650lbs) or (640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300kg.)

5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. That weightmay not safely exceed the avail-able cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the available

cargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle,confirm that you do not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)or the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for your vehicle. (See “Mea-surement of weights” (P.10-19).)

Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and LoadingInformation label.


Condition:

(518,1)



SIC3849

SECURING THE LOADGUID-F6084B6B-3E67-44EC-BE8D-E9432D2288E3

There are tie down hooks located in thecargo area as shown. The tie down hookscan be used to secure cargo with ropes orother types of straps.

Do not apply a total load of more than 22lb. (98 N) to a single hook when securingcargo.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher than

the seatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

. The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with items in thecargo area. Secure any items in the cargoarea. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if the toptether strap is damaged.

. Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damage couldoccur, or it can change the way yourvehicle handles. This could result in lossof control and cause personal injury.

LOADING TIPSGUID-1BF291CB-8139-4DC1-BA21-2FB8DD06AC2D

. The GVW must not exceed GVWRor GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo tohelp prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargohigher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or it canchange the way your vehiclehandles. This could result inloss of control and causepersonal injury.

. Overloading could not onlyshorten the life of your vehi-cle and the tires, but alsocould lead to hazardous vehi-cle handling and long braking

Condition:

(519,1)


distance. This may cause apremature tire malfunction,which could result in a seriousaccident and personal injury.Failures caused by overload-ing are not covered by thevehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSGUID-FF731B9F-26FE-4448-9DAA-A440EB7F1BB4

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle isloaded, drive to a scale and weighthe front and the rear wheels sepa-rately to determine axle loads. In-dividual axle loads should notexceed either of the gross axleweight ratings (GAWR). The total ofthe axle loads should not exceed thegross vehicle weight rating (GVWR).These ratings are given on thevehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or re-move items to bring all weightsbelow the ratings.

GUID-3C1AB11D-0F45-45FA-933F-EDBD8DDEAE36

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of a trailerand its cargo can adversely affect vehiclehandling, braking and performance and maylead to accidents.

CAUTION

. Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy loadfor the first 500 miles (800 km). Yourengine, axle or other parts could bedamaged.

. For the first 500 miles (800 km) that youtow a trailer, do not drive over 50 MPH(80 km/h) and do not make starts at fullthrottle. This helps the engine and otherparts of your vehicle wear in at theheavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo.Remember that towing a trailer placesadditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,drivetrain, steering, braking and othersystems.

An INFINITI Towing Guide (U.S. only) isavailable on the website at www.InfinitiU-SA.com. This guide includes information ontrailer towing capability and the specialequipment required for proper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITSGUID-9B8464D7-BFCF-4992-A6FF-2717C900F8FC

Maximum trailer loadsGUID-BD32CC58-EAF6-4D7E-8EE3-1BA82E55DBCD

Never allow the total trailer load to exceedthe value specified in the “Towing Load/Specification” chart. The total trailer loadequals trailer weight plus its cargo weight.

. When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross CombinedWeight Rating) should not exceed the valuespecified in the following “Towing Load/Specification” chart.


TOWING A TRAILER

Condition:

(520,1)



STI0541

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengersand cargo) plus the total trailer load.Towing loads greater than these or usingimproper towing equipment could ad-versely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer isnot only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan to tow.Tow weights appropriate for level highwaydriving may have to be reduced on verysteep grades or for low traction situations(for example, on slippery boat ramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect

towing. For example, towing a heavy trailerin high outside temperatures on gradedroads can affect engine performance andcause overheating. The transmission highfluid temperature protection mode, whichhelps reduce the chance of transmissiondamage, could activate and automaticallydecrease engine power. Vehicle speed maydecrease under high load. Plan your tripcarefully to account for trailer and vehicleload, weather and road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced enginepower and vehicle speed. The reduced speedmay be lower than other traffic, which couldincrease the chance of a collision. Beespecially careful when driving. If thevehicle cannot maintain a safe drivingspeed, pull to the side of the road in a safearea. Allow the engine to cool and return tonormal operation. See “If your vehicle over-heats” (P.6-11) of this manual.

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures are not covered byINFINITI warranties.

Condition:

(521,1)


STI0542

Tongue loadGUID-C348277A-F1BA-42D0-95F7-C6180E6D8C5A

When using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue loadbetween 10 to 15% of the total trailer loadwithin the maximum tongue load limitsshown in the following “Towing Load/Specification” chart. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange cargo toallow for proper tongue load.

TI1012M

MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT(GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLEWEIGHT (GAW)

GUID-08867610-D301-4E37-91F7-503757098625

The GVW of the towing vehicle must notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label. The GVW equals thecombined weight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongueload and any other optional equipment. Inaddition, front or rear GAW must notexceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuminga base vehicle with driver and any optionsrequired to achieve the rating. Additionalpassengers, cargo and/or optional equip-ment, such as the trailer hitch, will addweight to the vehicle and reduce yourvehicle’s maximum towing capacity andtrailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighedto confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR,Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross CombinedWeight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can bemeasured using platform type scales com-monly found at truck stops, highway weighstations, building supply centers or sal-vage yards.

To determine the available payload capa-city for tongue load, use the followingprocedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with allof the passengers and cargo that arenormally in the vehicle when towing atrailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GVWR. The remaining amount is the


Condition:

(522,1)



available maximum tongue load.

To determine the available towing capacity,use the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the“Towing Load/Specification” chartfound later in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GCWR. The remaining amount is theavailable maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight,weigh your trailer on a scale with allequipment and cargo, that are normally inthe trailer when it is towed. Make sure theGross trailer weight is not more than theGross Trailer Weight Rating shown on thetrailer and is not more than the calculatedavailable maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on thescale to make sure the Front Gross AxleWeight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are notmore than Front Gross Axle Weight andRear Gross Axle Weight on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The cargo in thetrailer and vehicle may need to be movedor removed to meet the specified ratings.

Example:

. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers,cargo and hitch - 5,073 lb. (2,301 kg).

. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel - 5,301 lb. (2,404 kg).

. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification” chart- 7,355 lb. (3,336 kg).

. Maximum Trailer towing capacity from“Towing Load/Specification” chart -2,000 lb. (907 kg).

5,301 lb. (2,404 kg) GVWR

− 5,073 lb. (2,301 kg) GVW

= 228 lb. (103 kg)Available for tongue

weight

7,355 lb. (3,336 kg) GCWR

− 5,073 lb. (2,301 kg) GVW

= 2,282 lb. (1,035 kg)Capacity available for

towing

228 lb. (103 kg) / Available tongue weight

2,282 lb. (1,035 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be lessthan the maximum towing capacity due to

the passenger and cargo load in thevehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weightbetween 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. Ifthe tongue load becomes excessive, re-arrange the cargo to obtain the propertongue load. Do not exceed the 10 to 15%tongue weight specification even if thecalculated available tongue weight isgreater than 15%. If the calculated tongueweight is less than 10%, reduce the totaltrailer weight to match the availabletongue weight.

Always verify that available capacities arewithin the required ratings.

Condition:

(523,1)


TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATIONGUID-9DEAF7DC-13F1-45B3-AD70-83B558B3FB7B

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) model All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1—

2,000 (907)*33,500 (1,588)*4

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD—

200 (91)*3350 (159)*4

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING —7,355 (3,336)*38,825 (4,003)*4

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. INFINITIrecommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361kg).

2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Swaycontrol devices are not offered by INFINITI. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for aproperly designed sway control device for your trailer.

3: For USA4: For Canada

TOWING SAFETYGUID-502AD8CF-53DB-4BD3-B0C3-603BB71C8E5B

Trailer hitchGUID-008FF524-99AE-42E9-AE74-C6F3AA333185

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine INFINITI trailer hitch isavailable from an INFINITI retailer. Makesure the trailer hitch is securely attached tothe vehicle to help avoid personal injury orproperty damage due to sway caused bycrosswinds, rough road surfaces or pas-sing trucks.

WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specificweight ratings. Your vehicle may be capableof towing a trailer heavier than the weightrating of the hitch components. Neverexceed the weight rating of the hitchcomponents. Doing so can cause seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

Hitch ballGUID-CE674953-BE52-413E-A9FF-B7F163CBF1B0

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

. The required hitch ball size is stampedon most trailer couplers. Most hitchballs also have the size printed on top


Condition:

(524,1)



of the ball.. Choose the proper class hitch ball

based on the trailer weight.. The diameter of the threaded shank of

the hitch ball must be matched to theball mount hole diameter. The hitch ballshank should be no more than 1/16smaller than the hole in the ball mount.

. The threaded shank of the hitch ballmust be long enough to be properlysecured to the ball mount. There shouldbe at least 2 threads showing beyondthe lock washer and nut.

Sway control deviceGUID-6E633672-8FB7-4C01-8B28-2C30765F3629

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffet-ing caused by other vehicles can affecttrailer handling. Sway control devices maybe used to help control these affects. If youchoose to use one, contact a reputabletrailer hitch supplier to make sure the swaycontrol device will work with the vehicle,hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake system.Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using thesway control device.

Class I hitchGUID-4067D7E7-3AD5-424A-8B2F-913203553A31

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of 2,000lb (907 kg).

Class II hitchGUID-2111C6C0-7FAE-46D0-9F2C-1684BE2F36D7

Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of 3,500lb (1,588 kg).

CAUTION

. Special hitches which include framereinforcements are required for towingabove 2,000 lb (907 kg). Suitablegenuine INFINITI hitches for pickuptrucks and sport utility vehicles areavailable at an INFINITI retailer.

. The hitch should not be attached to oraffect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

. Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

. Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.

. To reduce the possibility of additionaldamage if your vehicle is struck from therear, where practical, remove the hitchand/or receiver when not in use. Afterthe hitch is removed, seal the bolt holesto prevent exhaust fumes, water or dustfrom entering the passenger compart-ment.

. Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securely mounted.

Tire pressuresGUID-013B90D6-E075-4F27-B32E-0E2F49F9243C

. When towing a trailer, inflate thevehicle tires to the recommendedcold tire pressure indicated on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

. Trailer tire condition, size, loadrating and proper inflation pres-sure should be in accordance withthe trailer and tire manufacturers’specifications.

Safety chainsGUID-1796A409-D0BA-406F-9841-BD8447CAACF3

Always use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be attached

Condition:

(525,1)


to the hitch, not to the vehicle bumper oraxle. The safety chains can be attached tothe bumper if the hitch ball is mounted tothe bumper. Be sure to leave enough slackin the chains to permit turning corners.

Trailer lightsGUID-1CCD0FE7-6819-4DAE-9A10-4FBDB197405F

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially available power-type module/converter must be used toprovide power for all trailer lighting. Thisunit uses the vehicle battery as a directpower source for all trailer lights while usingthe vehicle tail light, stoplight and turnsignal circuits as a signal source. Themodule/converter must draw no more than15 milliamps from the stop and tail lampcircuits. Using a module/converter thatexceeds these power requirements maydamage the vehicle’s electrical system.See a reputable trailer retailer to obtainthe proper equipment and to have itinstalled.

Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance in

hooking up trailer lights, contact anINFINITI retailer or reputable trailer retailer.

Trailer brakesGUID-7D6F63F5-C497-4498-A3A7-FFED19AE74DC

If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it isproperly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system directlyto the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tipsGUID-A9F812AA-6192-4A97-A335-073B5E83EAD3

. Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive thevehicle if it has an abnormal nose-upor nose-down condition; check forimproper tongue load, overload, wornsuspension or other possible causes ofeither condition.

. Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

. Keep the cargo load as low as possiblein the trailer to keep the trailer center ofgravity low.

. Load the trailer so approximately 60%of the trailer load is in the front half and40% is in the back half. Also make surethe load is balanced side to side.

. Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light opera-tion, and trailer wheel lug nuts everytime you attach a trailer to the vehicle.

. Be certain your rearview mirrors con-form to all federal, state or localregulations. If not, install any mirrorsrequired for towing before driving thevehicle.

. Determine the overall height of thevehicle and trailer so the requiredclearance is known.

Trailer towing tipsGUID-A56A6796-0DF9-46D0-8CEF-51C968947BE3

In order to gain skill and an understandingof the vehicle’s behavior, you shouldpractice turning, stopping and backing upin an area which is free from traffic.Steering stability, and braking perfor-mance will be somewhat different thanunder normal driving conditions.

. Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pinor lock to prevent the coupler from


Condition:

(526,1)



inadvertently becoming unlatched.. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or

stops.. Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.. Always drive your vehicle at a moderate

speed. Some states or provinces havespecific speed limits for vehicles thatare towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.

. When backing up, hold the bottom ofthe steering wheel with one hand.Move your hand in the direction inwhich you want the trailer to go. Makesmall corrections and back up slowly. Ifpossible, have someone guide youwhen you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, if youmust do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift lever to the P (Park)position before blocking the wheels andapplying the parking brake, transmissiondamage could occur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on thedownhill side of the vehicle and trailerwheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place,slowly release the brake pedal until theblocks absorb the vehicle load.


5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:



3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailerare clear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store theblocks.

. When going down a hill, shift into alower gear and use the engine brakingeffect. When going up a long grade,downshift the transmission to a lowergear and reduce speed to reducechances of engine overloading and/or

overheating.. If the engine coolant rises to an

extremely high temperature when theair conditioning system is on, turn offthe air conditioner. Coolant heat can beadditionally vented by opening thewindows, switching the fan control tohigh and setting the temperature con-trol to the HOT position.

. Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

. Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500miles (800 km).

. Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in therecommended maintenance schedulein the “9. Maintenance and schedules”section of this manual.

. When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turnthan your vehicle wheels. To compen-sate for this, make a larger than normalturning radius during the turn.

. Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. Whenbeing passed by larger vehicles, beprepared for possible changes in cross-winds that could affect vehicle hand-

Condition:

(527,1)


ling. If swaying does occur, firmly gripthe steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradually)reduce vehicle speed. This combinationwill help stabilize the vehicle. Neverincrease speed.

Do the following if the trailer begins tosway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedalto allow the vehicle to coast and steeras straight ahead as the road condi-tions allow. This combination will helpstabilize the vehicle.. Do not correct trailer sway by steer-

ing or applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gentlyapply the brakes and pull to the side ofthe road in a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described earlier in thissection.

. Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than nor-mal passing. Remember the length ofthe trailer must also pass the othervehicle before you can safely changelanes.

. Down shift the transmission to a lowergear for engine braking when drivingdown steep or long hills. This will helpslow the vehicle without applying thebrakes.

. Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting inreduced braking efficiency.

. Increase your following distance toallow for greater stopping distanceswhile towing a trailer. Anticipate stopsand brake gradually.

. Do not use cruise control while towing atrailer.

. Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for vehi-cles that are towing trailers. Obey thelocal speed limits.

. Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nutsafter 50 miles (80 km) of travel and atevery break.

. When stopped in traffic for long periodsof time in hot weather, put the vehiclein the P (Park) position.

. When launching a boat, don’t allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tailpipe or rear bumper.

. Make sure you disconnect the trailerlights before backing the trailer into thewater or the trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, the transmissionfluid should be changed more frequently.For additional information, see the “8. Do-it-yourself” section earlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWINGGUID-8BE681A9-BED8-4175-AECD-C22F94B51FD1

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreationalvehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

. DO NOT tow any automatic transmissionvehicle with all four wheels on theground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission partsdue to lack of transmission lubrication.

. DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive (AWD)vehicle with any of the wheels on the


Condition:

(528,1)



ground. Doing so may cause serious andexpensive damage to the powertrain.

. For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by INFINITI”(P.6-13) of this manual.

Automatic transmissionGUID-A8BCA0B8-0C5C-4F50-A68D-A57ABA254217

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:GUID-5AED9FB3-7337-4296-965A-3DEBD0EA64F7

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:GUID-B653673D-9456-4356-8018-E67BBEEA92FD

To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate vehicledolly MUST be placed under the towedvehicle’s drive wheels. Always follow thedolly manufacturer’s recommendationswhen using their product.

GUID-D27865F7-1A35-45B1-BDA7-03315092F58C

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where applic-able on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARGUID-A011F936-2925-459F-A250-E2D12DAF9EF5

The treadwear grade is a comparativerating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon actual conditions of their use, how-ever, and may depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CGUID-C142C9EB-A361-465B-99C2-F875DC29938C

The traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B and C. Those gradesrepresent the tire’s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CGUID-975D58AF-B9FF-4B55-B3C6-0DDEC1904110

The temperature grades A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material of thetire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Condition:

(529,1)


tire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passengercar tires must meet under the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessive loading,either separately or in combination, cancause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

GUID-553C46D2-2165-497F-BCEB-7ABD58FBA4B8

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For USA:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance WarrantyDetails of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty Information Booklet that comeswith your INFINITI. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it hasbecome lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:

. INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty and Roadside Assistance Infor-mation that comes with your INFINITI. If youdid not receive a Warranty and RoadsideAssistance Information, or it has becomelost, you may obtain a replacement bywriting to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY

Condition:

(530,1)



GUID-A35A5D9A-E5FD-442E-B85E-832B378D5E4D

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order arecall and remedy campaign. How-ever, NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems between you,your retailer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from http://

www.safercar.gov.

You may notify INFINITI by contactingour Consumer Affairs Department,toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform TransportCanada in addition to notifyingINFINITI.

If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that INFINITI conduct a recallcampaign. However, Transport Cana-da cannot become involved in indivi-dual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and RecallsDivision toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also report safety

defects online at:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada’s Road SafetyInformation Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/road-safety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere (Frenchspeakers).

To notify INFINITI of any safety con-cerns please contact our ConsumerInformation Centre toll free at 1-800-361-4792.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Condition:

(531,1)


GUID-C151B503-0A3F-49A6-AEAC-8F28390506AF

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using a twowheel dynamometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states for emissionstesting), or similar equipment. Make sureyou inform test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result in transmissiondamage or unexpected vehicle movementwhich could result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas or provinces, your vehicle may berequired to be in what is called the “readycondition” for an Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition”can be obtained by ordinary usage of thevehicle.

If a powertrain system component isrepaired or the battery is disconnected,the vehicle may be reset to a “not ready

condition”. Before taking the I/M test,check the vehicle’s inspection/mainte-nance test readiness condition. Place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec-onds, the I/M test condition is “not ready”.If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds,the I/M test condition is “ready”.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer to set the “ready condition” or toprepare the vehicle for testing.

GUID-11A5B6F3-9D58-4487-92AF-2B317D8534B5

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of anEDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehiclewere operating;

. Whether or not the driver and passen-ger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDRunder normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age and


READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)

Condition:

(532,1)



crash location) are recorded. However,other parties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and INFINITIretailer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will onlybe accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

GUID-3ED68FB2-D2E1-4482-B4A3-30238D123257

Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at INFINITI retailers. GenuineINFINITI Owner’s Manual can also bepurchased.

For USA:

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Service Manuals, contact:

www.infiniti-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals, con-tact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, contact an INFINITIretailer. For the phone number and locationof an INFINITI retailer in your area call theINFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representa-tive will assist you.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUALORDER INFORMATION

Condition:

(533,1)


MEMO


Condition:

(534,1)



MEMO

Condition:

(535,1)


11 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ........................... 5-76Adaptive front lighting system (AFS) .................... 2-42Adaptive shift control (ASC) ................................. 5-20Advanced air bag system .................................... 1-47Aiming control, Adaptive front lightingsystem (AFS) ....................................................... 2-42Air bag system

Advanced air bag system .............................. 1-47Front passenger air bag and status light ....... 1-49Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system ........................ 1-55Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system ............ 1-55

Air bag warning labels ........................................ 1-57Air bag warning light .................................. 1-58, 2-18Air cleaner housing filter ..................................... 8-15Air conditioner

Air conditioner service ................................... 4-57Air conditioner specification label ............... 10-13Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .................. 4-57, 10-7Heater and air conditioner .................... 4-54, 4-55In-cabin microfilter ........................................ 4-57

Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehiclesecurity system) .................................................. 2-33Alcohol, drugs and driving ..................................... 5-8All-wheel drive (AWD) .......................................... 5-70All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light ..................... 2-13

Antenna .............................................................. 4-93Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................... 5-76Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light ....... 2-14Appearance care

Exterior appearance care .................................. 7-2Interior appearance care ................................. 7-4

Armrest ................................................................. 1-7Around View® Monitor ........................................ 4-31Audible reminders ............................................... 2-21Audio operation precautions ............................... 4-58Audio system ...................................................... 4-58

Steering wheel audio controls ....................... 4-92Auto closure ........................................................ 3-23Autolight system ................................................. 2-39Automatic

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ................... 8-8Door locks ....................................................... 3-5Drive positioner .............................................. 3-32Driving with automatic transmission .............. 5-15Moonroof ...................................................... 2-62Seat positioner ............................................... 3-32

Average fuel consumption and speed .................. 2-29Avoiding collision and rollover .............................. 5-7

B

Back door (See lift gate) ...................................... 3-18Battery ................................................................ 8-11

Battery saver system ..................................... 2-41Intelligent Key ............................................... 8-20

Variable voltage control system ..................... 8-13Before starting the engine ................................... 5-14Belts (See drive belts) ......................................... 8-13Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models with navigation system) ......................... 4-95Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models without navigation system) .................. 4-106Bluetooth streaming audio ................ 4-69, 4-84, 4-93Booster seats ...................................................... 1-39Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ...................... 5-76Brake fluid ............................................. 8-9, 8-10Brake system ................................................. 5-73Parking brake operation ................................. 5-21Warning light ................................................ 2-14

Break-in schedule ............................................... 5-68Brightness control

Display ON/OFF button .................................... 4-9Instrument panel ........................................... 2-43

Bulb replacement ................................................ 8-23

C

Cabin air filter ..................................................... 4-57Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ........................... 10-2Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-94Cargo (See vehicle loading information) .............. 2-55Cargo cover ......................................................... 2-56Cargo light .......................................................... 2-66

Condition:

(536,1)


11-2

Cargo net ............................................................ 2-55Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst .................. 5-3CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning ............. 4-91Center multi-function control panel ........................ 4-3Chassis and body maintenance ........................... 9-11Checking lights/instrument panel ........................ 2-13Child restraints ................................................... 1-22

Booster seats ................................................ 1-39LATCH system ................................................ 1-24Precautions on child restraints ...................... 1-23

Child safety ......................................................... 1-20Child safety rear door lock .................................... 3-6Chimes

Audible reminders ......................................... 2-21Seat belt warning light and chime ................. 2-18

Circuit breaker, Fusible link ................................. 8-19Cleaning exterior and interior ......................... 7-2, 7-4Clock ................................................................... 2-49Coat hooks .......................................................... 2-54Cockpit .................................................................. 2-3Cold weather driving ........................................... 5-79Compact Disc (CD) player (See audio system) ...... 4-74Compact spare tire .............................................. 8-36Compass ............................................................. 2-10Console box ........................................................ 2-53Controller, Center multi-function control panel ....... 4-5Controls

Control panel button ....................................... 4-3INFINITI Controller ........................................... 4-5

CoolantCapacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-5Checking engine coolant level ......................... 8-5

Corrosion protection .............................................. 7-7Cover, Cargo cover .............................................. 2-56Cruise control ...................................................... 5-30

Fixed speed cruise control (on ICC system) ...... 5-51Cup holders ........................................................ 2-51Current fuel consumption .................................... 2-29

D

Daytime running light system .............................. 2-42Defroster switch, Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch ........................................ 2-38Dimensions ....................................................... 10-10Distance to empty ............................................... 2-29Door/lift gate open warning ................................ 2-26Drive belts .......................................................... 8-13Drive positioner ................................................... 3-32Driving

All-wheel drive (AWD) ..................................... 5-70Cold weather driving ...................................... 5-79Driving with automatic transmission .............. 5-15On-pavement and off-road driving .................... 5-7Precautions when starting and driving .............. 5-3Safety precautions .......................................... 5-9

DS (Drive Sport) mode ......................................... 5-17DVD player operation .......................................... 4-75

E

Economy, Fuel ..................................................... 5-69Elapsed time ....................................................... 2-29Elapsed time and trip odometer .......................... 2-29Emission control information label .................... 10-12Emission control system maintenance ................... 9-8Emission control system warranty ..................... 10-29Engine

Before starting the engine ............................. 5-14Break-in schedule ......................................... 5-68Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-5Changing engine oil and filter ......................... 8-6Checking engine coolant level ......................... 8-5Checking engine oil level ................................. 8-6Coolant temperature gauge ............................. 2-8Emergency engine shut off ............................ 5-13Engine block heater ....................................... 5-80Engine compartment check locations ............... 8-3Engine cooling system ..................................... 8-4Engine oil ........................................................ 8-6Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ....... 10-6Engine oil replacement indicator ................... 2-27Engine oil viscosity ........................................ 10-7Engine serial number .................................. 10-12Engine specifications .................................... 10-8Engine start operation indicator .................... 2-25If your vehicle overheats ............................... 6-11Starting the engine ....................................... 5-14

Condition:

(537,1)


Entry/exit function, Automaticdrive positioner ................................................... 3-32Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................... 10-31Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ............................. 5-3Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ........ 9-5

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .............. 10-12Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ............................... 8-15Changing engine oil and filter ......................... 8-6

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) ........ 6-2Flat tire ................................................................. 6-3Flat towing ........................................................ 10-27Floor mat cleaning ................................................. 7-5Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ................... 8-8Brake fluid ............................................. 8-9, 8-10Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2Engine coolant ................................................ 8-4Engine oil ........................................................ 8-6Power steering fluid ........................................ 8-9Window washer fluid ..................................... 8-10

FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player .......................................................... 4-70Fog light switch ................................................... 2-44Forward Collision Warning (FCW) ......................... 5-56Front passenger air bag and status light ............. 1-49Front power seat adjustment ................................. 1-4Front seat, Front seat adjustment .......................... 1-4

Front-seat active head restraint ........................... 1-11Fuel

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2Fuel economy ................................................ 5-69Fuel economy information (display) ............... 4-11Fuel information ............................................ 10-4Fuel octane rating ......................................... 10-4Fuel-filler cap ................................................. 3-24Fuel-filler door ................................................ 3-24Gauge ............................................................. 2-9LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ............................... 3-26

Fuel Efficient Driving Tips .................................... 5-68Fuses .................................................................. 8-18Fusible links ........................................................ 8-19

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ........................................... 2-67Gas cap ............................................................... 3-24Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge .................. 2-8Fuel gauge ...................................................... 2-9Odometer ........................................................ 2-7Speedometer ................................................... 2-7Tachometer ..................................................... 2-8Trip computer ................................................ 2-29

General maintenance ............................................ 9-2Glove box ............................................................ 2-53

H

Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth®

(models with navigation system) ......................... 4-95Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth®

(models without navigation system) .................. 4-106Hazard warning flasher switch ............................... 6-2Head restraints/headrests ..................................... 1-8Headlight aiming control .................................... 2-41Headlights

Aiming control (See adaptive front lightingsystem (AFS)) ................................................ 2-42Bulb replacement .......................................... 8-24Headlight switch ........................................... 2-39Xenon headlights .......................................... 2-38

HeaterEngine block heater ....................................... 5-80Heater and air conditioner .................... 4-54, 4-55

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........................ 2-67Hood release ....................................................... 3-18Hook

Coat hooks .................................................... 2-54Luggage hook ............................................... 2-55

Horn .................................................................... 2-44

I

Ignition switch (Push-button) ............................... 5-11Immobilizer system ............................................. 2-33In-cabin microfilter .............................................. 4-57Indicator

Lights ............................................................ 2-19

11-3

Condition:

(538,1)


11-4

Vehicle information display ........................... 2-22INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System .................... 2-33INFINITI voice recognition system ...................... 4-121INFO button ........................................................... 4-9Inside mirror ....................................................... 3-29Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ..................... 10-31Instrument brightness control ............................. 2-43Instrument panel ................................................... 2-5Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) .............................. 5-61Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) offindicator light ..................................................... 2-20Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (FullSpeed Range) ...................................................... 5-32Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemwarning light ....................................................... 2-16Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system,Preview function .................................................. 5-55Intelligent Key ....................................................... 3-2Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator ........... 2-25Intelligent Key insertion indicator ........................ 2-25Intelligent Key removal indicator ......................... 2-25Intelligent Key system ........................................... 3-6

Battery replacement ...................................... 8-20Intelligent Key warning light .......................... 2-16Key operating range ........................................ 3-8Key operation .................................................. 3-9Warning signals ............................................ 3-12

Interior light control switch ................................. 2-65Interior light replacement .................................... 8-24Interior lights ...................................................... 2-64iPod® player operation ........................................ 4-88

ISOFIX child restraint ........................................... 1-24

J

Jump starting ........................................................ 6-9

K

Keyless entry (See remote keylessentry system) ...................................................... 3-14Keys ...................................................................... 3-2

For Intelligent Key system ............................... 3-6

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels .................................. 1-57Air conditioner specification label ............... 10-13Emission control information label .............. 10-12Engine serial number .................................. 10-12F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........ 10-12Tire and Loading information label ...... 8-28, 10-13Vehicle identification number (VIN) .............. 10-11

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ON indicator(green) light ........................................................ 2-20Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator(orange) light ...................................................... 2-16Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ......................... 5-21Lane departure warning chime ............................ 2-22LATCH system ...................................................... 1-24License plate, Installing front license plate ........ 10-14

Lift gate .............................................................. 3-18Light

Air bag warning light ..................................... 1-58Bulb replacement .......................................... 8-23Cargo light .................................................... 2-66Fog light switch ............................................. 2-44Headlight switch ........................................... 2-39Headlights bulb replacement ......................... 8-24Indicator lights .............................................. 2-19Interior light control switch ........................... 2-65Interior lights ................................................ 2-64Map lights ..................................................... 2-64Personal lights .............................................. 2-65Replacement ................................................. 8-23Vanity mirror lights ....................................... 2-66Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders ......................................... 2-13Xenon headlights .......................................... 2-38

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ...... 8-24Loading information (See vehicleloading information) .......................................... 10-15Lock

Automatic door locks ....................................... 3-5Door locks ....................................................... 3-4Lift gate lock ................................................. 3-18Power door lock .............................................. 3-4

Locking with mechanical key ................................. 3-4Low fuel warning ................................................. 2-26Low tire pressure warning light ........................... 2-16Low tire pressure warning system(See tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) ....... 5-4

Condition:

(539,1)


Low washer fluid warning .................................... 2-26Luggage hooks .................................................... 2-55

M

MaintenanceBattery .......................................................... 8-11General maintenance ....................................... 9-2Indicators for maintenance ............................ 2-27Inside the vehicle ............................................. 9-3Maintenance log ............................................ 9-15Maintenance precautions ................................ 8-2Maintenance requirements ............................... 9-2Maintenance schedules .................................... 9-7Maintenance under severedriving conditions .......................................... 9-14Outside the vehicle .......................................... 9-2Seat belt maintenance .................................. 1-19Standard maintenance ..................................... 9-7

Maintenance schedules ......................................... 9-7Malfunction indicator light (MIL) .......................... 2-20Map lights ........................................................... 2-64Master warning light ........................................... 2-18Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) ................ 3-3Memory storage, Automatic drive positioner ........ 3-33Meter, Trip computer ........................................... 2-29Meters and gauges ................................................ 2-6

Instrument brightness control ....................... 2-43Mirror

Inside mirror .................................................. 3-29Outside mirrors .............................................. 3-30Vanity mirror .................................................. 3-32

Monitor, RearView Monitor .................................. 4-24Moonroof ............................................................ 2-62Moving Object Detection (MOD) ........................... 4-48

N

Net, Cargo net ..................................................... 2-55New vehicle break-in ........................................... 5-68No key warning ................................................... 2-25

O

Odometer .............................................................. 2-7Off-road recovery .................................................. 5-7Oil

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ..................... 10-2Changing engine oil and filter ......................... 8-6Checking engine oil level ................................. 8-6Engine oil ........................................................ 8-6Engine oil viscosity ........................................ 10-7Oil filter replacement indicator ...................... 2-27

Operation, Indicators for operation ...................... 2-25Outside air temperature ...................................... 2-30Outside mirrors ................................................... 3-30Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ..................... 6-11Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information .............................................. 10-32

P

Panic alarm ......................................................... 3-16Parking

Brake break-in ................................................ 5-73Parking brake operation ................................. 5-21Parking brake release warning ...................... 2-25Parking on hills .............................................. 5-71

Personal lights .................................................... 2-65Phone

Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models with navigation system) ................... 4-95Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models without navigation system) ............ 4-106Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-94

PowerFront seat adjustment ..................................... 1-4Power door lock .............................................. 3-4Power outlet .................................................. 2-50Power steering .............................................. 5-72Power steering fluid ........................................ 8-9Power windows ............................................. 2-59

PrecautionsAudio operation ............................................ 4-58Braking precautions ....................................... 5-73Child restraints ............................................. 1-23Cruise control ................................................. 5-30Driving safety .................................................. 5-9Maintenance ................................................... 8-2On-pavement and off-road driving .................... 5-7Seat belt usage ............................................. 1-12

11-5

Condition:

(540,1)


11-6

Supplemental restraint system ...................... 1-42When starting and driving ................................ 5-3

Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function ........... 1-15Preview function .................................................. 5-74Preview function (for Intelligent cruisecontrol system) ................................................... 5-55Preview Function warning light ............................ 2-18Push starting ...................................................... 6-11“PUSH” warning .................................................. 2-25Push-button ignition switch ........................ 5-11, 5-12

R

Radio .................................................................. 4-58Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-94FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player .................................................... 4-70

Rain-sensing auto wiper system .......................... 2-36Rapid air pressure loss ......................................... 5-8Readiness for inspection/maintenance(I/M) test .......................................................... 10-31Rear center seat belt ........................................... 1-19Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock ............ 3-6Rear seats ............................................................. 1-6Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch .................................................. 2-38Rear window wiper blades ................................... 8-17RearView Monitor ................................................ 4-24Recorders, Event data ........................................ 10-31Registering your vehicle in another country ....... 10-11Remote keyless entry system .............................. 3-14Reporting safety defects .................................... 10-30

Roadside assistance program ................................ 6-2Rollover ................................................................. 5-7Roof

Moonroof ...................................................... 2-62Roof rack ....................................................... 2-58

S

SafetyChild seat belts ............................................. 1-20Towing safety .............................................. 10-23

Satellite radio operation ...................................... 4-72Seat adjustment

Front power seat adjustment ........................... 1-4Front seats ...................................................... 1-4

Seat belt(s)Child safety ................................................... 1-20Infants .......................................................... 1-20Injured persons ............................................. 1-15Larger children .............................................. 1-21Precautions on seat belt usage ...................... 1-12Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function ...... 1-15Pregnant women ........................................... 1-15Rear center seat belt ..................................... 1-19Seat belt cleaning ........................................... 7-6Seat belt extenders ....................................... 1-19Seat belt maintenance .................................. 1-19Seat belt warning light and chime ................. 2-18Seat belts ..................................................... 1-12Seat belts with pretensioners ........................ 1-56Shoulder belt height adjustment ................... 1-18Small children ............................................... 1-21

Three-point type ............................................ 1-15Seat synchronization function ............................. 3-33Seat(s)

Climate controlled seats ................................ 2-46Driver-side memory ........................................ 3-32Heated seats ................................................. 2-45Seats .............................................................. 1-3

Security system (INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start .......................................... 2-33Security system, Vehicle security system ............. 2-32Servicing climate control ..................................... 4-57SETTING button ................................................... 4-15Shift lever

Shift lock release .......................................... 5-19Shift lock release

Transmission ................................................. 5-19SHIFT “P” warning ............................................... 2-25Shifting, Automatic transmission ......................... 5-15Shoulder belt height adjustment, Forfront seats .......................................................... 1-18Snow mode switch .............................................. 2-48Spare tire ............................................................ 10-9Spark plugs ........................................................ 8-14Speedometer ......................................................... 2-7Standard maintenance .......................................... 9-7Starting

Before starting the engine ............................. 5-14Jump starting .................................................. 6-9Precautions when starting and driving .............. 5-3Push starting ................................................ 6-11Starting the engine ....................................... 5-14

Condition:

(541,1)


STATUS button ...................................................... 4-9Status light, Front passenger air bag ................... 1-49Steering

Power steering .............................................. 5-72Power steering fluid ........................................ 8-9Steering-wheel-mounted controlsfor audio ....................................................... 4-92Tilt/telescopic steering ................................... 3-27

Storage ............................................................... 2-51Sun visors ........................................................... 3-28Sunglasses holder ............................................... 2-52Supplemental air bag warning labels .................. 1-57Supplemental air bag warning light ............ 1-58, 2-18Supplemental restraint system ............................ 1-42

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ............................................ 1-42

SwitchAutolight switch ............................................ 2-39Fog light switch ............................................. 2-44Hazard warning flasher switch ......................... 6-2Headlight switch ........................................... 2-39Ignition switch .............................................. 5-15Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) OFF switch ........ 2-48Power door lock switch ................................... 3-5Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ............................................ 2-38Snow mode switch ........................................ 2-48Turn signal switch ......................................... 2-44Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ....... 2-49Warning systems switch ................................ 2-47

T

Tachometer ........................................................... 2-8Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge ................................................ 2-8Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start ........................................................ 2-33Thigh extension ..................................................... 1-6Three-way catalyst ................................................ 5-3Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................ 3-27Tire

Pressure, Low tire pressure warning light ...... 2-16Tire replacement indicator ............................. 2-27

TiresFlat tire ........................................................... 6-3Low tire pressure warning system ................... 5-4Spare tire ...................................................... 8-36Tire and Loading information label ...... 8-28, 10-13Tire chains .................................................... 8-33Tire dressing ................................................... 7-4Tire pressure ................................................. 8-26Tire pressure information (display) ................ 4-11Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) ......................................... 5-4, 6-3Tire rotation .................................................. 8-33Types of tires ................................................ 8-32Uniform tire quality grading ........................ 10-28Wheel/tire size .............................................. 10-9Wheels and tires ........................................... 8-26

Tonneau cover (see cargo cover) .......................... 2-56Touch screen system ............................................. 4-6

TowingFlat towing .................................................. 10-27Tow truck towing ........................................... 6-12Towing a trailer ........................................... 10-19Towing safety .............................................. 10-23

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system ................. 5-4TPMS, Tire pressure warning system ..................... 6-3Trailer towing .................................................... 10-19Transceiver, HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ........................................... 2-67Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ................... 8-8Driving with automatic transmission .............. 5-15Transmission shift lever lock release ............. 5-19

Transmitter (See remote keylessentry system) ...................................................... 3-14Traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ................................................. 10-11Trip computer ...................................................... 2-29Trip odometer ...................................................... 2-29Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-44

U

Underbody cleaning .............................................. 7-3Uniform tire quality grading .............................. 10-28USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port ......... 4-79

V

Vanity mirror ....................................................... 3-32Vanity mirror lights ............................................. 2-66

11-7

Condition:

(542,1)


11-8

Variable voltage control system ........................... 8-13Vehicle

Dimensions ................................................. 10-10Identification number (VIN) .......................... 10-11Loading information .................................... 10-15Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .................. 6-14Security system ............................................. 2-32Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ....... 2-49Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ............ 5-77Vehicle information and settings (display) ....... 4-9

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light ....... 2-19Vehicle information display ................................. 2-22Ventilators .......................................................... 4-53Voice command (Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System) .................................................. 4-112Voice command (INFINITI voicerecognition system) ................................ 4-127, 4-136Voice recognition system ................................... 4-121Voice recognition, Alternate command mode ...... 4-134Voice recognition, Standard mode ..................... 4-121

W

WarningHazard warning flasher switch ......................... 6-2Lights ............................................................ 2-13Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) ......................................... 5-4, 6-3Vehicle information display ........................... 2-22Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ......................................... 2-13

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels ................ 1-57

Warning lightAir bag warning light ............................ 1-58, 2-18All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light ............... 2-13Anti-lock braking system (ABS)warning light ................................................. 2-14Brake warning light ....................................... 2-14Intelligent Key warning light .......................... 2-16Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light ............................................... 2-16Low tire pressure warning light ..................... 2-16Seat belt warning light and chime ................. 2-18

Warranty, Emission control system warranty ...... 10-29Washer switch, Windshield wiper andwasher switch ..................................................... 2-34Washing ................................................................ 7-2Waxing .................................................................. 7-2Welcome light ..................................................... 2-64Wheel/tire size .................................................... 10-9Wheels and tires ................................................. 8-26

Care of wheels ................................................. 7-3Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ...................... 7-3

Window washer fluid ........................................... 8-10Window(s)

Cleaning ........................................................... 7-3Power windows ............................................. 2-59

Windshield wiper and washer switch ................... 2-34Wiper

Rain-sensing auto wiper system .................... 2-36Windshield wiper and washer switch ............. 2-34Wiper blades ................................................. 8-16

X

Xenon headlights ................................................ 2-38

Condition:

(543,1)


MEMO

11-9

Condition:

(545,1)


Gas station informationGUID-82EC6D6E-24CE-4796-8CB6-34CFC2CA3F26

FUEL INFORMATION:GUID-6E0A95CF-9B90-42E5-963A-62586B3D6FA4

Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) may betemporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for max-imum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this willdamage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for E-15 or E-85 fuel canadversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:GUID-5986712F-5EDB-430A-9709-064049EB84EF

. Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equiva-lent

. Engine oil with API Certification Mark,Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “Capacities and recommended fluids/

lubricants” (P.10-2) for engine oil and oilfilter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:GUID-19E0F673-A60E-4641-8F1A-31AD9CFCBF81

The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door.For additional information, see “Wheelsand tires” (P.8-26).

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:

GUID-55DE00C8-047B-4DB2-8340-425ED4EFB311

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-68) of this Owner’s Manual. Follow theserecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Condition:

2017 Infiniti QX70 Owner’s Manual and Maintenance Information

Prin

ting

: Jun

e 20

16 (1

7) /

OM

17E0

0S

51U

0 /

Pri

nted

in U

.S.A

.For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.2017 Infiniti Q

X70

2017 Infiniti QX70Owner's Manual and Maintenance Information

Documents